Parameter OPtimization 3G PDF

Load Control Feature Parameter Description Page 1 of 143
WCDMA RAN
RAN15.0
Load Control Feature Parameter Description

Issue 01
Date 2013-04-28
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2013. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document
may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS"
without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Contents
1 About This Document
1.1 Scope
1.2 Intended Audience
1.3 Change History
2 Overview
2.1 Load Control in Different Scenarios
2.2 Functions of Load Control
2.3 Priorities Involved in Load Control
2.3.1 User Priority
2.3.2 Integrated RAB Priority
2.3.3 Integrated User Priority
http://localhost:7890/pages/GEC0207J/02/GEC0207J/02/resources/en-us_... 6/3/2014
3 Load Measurement
3.1 Load-related Measurement Quantities
3.2 Reporting Period
3.3 Load Measurement Filtering
3.3.1 Layer 3 Filtering on the NodeB Side
3.3.2 Smooth Filtering on the RNC Side
3.4 Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Algorithm
4 Intelligent Access Control
4.1 Overview of Intelligent Access Control
4.2 IAC During RRC Connection Setup
4.2.1 Procedure of IAC During RRC Connection Setup
4.2.2 Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Weak Coverage
4.2.3 RRC Redirection Based on Distance
4.2.4 RRC Redirection for Service Steering
4.2.5 RRC DRD
4.2.6 RRC Redirection After DRD Failure
4.2.7 FACH Power Control During RRC Phase
4.3 Directed Retry Decision
4.4 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control
4.4.1 PS MBR Negotiation
4.4.2 PS GBR Negotiation
4.4.3 Initial Rate Negotiation
4.4.4 Target Rate Negotiation
4.5 Admission Decision
4.6 Preemption
4.7 Queuing
4.8 Low-Rate Access of the PS BE Service
4.9 IAC for Emergency Calls
4.9.1 RRC Connection Setup Procedure of Emergency Calls
4.9.2 RAB Process of Emergency Calls
5 Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
5.1 Overview
5.2 TCP-based Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
5.3 RTWP-based Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
6 Load Reshuffling
6.1 Basic Congestion Triggering
6.1.1 Power Resource
6.1.2 Code Resource
6.1.3 Iub Resource
6.1.4 NodeB Credit Resource
6.2 LDR Procedure
6.3 LDR Actions
6.3.1 Load-based Inter-Frequency Handover
6.3.2 BE Rate Reduction
6.3.3 QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services
6.3.4 Inter-RAT Handover in the CS Domain
6.3.5 Inter-RAT Handover in the PS Domain
6.3.6 AMR Rate Reduction
6.3.7 Code Reshuffling
6.3.8 MBMS Power Reduction
6.3.9 PS Inter-RAT Handover from UMTS to LTE
6.3.10 LDR Actions for a UE in the Uplink and Downlink
7 Network Impact
7.1 RRC Redirection for Service Steering
7.1.1 System Capacity
7.1.2 Network Performance
7.2 FACH Power Control of RRC Phase
8 Engineering Guidelines
8.1 WRFD-021104 Emergency Call
8.1.1 Deployment
8.2 WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface
8.2.1 Deployment
8.3 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement
8.3.1 Deployment
8.4 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
8.4.1 Deployment
8.5 WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management
8.5.1 Deployment
8.6 WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance
8.6.1 Deployment
8.7 WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect
8.7.1 When to Use Inter System Redirect

8.7.2 Required Information
8.7.3 Deployment
8.8 WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup
8.8.1 When to Use Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup
8.8.3 Planning
8.8.4 Deployment
8.8.5 Performance Monitoring
8.8.6 Parameter Optimization
8.8.7 Troubleshooting
8.9.1 When to Use FACH Power Control of RRC Phase
8.9.3 Planning
8.9.4 Deployment
8.10 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load Balance
8.10.1 When to Use Intra Frequency Load Balance
8.10.3 Deployment
8.11 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Preemption
8.11.1 When to Use Queuing and Preemption
8.11.3 Deployment
8.12 WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control
8.12.1 When to Use Rate Negotiation at Admission Control
8.12.3 Deployment
9 Parameters
10 Counters
11 Glossary
12 Reference Documents
1 About This Document

1.1 Scope
This document describes features related to load control and the related parameters.
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for personnel who:
l Are familiar with WCDMA basics

l Work with Huawei WCDMA products
1.3 Change History

This section provides information on the changes in different document versions.
There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
l Feature change: refers to a change in the Load Control feature.

l Editorial change: refers to a change in wording or the addition of information that was not described in the earlier version.
Document Versions
The document issue is as follows:
l 01 (2013-04-28)
l Draft A (2013-01-30)
01 (2013-04-28)
This is a first commercial release of RAN15.0.

Compared with Draft A(2013-01-30) of RAN15.0, 01 (2013-04-28) of RAN15.0 includes the following changes.
Change Type Change Description Parameter Change
Feature change None None
Editorial change Added Table 3-1. None
WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing (Load-based Inter-Frequency Handover) is taken out to form a None
separate document Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Feature Parameter Description.
WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature and WRFD-150217 Load Based PS None
Handover from UMTS to LTE are taken out to form a separate document Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE
Feature Parameter Description.
Anti-Imbalance of the Different Antenna is taken out to form a separate document Anti-Imbalance of the Different None
Antenna Feature Parameter Description.
WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold is taken out to form a None
separate document Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold Feature Parameter
Description.
WRFD-02040005 Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance is taken out to form a separate document Inter- None
Frequency Redirection Based on Distance Feature Parameter Description.
WRFD-150236 Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH is taken out to form a separate document Load None
Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH Feature Parameter Description.
WRFD-020107 Overload Control is taken out to form a separate document Overload Control Feature Parameter None
Description.
WRFD-020105 Potential User Control is taken out to form a separate document Potential User Control Feature None
Parameter Description.
Draft A (2013-01-30)
This is a draft for RAN15.0.

Compared with issue 02 (2012-07-20) of RAN14.0, Draft A (2012-12-30) of RAN15.0 includes the following changes.
Change Type Change Description Parameter Change
Feature change Optimized the RRC Redirection for Service Steering feature. Added network impact and Added the RedirEcN0Thd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
engineering guidelines for this feature. For details, see following sections:
l 4.2.4 RRC Redirection for Service Steering
l 7.1 RRC Redirection for Service Steering in 7 Network Impact
l 8.8 WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup in 8
Engineering Guidelines.
Added the FACH power control of RRC phase function. For details, see following sections: Added the following parameters:
l 4.2.7 FACH Power Control During RRC Phase l T381(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l 7.2 FACH Power Control of RRC Phase in 7 Network Impact l N381(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l 8.9 FACH Power Control of RRC Phase in 8 Engineering Guidelines. l T300(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l RrcCause(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l MaxFachPower(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l SIGRBIND(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l TrChId(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l OffsetFACHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Added the initial rate negotiation for CS+PS BE combined services function. For details, see Added the following parameters:
Initial Rate Negotiation for the PS BE Service in CS+PS Combined Services in section 4.4 l BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Rate Negotiation at Admission Control.
l ReservedSwitch0(BSC6900,BSC6910):
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11
Added descriptions about the Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Redirection feature. For None
details, see 4.2.1 Procedure of IAC During RRC Connection Setup.
Updated descriptions about queuing and preemption for DB-HSDPA and 4C-HSDPA services. None
For details, see section 4.6 Preemption and section 4.7 Queuing.
Introduced the CE resource preemption enhancement function. For details, see the following Added the PreemptEnhSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):
(sub)sections: PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH
l Forced Preemption in section 4.6 Preemption. parameter
l 8.11 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Preemption
Changed the algorithm of the WRFD-020104 Intra-Frequency Load Balance feature to TCP- None
based intra-frequency load balancing. For details, see section 5 Intra-Frequency Load
Balancing.
Editorial change None None
2 Overview
The WCDMA system is a self-interfering system. As the load of the system increases, the interference rises. A relatively high interference can affect the coverage of cells and QoS
of ongoing services. To solve this problem, the load control function is introduced to control the load in a cell.
Load control aims to maximize the system capacity while ensuring coverage and QoS by controlling the key resources, such as power, downlink channelization codes, channel
elements (CEs), and Iub transmission resources.
Each cell has its own set of load control functions that are responsible for monitoring and controlling the resources of the cell. The load control functions monitor the load of a cell
through load measurement, make the admission decision for services through intelligent access control and call admission control, and reduce congestion in the cell.
2.1 Load Control in Different Scenarios

Different load control functions are used, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 2-1 Load control functions in different UE access phases
The load control functions that are applied are as follows:
l Before UE access: Potential User Control (PUC)

l During UE access: Intelligent Access Control (IAC) and Call Admission Control (CAC)
l After UE access: Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold(CLB), intra-frequency Load Balancing (LDB), Load Reshuffling (LDR), and Overload
Control (OLC)
The following sections provide detailed information about the load control functions performed in these phases.
2.2 Functions of Load Control

Load control is implemented on the RNC after obtaining measurement reports from the NodeB.
Figure 2-2 Load control function in the WCDMA system
The load control functions are described as follows:
l PUC
The function of PUC is to balance traffic load among cells on different frequencies. The RNC uses PUC to modify cell selection and reselection parameters, and broadcasts
them through system information. In this way, UEs are directed to the lightly loaded cells. The UEs can be in idle mode, CELL_FACH state, CELL_PCH state, or URA_PCH
state.
For the details of PUC, see Potential User Control Feature Parameter Description.
l IAC
The function of IAC is to increase the access success rate with the current QoS guaranteed through rate negotiation, queuing, preemption, and directed retry decision (DRD).
For details about DRD, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
l CAC
The function of CAC is to decide whether to accept resource requests from UEs, such as access, reconfiguration, and handover requests, depending on the resource status of
the cell.
For details about CAC, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.
l CLB
The function of CLB is to initiate the procedure of inter-frequency load balancing when a cell is not congested, thereby ensuring load balancing among cells. This function
supports intra- and inter-RNC load balancing. CLB may occur before LDR. That is, the RNC can perform inter-frequency load balancing before a cell is congested.
For details, see Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold Feature Parameter Description.
l LDB
The function of intra-frequency LDB is to balance the cell load between intra-frequency neighboring cells to improve resource utilization. When the load of a cell increases, the
cell reduces its coverage to decrease its load. When the load of a cell decreases, the cell extends its coverage so that that cell can take over some traffic from its neighboring
cells.
l LDR
The function of LDR is to reduce the cell load when the cell enters the basic congestion state. The purpose of LDR is to increase the access success rate by taking the
following actions:
n Load-based inter-frequency handover
n BE service rate reduction
n QoS renegotiation for uncontrollable real-time services
n Load-based CS inter-RAT handover
n Load-based PS inter-RAT handover
n AMR voice service rate reduction
n Code reshuffling
n MBMS power reduction
n PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to LTE
l OLC
The function of OLC is to reduce the cell load rapidly when the cell is overloaded. The purpose of OLC is to ensure the system stability and the QoS of most UEs in the
following ways:
n Restricting the Transport Format (TF) of the BE service
n Switching BE services to common channels
n Adjusting the maximum transmit power of FACHs
n Releasing RABs
For details about OLC, see Overload Control Feature Parameter Description.
Table 2-1 lists the resources that are involved in different load control functions.
Table 2-1 Resources involved in different load control functions
Load Control Function Resources
Power Code NodeB Credit Iub Bandwidth
CAC √ √ √ √
IAC √ √ √ √
PUC √ - - -
CLB √ √ √ -
LDB √ - - -
LDR √ √ √ √
OLC √ - - √
NOTE:
-: not involved
√: involved
2.3 Priorities Involved in Load Control

Different types of priorities are used in load control to preferentially ensure the QoS of high priority services or users.
The priorities involved in load control are user priority, integrated radio access bearer (RAB) priority, and integrated user priority.
2.3.1 User Priority

User priorities are adopted to provide differentiated services for users. For ease of application, the RNC maps the 15 levels of Allocation/Retention Priority (ARP) that is carried in
the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the core network (CN) onto three user priorities, that is, gold (high priority), silver (medium priority), and copper (low priority).
The relationship between user priority and ARP can be set by running the SET UUSERPRIORITY command. Table 2-2 shows the typical relationship between user priorities and
ARPs.
Table 2-2 Typical relationship between user priorities and ARPs
ARP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
User Priority Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold Silver Silver Silver
ARP 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
User Priority Silver Silver Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper
NOTE:
If ARP is not received in messages from the Iu interface, the user priority is copper.
2.3.2 Integrated RAB Priority

The priority of an RAB is determined by its traffic class, ARP, and carrier type. Such a priority is called integrated RAB priority. When resources are insufficient, services with the
highest integrated priority are preferentially processed.
The values of integrated RAB priority are determined based on the integrated priority configuration reference parameter PriorityReference(BSC6900,BSC6910):
l If PriorityReference(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to Traffic Class, the integrated priority abides by the following rules:
n Traffic classes: conversational > streaming > interactive > background
n Services of the same traffic class are prioritized based on ARP, that is, ARP1 > ARP2 > ARP3 > ... > ARP14 > ARP15
n Service of the same traffic class and ARP (only for interactive services) are prioritized based on Traffic Handling Priority (THP) that is carried in the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message, that is, THP1 > THP2 > THP3 > ... > THP14 > THP15
n Services of the same traffic class, ARP and THP (only for interactive services) are prioritized as follows: High Speed Packet Access (HSPA) or Dedicated Channel (DCH)
service are preferred depending on CarrierTypePriorInd(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l If PriorityReference(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ARP, the integrated priority abides by the following rules:
n ARP: ARP1 > ARP2 > ARP3 > ... > ARP14 > ARP15
n Services of the same ARP: priority based on traffic classes, that is, conversational > streaming > interactive > background
n Only for the interactive service of the same ARP value: priority based on Traffic Handling Priority (THP), that is, THP1 > THP2 > THP3 > ... > THP14 > THP15
n Services of the same ARP, traffic class and THP (only for interactive services): HSPA or DCH service are preferred depending on CarrierTypePriorInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
2.3.3 Integrated User Priority

A user may have multiple RABs, and the RABs may have different priorities. In this case, the highest priority is considered as the priority of this user. Such a priority is called the
integrated user priority. Integrated user priority is used in user-specific load control. For example, the selection of R99 users during preemption, the selection of users during load-
based inter-frequency handover for LDR, and the selection of users during switching of BE services to common channels are performed based on the integrated user priority.
3 Load Measurement
This chapter describes the WRFD-020102 Load Measurement feature.
The load control functions, such as OLC and CAC, use load measurement values in the uplink and the downlink. A common Load Measurement (LDM) function is used to control
load measurement in the uplink and the downlink separately.
Load measurement is implemented by the NodeB. The filtering of measurement quantities is implemented by the NodeB and the RNC.
3.1 Load-related Measurement Quantities

The major load-related measurement quantities are as follows:
l Uplink Received Total Wideband Power (RTWP)

n When the feature WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation is not enabled, the RNC uses the measured RTWP value.
n When the feature WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation is enabled, the RNC uses the RTWP value after interference
cancellation if UlIcLdcOptSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to OFF; the RNC uses the larger one between the following if UlIcLdcOptSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is
set to ON:
Measured RTWP value – MaxDeltaOfTargetRoT
RTWP value after interference cancellation
For details about the feature WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation, see HSUPA Feature Parameter Description.
NOTE:
OLC always uses the measured RTWP value regardless of if the RNC uses the measured RTWP value. For details about OLC, see Overload Control Feature Parameter
Description.
l Downlink Transmitted Carrier Power (TCP)

l Non-HSPA power: TCP excluding the power used for transmission on HSPA channels. For detailed information about HSPA channels, see HSDPA Feature Parameter
Description and HSUPA Feature Parameter Description.
NOTE:
l Power load states are used to determine downlink cell load as show in Table 3-1. Downlink load in an HSDPA cell is the proportion of non-HSPA power consumption as
against the maximum transmit power of this cell MaxTxPower(BSC6900,BSC6910). Downlink load in an R99 cell is the proportion of TCP as against the maximum transmit
power of this cell.
Table 3-1 Downlink power load state
Load State Load State Transition

(Transitions of load state are controlled by thresholds. A 10% hysteresis is added to the thresholds to avoid ping-pong state transitions)
Light State If the load is larger than 30%+10%, the state transits from light state to normal state.
Normal State If the load is smaller than 30%-10%, the state transits from normal state to light state.
If the load is larger than 50%+10%, the state transits from normal state to loaded state.
Loaded State If the load is smaller than 50%-10%, the state transits from loaded state to normal state.
If the load is larger than 50%+10%, the state transits from loaded state to heavy state.
Heavy State If the load is smaller than 70%-10%, the state transits from heavy state to loaded state.
If the load is larger than 95%, the state transits from heavy state to overload state.
Overload State If the load is smaller than 95%-10%, the state transits from overload state to heavy state.
l Provided Bit Rate (PBR) on HS-DSCH. For details about PBR, see 3GPP 25.321.
l Power Requirement for GBR (GBP) on HS-DSCH: minimum power required to ensure the GBR on HS-DSCH
l PBR on E-DCH Light State, Normal State, Loaded State, Heavy State, Overload State
l Received Scheduled E-DCH Power Share (RSEPS): power of the E-DCH scheduling service in the serving cell
l Uplink total load: sum of R99 service load, HSUPA service load, and control channel load. The uplink total load measurement depends on the NodeB hardware.
l Uplink minimum guaranteed load: sum of R99 service load, HSUPA service load required by the HSUPA GBR, and control channel load. The uplink minimum guaranteed load
measurement depends on the NodeB hardware.
The HSUPA GBR is calculated as follows:
n If the function uplink enhanced L2 is disabled, GBR = max (bit rate of one RLC PDU, GBR).
n If the function uplink enhanced L2 is enabled, GBR = max (bit rate of the smallest RLC PDU, GBR).
The NodeB measures the major factors related to load control. After layer 1 and layer 3 filtering, the measurement values are reported to the RNC through the COMMON
MEASUREMENT REPORT message.
The RNC performs smooth filtering of the measurement values reported from the NodeB and then obtains the measurement values, which further serve as data input for the load
control algorithms.
The RNC calculates the actual uplink load based on the filtered RTWP, uplink total load, and uplink minimum guaranteed load. The actual uplink load is one of the factors for the
uplink load-related algorithms.
NOTE:
If the interference of antennas in one NodeB is imbalanced, the measured RTWP may be inaccurate. In this situation, the anti-imbalance of the different antenna algorithm can be
used to correct the inaccurate measurement results and reflect the actual cell load. For details, see Anti-Imbalance of the Different Antenna Feature Parameter Description
Figure 3-1 shows the LDM procedure.

Figure 3-1 LDM procedure
3.2 Reporting Period

The NodeB periodically reports each measurement quantity to the RNC. The following table lists the reporting period parameters for setting different measurement quantities.
Measurement Quantity Reporting Period Parameter
RTWP ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)
TenMsecForUlBasicMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)
RSEPS
MinForUlBasicMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)
TCP ChoiceRprtUnitForDlBasicMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)
TenMsecForDlBasicMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Non-HSPA power MinForDlBasicMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Uplink total load
Uplink minimum guaranteed load
GBP ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaPwrMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)
TenMsecForHsdpaPwrMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)
MinForHsdpaPwrMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)
HS-DSCH PBR ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaRateMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)

TenMsecForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)
MinForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)
E-DCH PBR ChoiceRprtUnitForHsupaRateMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)

TenMsecForHsupaPrvidRateMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)
MinForHsupaPrvidRateMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)
3.3 Load Measurement Filtering
3.3.1 Layer 3 Filtering on the NodeB Side

The following figure shows the measurement model at the physical layer, which complies with 3GPP 25.302.
Figure 3-2 Measurement model at the physical layer
In Figure 3-2:
l A is the sampling value of the measurement.

l B is the measurement value after layer 1 filtering.
l C is the measurement value after layer 3 filtering.
l C' is another measurement value (if any) for measurement evaluation.
l D is the reported measurement value.
Layer 1 filtering is not standardized by protocols. It depends on vendor equipment. Layer 3 filtering is standardized. The filtering effect is controlled by a higher layer. The alpha
filtering that applies to layer 3 filtering is calculated using the following formula:
where
l Fn is the new post-filtering measurement value.
l Fn-1 is the last post-filtering measurement value.
l Mn is the new measurement value from the physical layer.
l α = (1/2) k/2, k is the measure filter coefficient which is specified as follows:

n For load control algorithms (excluding OLC), k is specified by the UlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff(BSC6900,BSC6910) or DlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
n For OLC algorithm, k is specified by the UlOlcMeasFilterCoeff(BSC6900,BSC6910) or DlOlcMeasFilterCoeff(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
3.3.2 Smooth Filtering on the RNC Side

After the RNC receives the measurement report, it filters the measurement value using the smooth window method.
If the reported measurement value is Qn and the length of the smooth window is N, then the filtered measurement value is
LDM must apply different smooth window length and measurement periods to PUC, CAC, LDR, and OLC to obtain appropriate filtered values.
The following table lists the smooth window length parameters that are used to set different functions.
Table 3-2 The smooth window length parameters for setting different functions
FunctionSmooth Window Length Parameter Function
PucAvgFilterLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) PUC
UlCacAvgFilterLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) CAC
DlCacAvgFilterLen(BSC6900,BSC6910)
LdbAvgFilterLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) LDB
UlLdrAvgFilterLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) LDR
DlLdrAvgFilterLen(BSC6900,BSC6910)
UlOlcAvgFilterLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) OLC
DlOlcAvgFilterLen(BSC6900,BSC6910)
NOTE:
GBP measurements have the same smooth window length in all related functions. The filter length for GBP measurement is specified by the HsdpaNeedPwrFilterLen
The length of the PBR smooth filter window is specified by the HsdpaPrvidBitRateFilterLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) / HsupaPrvidBitRateFilterLen(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
CLB measurements have the same smooth window length as LDR.
3.4 Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Algorithm

Uplink (UL) background noises are sensitive to environmental conditions, and the fluctuation of the background noises has a negative impact on the RTWP measurement value.
Therefore, the LDM function uses an auto-adaptive update algorithm to restrict the background noise within a specified range.
l If the temperature in the equipment room is constant, the background noise changes slightly. In this case, the background noise requires no adjustment after initial correction.
l If the temperature in the equipment room varies with the ambient temperature, the background noise changes greatly. In this case, the background noise requires auto-
adaptive upgrade.
The following figure shows the flow chart of auto-adaptive background noise update, which is enabled by the BGNSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
NOTE:
BGNSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON by default.
Figure 3-3 Flow chart of auto-adaptive background noise update
NOTE:
l The Alpha filter formula is: Fn = (1 - α) x Fn-1 + α x Mn (n≥1). For details about this formula, see section 3.3.1 Layer 3 Filtering on the NodeB Side
l Counting threshold = (Duration of background noise)/(RTWP reporting period). The duration of background noise is used in auto-adaptive upgrade decision and is set by the
BGNAdjustTimeLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. For the setting of RTWP reporting period, see section 3.2 Reporting Period.
The procedure for auto-adaptive background noise update is as follows:
1. The RNC initializes the counter and filter that are used for auto-adaptive upgrade and sets the initial value (F0) of the filter to BackgroundNoise(BSC6900,BSC6910).
2. The RNC receives the latest RTWP measurement value and uplink total load measurement value from the physical layer.
3. The RNC checks whether the current time is within the effective period of the algorithm, that is, whether the current time is later than BgnStartTime(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
earlier than BgnEndTime(BSC6900,BSC6910).
If the current time is within the effective period, then:
l If BGNOptSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to OFF, Mn = the latest RTWP measurement value. The procedure goes to 4 (a).
l If BGNOptSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON, Mn = the latest RTWP measurement value - uplink total load measurement value. The procedure goes to 4 (b).
If the current time is not within the effective period, the RNC waits for the next RTWP measurement value and uplink total load measurement value.
NOTE:
The uplink total load measurement depends on the NodeB hardware. For details, see 3.1 Load-related Measurement Quantities. When the uplink total load measurement is
invalid, background noise update is not performed. The initial value of the filter is set to the current background noise.
4. The RNC does the following:

(a). The RNC determines whether the current Equivalent Number of Users (ENU) in the cell is greater than the value of BGNEqUserNumThd(BSC6900,BSC6910):
l If the current ENU is greater than the value of BGNEqUserNumThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC infers that Mn includes other noises in addition to the background
noise, and does not feed Mn to the filter. In addition, the RNC sets the counter to zero, retains the current background noise, and sets the initial value of the filter to the
current background noise. The background noise update procedure ends. The RNC waits for the next RTWP measurement value and uplink total load measurement
value.
l If the current ENU in the cell is smaller than or equal to the value of BGNEqUserNumThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC feeds Mn to the filter and performs the next
step.
(b). The RNC determines whether the uplink total load measurement value is greater than the value of BGNULLoadThd(BSC6900,BSC6910):
l If the latest uplink total load measurement value is greater than the value of BGNULLoadThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC sets the counter to zero, retains the current
background noise, and sets the initial value of the filter to the current background noise. The background noise update procedure ends. The RNC waits for the next
RTWP measurement value and uplink total load measurement value.
l If the latest uplink total load measurement value is smaller than or equal to the value of BGNULLoadThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC feeds Mn to the filter and
performs the next step.
5. The RNC checks whether Mn - Fn-1 is smaller than the value of BgnAbnormalThd(BSC6900,BSC6910). If it is smaller than this threshold value, the RNC increments the
counter by one, calculates Fn according to the Alpha filter formula, and performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC waits for the next RTWP measurement value.
6. The RNC checks whether the counter reaches the counting threshold. If it reaches the counting threshold, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC waits for the
next RTWP measurement value.
7. The RNC checks whether Fn - BackgroundNoise(BSC6900,BSC6910) is smaller than the value of BgnAbnormalThd(BSC6900,BSC6910). The purpose is to prevent
burst interference and RTWP spike. If it is smaller than the value of BgnAbnormalThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC sets the
counter to zero and waits for the next RTWP measurement value.
8. The RNC checks whether Fn - current background noise is greater than the value of BgnUpdateThd(BSC6900,BSC6910). The purpose is to prevent frequent background
noise upgrades on the Iub interface. If it is greater than the value of BgnUpdateThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) the RNC sets the current background noise to Fn, sets the counter
to zero, and waits for the next RTWP measurement value. Otherwise, the RNC sets the counter to zero and waits for the next RTWP measurement value.
4 Intelligent Access Control

4.1 Overview of Intelligent Access Control
IAC is used to increase the access success rate, that is, RRC connection success rate and RAB setup success rate.
There are two types of IAC, namely, IAC for RRC connection processing and IAC for RAB connection processing.
l IAC for RRC connection processing is used to select a suitable cell for a UE to access through redirection and RRC DRD. It also implements load balancing and service
steering.
l IAC for RAB connection processing is used to select a suitable cell for a UE to access through DRD and CAC. It also implements load balancing and service steering.
Features such as preemption, queuing, and low-rate access are used to further improve the RAB setup success rate.
In addition, IAC provides differentiated services for users with different priorities. For example, when the system resources are insufficient, procedures such as direct admission,
preemption, and redirection can be performed to ensure access for emergency calls to the network.
Figure 4-1 shows a typical procedure for service access control.
Figure 4-1 Service access control procedure
As shown in Figure 4-1, the procedure for service access includes the procedures for RRC connection setup and RAB setup. The successful setup of the RRC connection is one of
the prerequisites for the RAB setup.
During the RRC connection processing, the RNC performs the following steps.
1. Performs RRC redirection based on distance (only for UE-originating AMR services). For details, see 4.2.3 RRC Redirection Based on Distance. If the RNC decides to
implement UE access from another cell, it sends an RRC connection reject message to the UE; otherwise, the RNC performs the next step.
2. Performs RRC redirection for service steering. For details, see section 4.2.4 RRC Redirection for Service Steering.
l If the RNC decides to implement UE access from the current cell, it then makes a resource-based admission decision. If the resource-based admission fails, the RNC
performs DRD and redirection.
l If the RNC decides to implement UE access from another cell, it then sends an RRC connection reject message to the UE. The message carries the information about
the cell and instructs the UE to set up an RRC connection to the cell.
For details, see section 4.2 IAC During RRC Connection Setup.
During the RAB connection processing, the RNC performs the following steps:
1. Performs inter-frequency DRD to select a suitable cell for service steering or load balancing. For details about DRD, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter
Description.
2. Performs rate negotiation according to the service requested by the UE. For details, see section 4.4 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control.
3. Makes cell resource-based admission decision. If the admission is successful, UE access is granted. Otherwise, the RNC performs the next step. For details about admission
decision, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.
4. Selects a suitable cell from the cells where no admission attempt has been made, based on the inter-frequency DRD, and then performs step 5. If all the attempts fail, the
RNC performs the next step.
5. Selects a suitable cell according to the inter-RAT DRD. If the inter-RAT admission is successful, UE access is granted in the inter-RAT cell. If the inter-RAT DRD fails or is not
supported, the RNC performs the next step.
6. Makes a preemption attempt. For details about preemption, see section 4.6 Preemption. If the preemption is successful, UE access is granted. If the preemption fails or is not
supported, the RNC performs the next step.
7. Makes a queuing attempt. For details about queuing, see section 4.7 Queuing.
8. If the queuing is successful, UE access is granted. If the queuing fails or is not supported, the RNC performs the next step.
9. Performs low-rate access. For details about low-rate access, see section 4.8 Low-Rate Access of the PS BE Service. If the low-rate access is admitted, UE access is granted.
If the low-rate access fails, the RNC performs the next step.
10. Rejects UE access.
NOTE:
After the admission attempts of an HSPA service request fail in all candidate cells, the service falls back to the DCH for network access.
Table 4-1 IAC procedure supported by services
Service Type Low-Rate Rate Negotiation Preemption Queuing DRD

Access
MBR GBR Initial Rate Target Rate Inter- Inter-RAT
Negotiation Negotiation Negotiation Negotiation Frequency
DCH √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
HSUPA - √ √ √ √ √ √ √ -
HSDPA - √ √ - - √ √ √ -
4.2 IAC During RRC Connection Setup
4.2.1 Procedure of IAC During RRC Connection Setup

Before a new service is admitted to the network, an RRC connection must be set up.
As shown in Figure 4-2, when the switch DrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH is set to ON, the RRC connection setup procedure is performed as follows:
NOTE:
Inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage is controlled by the switch PerfEnhanceSwitch: PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH, not by the switch DrSwitch:
DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH.
Figure 4-2 RRC connection setup procedure
After receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC performs inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage if
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected. If this check box is not selected, the RNC performs the
RRC redirection based on distance (only for UE-originating AMR services). For details, see section 4.2.3 RRC Redirection Based on Distance. If the RNC decides to implement UE
access from another cell, it sends an RRC connection reject message to the UE; otherwise, the RNC performs the next step.
Then, the RNC uses the RRC redirection algorithm for service steering and Macro & Micro Joint Inter-Frequency Redirection to determine whether the UE can access the network
from the current cell:
l If the UE can access the network from the current cell according to the decision result, the RNC uses the CAC algorithm to determine whether an RRC connection can be set
up between the UE and the current cell.
n If the RRC connection can be set up between the UE and the current cell, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message to the UE.
n If the RRC connection cannot be set up between the UE and the current cell, the RNC attempts to select a cell for RRC connection setup through RRC DRD. If the RRC
DRD fails, RRC redirection will be performed.
l If the RNC determines to implement access for the UE from another cell, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message to the UE. The message carries the
information about this cell.
DrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH is the general switch of the following six algorithms:
l Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Distance

l Inter-Frequency RRC Redirection Based on Distance
l 4.2.4 RRC Redirection for Service Steering
l Macro & Micro Joint Inter-frequency Redirection
l 4.2.5 RRC DRD
l 4.2.6 RRC Redirection After DRD Failure
Before enabling the six algorithms, set DrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH to ON.
NOTE:
For details about the Macro and Micro Joint Inter-Frequency Redirection feature, see Macro and Micro Co-carrier Uplink Interference Control.
4.2.2 Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Weak Coverage

In weak-coverage areas, the UE access success rate is low and the call drop possibility is high. In areas where the GSM coverage is better than the UMTS coverage, using inter-
RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage can redirect UEs from the UMTS to the GSM network to improve the UE access success rate and reduce the call drop rate.
Inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage is recommended when there is only a small proportion of UEs that do not support inter-RAT redirections. The parameter
PerfEnhanceSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH specifies whether to enable inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage.
The procedure for inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage is as follows:
1. Upon receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from a UE, the RNC checks the setting of PerfEnhanceSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH.
l If PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is not selected, the RNC does not perform inter-RAT RRC
redirection based on weak coverage. The RRC connection setup request is then processed in the current cell.
l If PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected, the procedure goes to the next step.
2. The RNC obtains the Ec/N0 value of the current cell from the RACH Measurement Report IE in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message.
l If the Ec/N0 value is greater than or equal to the value of WeakCovRrcRedirEcNoThs, the RNC does not perform inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage.
The RRC connection setup request is then processed in the current cell.
l If the Ec/N0 value is smaller than the value of WeakCovRrcRedirEcNoThs(BSC6900,BSC6910), the procedure goes to the next step.
3. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message containing information on the neighboring GSM cells of the current cell.
NOTE:
If the current cell does not have any neighboring GSM cell or the IE "RACH Measurement Report" does not contain the Ec/N0 value, inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak
coverage is not performed.
4.2.3 RRC Redirection Based on Distance

Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Distance
This section describes the WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance feature.
A UE may receive signals from a distant cell and subsequently accesses the cell. The cells that are adjacent to this cell, however, are not configured as its neighboring cells.
Therefore, if the UE moves out of this cell, call drops may occur. To solve this problem, RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance is introduced.
The RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance technique estimates the distance between the UE and the cell center by considering the propagation delay. Based on the
estimation, the RNC determines whether to perform RRC Inter-RAT redirection. The propagation delay is the one-way propagation delay of the radio signal from the UE to the
NodeB. The NodeB measures the propagation delay and then reports it to the RNC. The propagation delay is in direct proportion to the distance between the UE and the NodeB.
The switch of RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance can be set through the RedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance is
applicable only to the UE-originating AMR services.
The procedure for RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance is as follows:
1. Upon receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC checks whether the requested service is a UE-originating AMR service. If yes, the RNC
performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC does not perform RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the
current cell.
2. The RNC obtains the propagation delay from the NodeB and compares it with DelayThs(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l If the propagation delay is greater than DelayThs(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC performs the next step.
l If the propagation delay is equal to or less than DelayThs(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC does not perform RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance, and handles
the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.
3. The RNC checks the load status of the current cell to determine whether to perform RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance.
l If the cell is in the normal state, the RNC generates a random value ranging from 0 to 1 and compares the value with the RedirFactorOfNorm(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter. If the random value is equal to or smaller than the parameter, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC does not perform RRC Inter-RAT
redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.
l If the cell is in the basic congestion state or is overloaded, the RNC generates a random value ranging from 0 to 1 and compares the value with the RedirFactorOfLDR
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If the random value is equal to or smaller than the parameter, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC does not perform
RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.
4. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message containing information about the neighboring GSM cells of the current cell.
NOTE:
If the current cell does not have any neighboring GSM cell, the UE selects a proper cell without the RNC participation.
Inter-Frequency RRC Redirection Based on Distance
For details of the WRFD-02040005 Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance, see Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance Feature Parameter Description.
4.2.4 RRC Redirection for Service Steering

Overview
This section describes the WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature.
RRC redirection for service steering is used to enable successful RRC connection setup by selecting an appropriate cell for the UE based on the requested service. This algorithm
does not apply to combined services.
During the RRC connection setup, the RNC implements service steering between inter-frequency or inter-RAT cells according to the service type requested by the UE. In addition,
the RNC considers the load of the cell for access and the redirection factors to control the percentages for load sharing.
Procedure of RRC Redirection for Service Steering
The procedure for RRC redirection for service steering is as follows:
1. The RNC obtains the information about the service requested by the UE and the capability of the UE.
l If DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH of the parameter DrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to 1, the RNC tries to identify the service type requested by the UE. If the RNC
succeeds in identifying the service type requested by the UE and the switch of RRC direction for service steering RedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY or ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup request of the
UE in the current cell.
l If the DR_ RRC_DRD_SWITCH of the parameter DrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to 0, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current
cell.
2. The RNC takes the corresponding actions based on the settings of RedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) and SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):
l If RedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY and SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) to ON
- The RNC handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell if the uplink power load of the cell is lower than the value of UlLdrTrigThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910) multiplied by OffloadRelativeThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) and the downlink power load is lower than the value of DlLdrTrigThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910) multiplied by OffloadRelativeThd(BSC6900,BSC6910).
- The RNC performs the next step if the uplink power load of the cell is not lower than the value of UlLdrTrigThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) multiplied by OffloadRelativeThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910) or the downlink power load is not lower than the value of DlLdrTrigThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) multiplied by OffloadRelativeThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l If RedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY and SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) to OFF, the RNC performs the
next step.
NOTE:
l The frequency information carried in the message can be set by running the SET UREDIRECTION command.
l SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is effective when RedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY.
l The calculation method for the uplink/downlink power load of a cell is the same as that for the power load in the load reshuffling algorithm.
l If RedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT, the RNC performs the next step.
3. Based on the cell load and the redirection factors, the RNC decides whether to perform RRC redirection for service steering.
l If the cell is in the normal state, the RNC generates a random number between 0 and 1 and compares it with the corresponding unconditional redirection factor
RedirFactorOfNorm(BSC6900,BSC6910). If the random number is smaller than this factor, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC handles the RRC
connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.
l If the cell is in the basic congestion or overload state, the RNC generates a random number between 0 and 1 and compares it with the value of RedirFactorOfLDR
(BSC6900,BSC6910). If the random number is smaller than this factor, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup request
of the UE in the current cell.
4. If RedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY, RNC selects target cells as following:

If RedirBandInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to a value ranging from Band1 to Band9, the RNC takes the following actions:
l If the measured CPICH Ec/N0 is contained in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message and the value of CPICH Ec/N0 is larger than or equal to the value for
RedirEcN0Thd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC proceeds with the next step. If the value of CPICH Ec/N0 is smaller than the value for RedirEcN0Thd
(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC processes the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message in the current cell.
l If the measured CPICH Ec/N0 is not contained in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message, the RNC proceeds with the next step.
If RedirBandInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) to DependOnNCell, the target cell must meets the following conditions:
l The target cell must be intra-band inter-frequency cell under the same RNC with the current cell
l The BlindHoFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910) for the target cell is set to TRUE
l If RRCRedirConsiderBarSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON, the IdleCellBarred(BSC6900,BSC6910) of the target cell must no be BARRED.
l The target cell is not in the OLC state.
If none of the cells in the inter-frequency neighboring cell list meets the preceding requirements, the RNC processes the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message in the
current cell. Otherwise, the RNC proceeds with the next step.
NOTE:
If parameter settings do not meet the requirements in this step, the RNC skips this step and proceeds with the next step.
5. The RNC performs RRC redirection.

l If RedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message to the UE, redirecting the
UE to the target frequency carried in the message.
l If RedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message to the UE, redirecting the UE to an
inter-RAT neighboring cell carried in the message.
Service Identification Rule
The RNC identifies requested services according to the relevant information elements (IEs) in the RRC Connection Request message received from the UE. The identification is
successful only when all the conditions described in Table 4-2 are met.
NOTE:
TerminTrfcBsdRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies whether the RNC needs to identify UE terminating services.
l If TerminTrfcBsdRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON, the RNC identifies both UE originating services and UE terminating services.
l If TerminTrfcBsdRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to OFF, the RNC identifies only UE originating services.
Table 4-2 Service identification rule
Identified Service Reference IE

Type
Establishment cause Domain indicator Call type UE capability indication Access stratum release
indicator
AMR Originating Conversational Call CS domain Speech N/A REL-6

Terminating Conversational Call REL-7
AMR/VP Originating Conversational Call N/A N/A N/A R99

REL-5
VP Originating Conversational Call CS domain Video N/A REL-6

PS R99 Originating Interactive Call N/A N/A N/A R99

Originating Background Call REL-4
Terminating Interactive Call
Terminating Background Call
PS R99 Originating Interactive Call PS domain N/A Not HS-DSCH or HS- REL-6
Originating Background Call DSCH REL-7
Terminating Interactive Call +E-DCH
PS HSPA Originating Interactive Call PS domain N/A HS-DSCH or HS-DSCH REL-6

Originating Background Call +E-DCH REL-7
Terminating Interactive Call
NOTE:
PS R99 and PS HSPA services for UEs of the REL-5 version cannot be identified by the RNC because these UEs do not carry the Domain indicator, Call type, or UE capability
indication IEs in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message.
UEs of REL-5 and earlier versions do not carry the Domain indicator, Call type, or UE capability indication IEs. Therefore, the RNC cannot differentiate between AMR services and
VP services. The RNC implements VP service redirection the same way it implements AMR service redirection.
4.2.5 RRC DRD

If the UE fails to access the current cell, the RNC performs RRC DRD. The purpose is to instruct the UE to set up an RRC connection in an inter-frequency neighboring cell with
better signal quality.
For details about RRC DRD, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
4.2.6 RRC Redirection After DRD Failure

This section describes the WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect feature.
The purpose of RRC redirection after DRD failure is to instruct the UE to set up RRC connections in an inter-frequency or an inter-RAT cell.
When the RRC DRD fails, the RNC performs RRC redirection as follows:
The RNC selects another frequency for redirection based on the setting of the ReDirBandInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If the ReDirBandInd(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter is set to a specific band, the RNC selects the configured target frequency number and redirects the UE. The target frequency number is configured by the following
parameters: ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd(BSC6900,BSC6910), ReDirUARFCNUplink(BSC6900,BSC6910), ReDirUARFCNDownlink(BSC6900,BSC6910).
If the ReDirBandInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to DependOnNCell, the RNC selects the target frequency number from the target frequency numbers corresponding to
the intra-band inter-frequency neighboring cells of the current cell. In addition, the RNC excludes the target frequency corresponding to the cells that have carried out inter-
frequency RRC DRD attempts. And if the RRCRedirConsiderBarSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to on, the RNC excludes the target frequency of the cells of which
IdleCellBarred(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to BARRED.
l If more than one target frequency number is available, the RNC selects a target frequency number randomly. Then, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT
message to the UE, redirecting the UE to the selected target frequency carried in the message.
l If no target frequency number is available, the RNC continues to perform RRC redirection according to the setting of the ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
n If ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to Only_To_Inter_Frequency, the RRC connection setup fails.
n If ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to Allowed_To_Inter_RAT and there is a neighboring GSM cell, the RNC sends the information about the
neighboring GSM cell to the UE and redirects the UE to GSM system.
n If ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to Allowed_To_Inter_RAT but there is no neighboring GSM cell, the UE automatically searches for available
GSM cells and then selects one of them for RRC connection setup attempts.
4.2.7 FACH Power Control During RRC Phase

During the RRC connection setup procedure, coverage in the live network may be imbalanced and UEs in weak coverage areas cannot correctly parse messages from the
network. This leads to RRC connection setup failures. To address this problem, the FACH power control of RRC phase function is introduced to increase the downlink transmit
power of the FACH so that UEs can correctly parse messages.
When a UE attempts to access a cell, the RNC checks the cause value and the Ec/N0 value contained in the RRC CONNETCTION REQUEST message. The RRC connection
setup cause is specified by the RrcCause(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. The RNC then compares the Ec/N0 value with the value for FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910) corresponding to the RrcCause(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
If the value of Ec/N0 is smaller than the value for FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the FACH power control of RRC phase function is triggered. This function
increases the FACH transmit power as follows:
l If the T381(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, the RNC increases the downlink transmit power of the FACH when retransmitting the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message to
the UE. The number of times this message is retransmitted is determined by the N381(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer.
l If the T300(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer expires, after the UE retransmits the RRC CONNETCTION REQUEST message, the RNC increases the downlink transmit power of the
FACH when transmitting the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message. The number of times the RRC CONNETCTION REQUEST message is retransmitted is determined by the
N300(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer.
The FACH downlink transmit power is specified by the MaxFachPower(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. When the FACH downlink transmit power exceeds the OLC threshold
DlOlcTrigThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC does not adjust the FACH downlink transmit power.
The FACH is a common channel. When the FACH power control of RRC phase function is enabled, the FACH downlink transmit power for UEs with no power increase
requirements is the difference between the MaxFachPower(BSC6900,BSC6910) and OffsetFACHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters.
4.3 Directed Retry Decision

Traffic steering and load sharing during RAB setup are performed based on DRD.
During the RAB connection processing, non-periodic DRD is used to select a suitable cell for a UE to access according to the HSPA+ technological implementation, service
priority, and cell load. Non-periodic DRD is performed during RAB setup, RAB modification, or DCCC channel reconfiguration.
Non-periodic DRD involves inter-frequency DRD and inter-RAT DRD.
Using inter-frequency DRD, the RNC selects the qualified candidate cells based on HSPA+ technological implementation, cell service priority, and cell load. Then, the RNC
sequences the candidate cells by the priority. The UE tries accessing the cells in descending order of priority until it is admitted or it fails to access any cell.
If the UE fails to access any cell in inter-frequency DRD, inter-RAT DRD will be triggered.
For details about non-periodic DRD, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
4.4 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control

Rate negotiation at admission control (WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control) includes MBR negotiation, GBR negotiation, initial rate negotiation, and target rate
negotiation.
For a streaming service, the RNC performs resource admission based on the negotiated MBR.
For a new PS BE service, the RNC performs resource admission based on the negotiated initial rate.
For AMR and AMR-WB speech services in the CS domain, see AMR Feature Parameter Description.
4.4.1 PS MBR Negotiation

If the IE "Alternative RAB Parameter Values" is present in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or the RELOCATION REQUEST message when a PS service is set up,
reconfigured, or handed over, the RNC and the CN will negotiate the rate based on the UE capability to obtain the MBR while ensuring a proper QoS.
l For the PS streaming service, when the PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH sub-parameter of the PsSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to 1, the Iu QoS
negotiation function is enabled for MBR negotiation.
l For the PS BE service:
n When the PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH sub-parameters of the PsSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter are both
set to 1, the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled, and the RNC determines the MBR of Iu QoS negotiation based on the information about UE capability, cell capability
and rate requested by the CN.
n When PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to 1 and PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to 0, the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled, and the RNC
determines the MBR of Iu QoS negotiation based on the maximum rate supported by the UE rather than the cell capability or other settings.
4.4.2 PS GBR Negotiation

During the setup, reconfiguration, or handover of a PS real-time service, if the PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH sub-parameter of the PsSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter is set to 1, the RNC and the CN negotiate the GBR as follows:
l If the IE "Type of Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rate Information" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is set to "unspecified", the GBR negotiation will not be
performed. In such a case, the GBR contained in the IE "RAB Parameters" of the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is used. In addition, the subsequent RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message does not contain the GBR.
l If the IE "Type of Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rate Information" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is set to "value range", the only GBR contained in the IE
"Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rates" is used. In addition, the subsequent RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message contains this GBR.
l If the IE "Type of Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rate Information" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is set to "Discrete values", the largest GBR contained in the IE
"Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rates" is used. In addition, the subsequent RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message contains this GBR.
If the PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH sub-parameter of the PsSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to 0, the GBR negotiation will be not performed. In such a
case, the GBR contained in the IE "RAB Parameters" of the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is used.
For details about GBR negotiation, see 3GPP 25.413.
4.4.3 Initial Rate Negotiation

Overview
Initial rate is classified into initial admission rate and initial access rate.
l Initial admission rate: The RNC allocates bandwidths based on the initial admission rate and then performs admission according to the initial admission rate.
l Initial access rate: Initial access rate is the initial rate of the UE after service admission is successful. This rate is the maximum rate of the service before the service is
reconfigured.
For PS BE services, the RNC performs initial rate negotiation when a new service is being set up or the UE is changing from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. The
initial rate negotiation policy varies, depending on the services carried on channels.
Initial Rates for DCH Services
For DCH services, the initial admission rate and the initial access rate are the same.
Table 4-3 describes the initial rate negotiation.
Table 4-3 Initial rate negotiation
DCCC Switch PS BE Initial Rate Dynamic Configuration Actual Initial Rate

(DCCC_SWITCH) Switch
(PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH)
ON ON In the uplink, the initial rate is the MBR or 384 kbit/s, whichever is the smaller value.
In the downlink, the initial rate is dynamically set on the basis of Ec/N0. The specific method is as
follows:
When the RNC receives an RRC connection setup request, it starts the timer EcN0EffectTime
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
Before the timer expires, the RNC dynamically sets the initial rate based on the Ec/N0. The value of
Ec/N0 comes from the latest RACH measurement report or latest intra-frequency measurement report.
l If the cell Ec/N0 reported from the UE is above the Ec/N0 threshold EcN0Ths
(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC sets the actual initial rate to the smaller one of the MBR and 384
kbit/s.
Note that if the UE is in the soft handover state, the RNC sets the actual initial rate to the smaller
one of the MBR and 384 kbit/s when any of the cells in the active set meets the threshold.
l If the cell Ec/N0 is lower than or equal to the Ec/N0 threshold EcN0Ths(BSC6900,BSC6910) or the
RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message does not carry information about Ec/N0, the RNC sets
the actual initial rate to the smaller one of the MBR and the initial rate of the downlink BE service
DlBeTraffInitBitrate(BSC6900,BSC6910).
ON OFF DlBeTraffInitBitrate(BSC6900,BSC6910).
In the uplink, the initial rate is the smaller one of the MBR and the initial rate of the uplink BE service
In the downlink, the initial rate is the smaller one of the MBR and the initial rate of the downlink BE
service DlBeTraffInitBitrate(BSC6900,BSC6910).
OFF - MBR
NOTE:
If the DCCC function is enabled and the PS_RAB_Downsizing_Switch sub-parameter of the PsSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to 1, the RNC can decrease the
rate through the RAB rate decrease function when the admission based on the initial rate fails.
The PS BE service mentioned in this section can be pure PS BE service or a part of combined services.
Initial Rates for HSPA Services
For the HSUPA service,
l The initial admission rate is GBR.

l The initial access rate is defined as follows:
n If the DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH sub-parameter of the DraSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to 1, the initial access rate is the initial rate of the HSUPA
BE service HsupaInitialRate(BSC6900,BSC6910).
n If the DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH sub-parameter of the DraSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to 0, the initial access rate is the MBR for there is no rate
upsizing reconfiguration when the DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH sub-parameter of the DraSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to 0.
For the HSDPA service, the initial admission rate and the initial access are both GBR.
Initial Rate Negotiation for the PS BE Service in CS+PS Combined Services
The PS BE service in CS+PS combined services has low data transmission requirements. In most cases, the PS BE service does not need to transmit data when the UE is
performing CS services. If the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services has high data transmission requirements, the transmission rate of the PS BE service increases or the
PS BE service is switched to an HSDPA channel. As a result, the signaling load increases, and the CS call drop rate may also increase. The initial rate negotiation function is
recommended when most PS BE services in CS+PS combined services have low data transmission requirements.
The BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter specifies the bearing policy for the PS BE service and the initial rate for the PS BE service when the UE is in the
CELL_DCH state or transitions to this state. BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs(BSC6900,BSC6910) applies only to the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services in the following
scenarios:
l Scenario 1: A UE is in the CELL_DCH state and is processing CS services or CS+PS combined services (any PS service). Then, the UE initiates PS BE services.
l Scenario 2: A UE is in the CELL_DCH state and is processing PS BE services. Then, the UE initiates CS services.
l Scenario 3: A UE is in the CELL_FACH state and is processing PS BE services. Then, the UE initiates CS services. (The UE must transition to the CELL_DCH state before
establishing CS services.)
l Scenario 4: A UE is in the CELL_PCH state and is processing PS BE services. Then, the UE initiates CS services. (The UE must transition to the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH
state before establishing CS services.)
NOTE:
This section describes the initial rate negotiation function only for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services in the preceding scenarios. For details about the initial rate
negotiation function for the PS BE service in other scenarios, see Initial Rates for DCH Services and Initial Rates for HSPA Services.
The BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter can be set to OFF, DCH 0k, DCH 8k, or DCH 8k/HSDPA.
l OFF: indicates that the initial rate negotiation function is disabled for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services in the preceding scenarios.
l DCH 0k: indicates that the initial uplink and downlink rates for the DCH are both 0 kbit/s.
l DCH 8k: indicates that the initial uplink and downlink rates for the DCH are both 8 kbit/s.
l DCH 8k/HSDPA: indicates that the initial uplink rate for the DCH is 8 kbit/s and that downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels.
The implementation of the initial rate negotiation function for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services varies depending on the protocol version that the UE complies with.
l For UEs complying with versions later than 3GPP Release 5, the following rules apply:
n If the BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is not set to OFF and the following switches are turned off:
ReservedSwitch0(BSC6900,BSC6910): RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11 (RAN14.0)
MapSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH (RAN15.0)
ReservedSwitch0(BSC6900,BSC6910): RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15 (RAN14.0)
MapSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH (RAN15.0)
ReservedSwitch0(BSC6900,BSC6910): RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28(RAN14.0)
OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH (RAN15.0)
Then, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in Table 4-4.
Table 4-4 Initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services
Value of BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs(BSC6900,BSC6910) Initial Uplink and Downlink Rates for the PS BE Service
DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 8k DCH 8 kbit/s
DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s; HSDPA
n If MapSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH is turned on and BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs(BSC6900,BSC6910) is not set to OFF, the

initial uplink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in Table 4-5
Table 4-5 Initial uplink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services
Setting of MapSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): Value of BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs Initial Uplink Rate for the PS BE Service
MAP_CSPS_PS_ULL_USE_DCH_SWITCH (BSC6900,BSC6910)
Turned on DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s
Turned on DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s
n If MapSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH is turned on and BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs(BSC6900,BSC6910) is not set to OFF, the

initial downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in Table 4-6.
Table 4-6 Initial downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services
Setting of MapSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): Value of BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs Initial Downlink Rate for the PS BE Service
MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH (BSC6900,BSC6910)
Turned on DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s
In scenario 4, if OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH is turned on, the UE transitions from the CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state before
establishing CS services. In this situation:
l If PerfEnhanceSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910): PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH is set to 0, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service are 8
kbit/s.
l If PerfEnhanceSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910): PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH is set to 1, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service are 0
kbit/s.
Table 4-7 lists the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services when OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH is turned on.
Setting of PerfEnhanceSwitch1 Value of BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs(BSC6900,BSC6910) Initial Uplink and Downlink Rates for the PS
(BSC6900,BSC6910): BE Service
PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH
1 DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s
1 DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 0 kbit/s
0 DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s
l For UEs complying with versions earlier than 3GPP Release 5, the following rules apply:
n Versions earlier than 3GPP Release 5 support neither HSDPA nor HSUPA. If OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH is turned on, the
initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in Table 4-8.
n If OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH is turned off, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined
services are as listed in Table 4-8.
DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 8k DCH 8 kbit/s
DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s
l For UEs complying with 3GPP Release 5, MapSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH does not take effect. This is because 3GPP Release
5 supports HSDPA but does not support HSUPA.
In scenario 2, as long as BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs(BSC6900,BSC6910) is not set to OFF, the PS BE service is always carried on HSDPA channels in the downlink and the initial
uplink rate for the PS BE service is 8 kbit/s.
In scenario 2, as long as BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs(BSC6900,BSC6910) is not set to OFF, the initial uplink and downlink rates for PS BE service is always carried on DCH are
listed in Table 4-9.
In scenario 3, when the uplink and downlink services can be carried on the DCH or HS-DSCH, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined
services are as listed in Table 4-9.
DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 8k DCH 8 kbit/s
DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s
In scenario 1, BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs(BSC6900,BSC6910) can be set to DCH 0k, DCH 8k, or DCH 8k/HSDPA. The initial uplink rate for the PS BE service is 8 kbit/s, and
downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels.
In scenario 4, when OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH is turned on, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS
combined services are as listed in Table 4-10.
Setting of PerfEnhanceSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910): Value of BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs Initial Uplink and Downlink Rates for the PS BE
PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH (BSC6900,BSC6910) Service
1 DCH 0k, DCH 8k, DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 0 kbit/s
0 DCH 8k, DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s
4.4.4 Target Rate Negotiation

For a BE service in the PS domain, if the cell resource-based admission at the initial rate fails, the RNC selects a target rate to allocate bandwidth for the service based on cell
resources in following situations:
l Service setup
l Soft handover
l DCCC rate upsizing
If the cell has sufficient code and CE resource, the RNC sets the candidate target rate to the one that matches the available cell resources. Then, the RNC sets the target rate to
the greater one of the candidate target rate and the GBR.
In the case of DCCC rate upsizing, if the rate upsizing fails, the target rate is the greater one of the candidate target rate and the pre-upsizing DCCC rate.
4.5 Admission Decision

A radio link sends a resource request to the CAC functional module when additional resources are required. On receipt of the resource request, the CAC functional module
determines whether the request can be accepted by measuring the cell load and the requested resource.
The CAC performs admission decision based on resources such as code resource, power resource, NodeB credit, and Iub resource. In the case of HSPA resource request, the
admission decision is also based on the number of HSPA users. The admission succeeds only when resources are available for CAC.
For details about CAC, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.
4.6 Preemption
Common Preemption
This section describes the preemption algorithm in the WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-Emption feature.
By forcibly releasing the resources of lower-priority users, the preemption function increases the access success rate of higher-priority users.
After cell/cell group resource-based admission fails, the RNC performs preemption if the following conditions are met:
l The RNC receives an RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message indicating that preemption is supported.
NOTE:
In the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message sent by the CN, the Pre-emption Capability IE specifies whether a service can trigger preemption and the Pre-emption Vulnerability
IE specifies whether a service can be preempted. That is, Service priorities and the Pre-emption Capability and Pre-emption Vulnerability IEs determine whether to perform
preemption.
l The preemption algorithm switch PreemptAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON.
Preemption applies to the following scenarios:
l Setup or modification of a service

l Hard handover or SRNS relocation
l UE state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH
The preemption procedure is as follows:
1. The RNC selects the target cell for preemption.

l For multi-carrier services (such as DC-HSDPA, DB-HSDPA, 4C-HSDPA, or DC-HSUPA services), the RNC selects the primary cell in the DC-HSDPA, DB-HSDPA, 4C-
HSDPA, or DC-HSUPA cell group as the target cell.
l For non-multi-carrier services, the RNC selects the cell with the highest service priority or lightest load as the target cell.
2. The preemption algorithm determines the radio link sets to be preempted as follows:
a. Selects SRNC UEs first. If no UEs under the SRNC are available, the algorithm selects UEs under the DRNC.
b. Sorts the preemptable UEs by integrated user priority, or sorts the preemptable RABs by integrated RAB priority.
c. Determines candidate UEs or RABs.
For RABs of streaming or BE services, if PriorityReference(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to Traffic Class and PreemptRefArpSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON, only
the ones with lower ARP priority than the RAB to be established are selected.
For multi-carrier services, only the resource of UEs that use the target cell as the primary cell is preemptable.
As many users or RABs as necessary are selected in order to match the resources needed by the RAB to be established. When the priorities of two users or RABs are the
same, the algorithm selects the user or RAB that can release the most resources.
Preemptable users or RABs must have lower priorities than the RABs to be established. The type of preemptable user or RAB varies, depending on the type of resources that
triggers the preemption.
NOTE:
l The preemption algorithm checks whether the resources released by preempted UEs or RABs are sufficient for setting up new RABs. It does not consider the remaining
resources in the cell, because the resources may be used by other UEs during the preemption.
l For the preemption triggered for power, the preempted objects can be R99 users, R99 + HSPA combined users, or HSPA RABs.
l For the preemption triggered for the Iub bandwidth, the preempted objects can only be RABs.
l For the preemption triggered for the credit resource, more than one user or RAB can be preempted.
l For the preemption triggered for the code, only one user can be preempted.
For CS RABs with the preemption capability, the PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter specifies whether RRCs can be preempted when there are
no RABs to be preempted.
l If PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON, the RRCs whose service request type is the PS BE service and RABs have not been set up can be
preempted by CS RABs.
l If PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to OFF, RRCs cannot be preempted.
NOTE:
RRCs do not have preemption attributes or priorities. Therefore, preemption attributes and priorities are not considered during the RRC preemption.
3. The RNC releases the resources occupied by the candidate users, RABs, or RRCs.
4. The requested service directly uses the released resources to access the network without an admission decision.
NOTE:
For details about preemption of MBMS services, see MBMS Feature Parameter Description.
Emergency calls are prioritized over common users and therefore can preempt all non-emergency services. The common preemption procedure can be performed regardless of
the setting of PreemptAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910).
When NbmWpsAlgorithmSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON, the wireless priority service (WPS) function is enabled. In such a case, the WPS users can trigger common
preemption regardless of the setting for PreemptAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910). WPS users are prioritized over emergency call users.
NOTE:
l WPS is a National Security/Emergency Preparedness (NS/EP) voice service managed by the USA government. The National Communications System (NCS) is authorized to
manage the execution of the WPS project. The NbmWpsAlgorithmPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter specifies the WPS user priority.
l If the common preemption function is enabled, the CE resource preemption enhancement function must also be enabled (controlled by
PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH under the PreemptEnhSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter). When CE resource admission fails due to insufficient
CE resources, the CE resource preemption enhancement function can be triggered on the NodeB side to ensure the CE resource preemption success rate. However, this
function may occupy CE resources reserved for RRC connection setups and handovers, thereby reducing the handover success rate and RRC connection setup success rate.
This function does not affect the handover success rate and access success rate of the preempting UEs, however. The probability of the handover success rate and access
success rate being reduced is low. Therefore, this function does not affect the performance of the live network.
Forced Preemption
Common preemption requires that RABs have been set up or are being set up for preempting users and that preempting users have higher priorities than preemptable users.
Therefore, CS services cannot trigger preemption in the RRC connection setup phase. Even in the RAB-related phases, CS services may fail to preempt PS services because of
insufficient priorities. When PS traffic volume is high and radio resources are insufficient, the success rate for CS service setup may decrease. To solve this problem, forced
preemption is introduced. This function ensures preferred access of AMR services and a high success rate for AMR service setup.
The forced preemption function is controlled by PreemptAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) and PreemptEnhSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) together. The following lists the sub-
function switches under the PreemptEnhSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter:
l PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH: indicates whether CS services can preempt PS service resources during the CS RRC connection setup procedure.
l PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH: indicates whether CS services can preempt PS BE service resources during the CS RAB-related procedures.
The following table describes how these two sub-function switches determine preemption.
Table 4-11 Preemption as determined by two sub-function switches
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH RRC Connection Setup RAB-Related Phases

Phase
On Off CS conversational If RAB admission for CS conversational

services cannot preempt services fails, PS BE service resources
PS BE service resources. can be preempted unconditionally.
On On If RRC admission for CS If RAB admission for CS conversational

conversational services services fails, PS BE service resources
fails, PS BE service can be preempted unconditionally.
resources can be
preempted
unconditionally.
Off On If RRC admission for CS Common preemption is performed. That

conversational services is, Service Priorities and the Pre-
fails, resources of PS BE emption Capability and Pre-emption
services whose Pre- Vulnerability IEs determine whether to
emption Vulnerability IE perform preemption.

is set to "pre-emptable"
can be preempted.
Off Off CS conversational Common preemption is performed. That

services cannot preempt is, Service Priorities and the Pre-
PS BE service resources. Emption Capability and Pre-emption
Vulnerability IEs determine whether to
perform preemption.
NOTE:
In the RRC connection setup phase, if an RRC setup request is from the CS domain and the cause of RRC setup is Originating Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational
Call, the RNC considers the corresponding service to be a CS conversational service.
After forced preemption is enabled, only CS conversational services can trigger preemption and only PS BE service resources can be preempted.
If forced preemption for CS RAB is enabled,
l Only CS Conversational service can trigger preemption and only PS BE service can be preempted.
l PS BE service can not preempt PSBE service.
If forced preemption for CS RAB is disabled and that for CS RRC is enabled, PS BE service can prempt PS BE serice. For PS BE prempts PS BE, see Common Preemption.
In the case of unconditional preemption, the RNC does not compare the priority of CS conversational services with that of PS BE services. In addition, the RNC does not consider
the Pre-emption Capability or Pre-emption Vulnerability IE delivered by the CN. In this case, PS BE services can be preempted by any CS conversational services and only PS BE
services can be preempted. Preempted PS BE services are ranked by priority and PS BE services with the lowest priority are preempted.
When a UE transits to the CELL_DCH state from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state due to a CS service request, the RNC implements the policy of forced preemption based on
the setting of CsP2DPreemptSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l If CsP2DPreemptSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to OFF, the CS service request does not support preemption during a transition from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state
to the CELL_DCH state.
l If CsP2DPreemptSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON, the CS service can preempt only PS BE services during a transition from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state to
the CELL_DCH state, regardless of the preemption attributes and priorities of the CS and PS BE services.
If there are no PS BE services to preempt, forced preemption is implemented and the RRCs for PS BE services are preempted when PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON. Otherwise, preemption fails. For details about preemption of RRCs for PS BE services, see Common Preemption.
NOTE:
If the forced preemption function is enabled, the CE resource preemption enhancement function must also be enabled (controlled by
PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH under the PreemptEnhSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter). When CE resource admission fails due to insufficient CE
resources, the CE resource preemption enhancement function can be triggered on the NodeB side to ensure the CE resource preemption success rate. However, this function may
occupy CE resources reserved for RRC connection setups and handovers, thereby reducing the handover success rate and RRC connection setup success rate. This function
does not affect the handover success rate and access success rate of the preempting UEs, however. The probability of the handover success rate and access success rate being
reduced is low. Therefore, this function does not affect the performance of the live network.
4.7 Queuing
This section describes the queuing algorithm in the WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-Emption feature.
For PS services, after preemption fails, the RNC performs queuing if the following conditions are met:
l The RNC receives an RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message indicating that queuing is supported.
l The queuing algorithm switch QueueAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON.
The queuing function is triggered by the heartbeat timer that is set by the PollTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. Each time the timer expires, the RNC selects the service
that meets the requirement to make an admission attempt.
NOTE:
Multi-carrier services (such as DC-HSDPA, DB-HSDPA, 4C-HSDPA, or DC-HSUPA services) requested by the UE wait to be processed in the primary cell.
The queuing function is implemented as follows:
l The queuing algorithm checks whether the queue is full, that is, whether the number of service requests in the queue exceeds QueueLen(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l The queuing algorithm decides whether to put the request into the queue, as described in the following table.
Table 4-12 Putting a new request into the queue
If the queue is... Then the queuing algorithm...
Not full n Stamps this request with the request time (T_request)
n Puts this request into the queue
n Starts the heartbeat timer if it is not started
Full Checks whether the integrated priority of any existing request is lower than that of the new request.
n If yes, the queuing algorithm
- Checks the queuing time of each request. The algorithm removes the request with the longest queuing time from the queue.
- Stamps the new request with the request time (T_request) and then puts it into the queue.
- Starts the heartbeat timer if it is not started
n If no, the queuing algorithm rejects the new request directly.
After the heartbeat timer expires, the queuing algorithm performs resource-based admission attempts as follows:
l Rejects the request if the queuing time of the request (Telapsed) is longer than the maximum queuing time MaxQueueTimeLen(BSC6900,BSC6910). Here, Telapsed is equal to
the current time minus the request time (T_request).
l Selects the request with the highest integrated priority for a resource-based admission attempt.
l If more than one service has the highest integrated priority, the RNC selects the request with the longest queuing time.
l If the attempt is successful, the heartbeat timer is restarted for the next processing.
l If the attempt fails, the queuing algorithm proceeds as follows:
n Puts the service request back into the queue with the request time (T_request) unchanged for the next attempt.
n Selects the request with the longest queuing time from the rest and makes another attempt until a request is accepted or all requests are rejected.
4.8 Low-Rate Access of the PS BE Service

If the low-rate access of the PS BE service function is enabled, the PS BE service can access the target cell at a low rate in the case of a preemption or queuing failure, thereby
increasing the access success rate. Low-rate access means access from the DCH at 0 kbit/s, FACH, or enhanced FACH (E-FACH).
The low-rate access of the PS BE service function is enabled when the following settings are available:
l The PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH under the PsSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to 1.

l The PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to 0.
l The DRA_DCCC_SWITCH under the DraSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to 1.
l The PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH under the PsSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to 1.
Low-rate access applies to the following scenarios:
l RAB setup
l Hard handover or SRNS relocation
When a service request is rejected, low-rate access actions are implemented in different scenarios as follows:
Scenario Scenario Description FACH/E_FACH DCH at 0 kbit/s
RAB setup The RRC connection has been set up on the FACH or E-FACH. √ x
The RRC connection has been set up on the DCH. x √
The RRC connection has been set up on the HSPA channel. x √
The CS service has been set up, and a new PS service is to be set up. x √
The existing PS service has been set up on the FACH/E-FACH, and a new PS service is to be set √ x
up.
The existing PS service has been set up on the DCH, and a new PS service is to be set up. x √
The existing PS service has been set up on the HSPA channel, and a new PS service is to be set x √ (the new PS service can be admitted
up. at 0 kbit/s)
The PS service has been set up, and a new CS service is to be set up. x x
Hard handover or Hard handover or relocation is performed for the CS+PS combined services. x √ (Only the PS service can be
relocation admitted at 0 kbit/s.)
Hard handover or relocation is performed for the PS+PS combined services. x √
After an appropriate access action is determined, the service attempts to access the network.
l If DCH 0 kbit/s is used, the service attempts to access the network at 0 kbit/s for traffic and at the normal rate for signaling. For details about the methods of resource-based
admission decision, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.
l If FACH/E-FACH is used, the service attempts to access the network from the FACH/E-FACH.
If the attempt fails, this service is rejected.

For the service that accesses the network at 0 kbit/s, the ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) timer is started after the service rate fails to increase for the first
time. If the rate still fails to increase after the timer expires, the service is released, and the connection is also released for a single service.
If no data is transmitted for some time after the access, the UE changes to another state. For details about state transition, see State Transition Feature Parameter Description.
4.9 IAC for Emergency Calls

This section describes the WRFD-021104 Emergency Call feature, which allows the RNC to take special measures to ensure access for emergency calls.
4.9.1 RRC Connection Setup Procedure of Emergency Calls

Compared with the RRC connection setup procedure of common services, the RRC connection setup procedure of emergency calls involves the preemption due to hard resource-
based admission failure. Hard resources include code, Iub, and CE resource. The following figure shows the RRC connection setup procedure of an emergency call.
Figure 4-3 RRC connection setup procedure of an emergency call
NOTE:
The RNC does not perform RRC redirection for service steering.
In the case of power-based admission, emergency calls are admitted regardless of whether the CAC function is enabled or not.
In the case of hard resource-based admission, emergency calls are admitted if the current remaining resources are sufficient for RRC connection setup. If the admission fails,
preemption is performed regardless of whether the preemption is enabled or not. The emergency call that triggers preemption has the highest priority. The range of users who can
be preempted is specified by the EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
l If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON, all non-emergency users who have accessed the network can be preempted, regardless of the preemption-
prohibited attribute of the users.
l If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to OFF, only non-emergency users with the preemption-allowed attribute can be preempted.
The principles for selection of specific users to be preempted are the same as those for common services. For details, see the section 4.6 Preemption.
4.9.2 RAB Process of Emergency Calls

Compared with the RAB process of common services, the RAB process of emergency calls involves special processing of resource-based admission and preemption.
RAB Admission of Emergency Calls
In the case of power resource:
l If the CAC function is enabled, regardless of which algorithm is selected, the admission decision is made as follows:
n When the EMC_UU_ADCTRL sub-parameter of the NBMCacAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to 1, power-based admission fails if the system is in the
overload congestion state. Otherwise, the admission succeeds.
n When this sub-parameter is set to 0, emergency calls are directly admitted.
l If the CAC function switch is off, emergency calls are directly admitted.
For hard resources (code, Iub, and CE), the resource-based admission is successful if the available resources are sufficient for the request.
Preemption of Emergency Calls
If cell resource-based admission fails, preemption is performed regardless of whether the preempt function is enabled or not. The emergency call that triggers preemption has the
highest priority. The range of users who can be preempted is specified by the EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
l If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON, all non-emergency users who have accessed the network can be preempted, regardless of the preemption-
prohibited attribute of the users.
l If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to OFF, only non-emergency users with the preemption-allowed attribute can be preempted.
The principles for selection of specific users to be preempted are the same as those for common services. For details, see the section 4.6 Preemption.
5 Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

5.1 Overview
The intra-frequency load balancing function automatically adjusts the P-CPICH transmit power based on cell load, thereby balancing load across intra-frequency neighboring cells.
l When the cell load increases, this function reduces the P-CPICH transmit power. As a result, the cell coverage is reduced, which enables UEs at the cell edge to be handed
over to intra-frequency neighboring cells. This reduces the load in the current cell.
l When cell load decreases, this function increases the P-CPICH transmit power. As a result, the cell coverage is increased and UEs from other heavily loaded neighboring cells
can be handed over to the current cell.
The intra-frequency load balancing function improves resource utilization and increases system capacity by utilizing idle resources in neighboring cells.
Intra-frequency load balancing incorporates the downlink TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing and uplink RTWP-based intra-frequency load balancing functions. The
downlink intra-frequency load balancing and uplink intra-frequency load balancing functions cannot take effect simultaneously. If they are enabled at the same time, the downlink
intra-frequency load balancing function takes precedence.
5.2 TCP-based Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

This section describes the WRFD-020104 Intra-Frequency Load Balance feature.
The downlink intra-frequency load balancing function adjusts the P-CPICH transmit power based on the measured downlink cell load. The downlink intra-frequency load balancing
function is also called the TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing function.
NOTE:
If TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing function and the Load Based Dynamic Adjustment of PCPICH feature are enabled at the same time, the Load Based Dynamic
Adjustment of PCPICH feature takes precedence.
Downlink intra-frequency load balancing is performed to adjust the coverage areas of cells according to the measured values of cell load. It is applicable only to the downlink.
Downlink intra-frequency load balancing between intra-frequency cells is performed by adjusting the transmit power of the Primary Common Pilot Channel (P-CPICH) based on the
downlink load of the associated cells.
When this function is enabled (INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB under the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is enabled), the RNC checks the load of cells
periodically and adjusts the transmit power of the P-CPICH in the associated cells based on the cell load.
The following figure shows the procedure for downlink intra-frequency load balancing.
Figure 5-1 Procedure of downlink intra-frequency load balancing
The downlink intra-frequency load balancing is implemented as follows:
l If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the cell overload threshold CellOverrunThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the cell is heavily overloaded. In this case, the transmit power of
the P-CPICH needs to be reduced step by step. The step is specified by the PCPICHPowerPace(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
If the current transmit power is equal to the minimum transmit power of P-CPICH MinPCPICHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910), the current transmit power is not adjusted.
As a result of decrease in the pilot power, UEs at the edge of the cell can be handed over to neighboring cells, especially to those with a relatively light load and with relatively
high pilot power. After that, the downlink load of the cell is reduced accordingly.
l If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the cell underload threshold CellUnderrunThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the cell has sufficient capacity to take more load. In this case,
the transmit power of the P-CPICH can be increased step by step to help reduce the load of neighboring cells. The step is specified by the PCPICHPowerPace
If the current transmit power is equal to the maximum transmit power of P-CPICH MaxPCPICHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910), the current transmit power is not adjusted.
5.3 RTWP-based Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
In scenarios where uplink interference is always strong, increased RTWP leads to limited uplink coverage, causing uplink and downlink coverage imbalance. The RTWP-based
uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm is introduced to solve this problem.
If this algorithm finds that uplink coverage limitation is caused by RTWP, it automatically adjusts pilot power and decreases the downlink coverage, thereby balancing uplink and
downlink coverage. This algorithm reduces the call drop ratio of cell edge users caused by strong external interference. After the uplink RTWP becomes normal, this algorithm
automatically adjusts the pilot power to the normal condition.
The uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm is specified by the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB parameter. Figure 5-2 shows
the process of the uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm.
Figure 5-2 Process of the uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm
As shown in Figure 5-2, the RNC performs the following actions in each ULB period (specified by the IntraFreqULBPeriodTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter) as follows:
1. The RNC obtains RTWP from the NodeB and then performs smooth filtering on the RTWP value. The smooth filtering window is specified by the ULBAvgFilterLen
2. The RNC evaluates the uplink load of the current cell based on the filtered RTWP value.
l If the filtered RTWP value is between RTWPHeavyThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) and RTWPLightThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC considers the load of the current cell
to be normal. In this case, the RNC does not adjust the pilot power during this period.
l If the filtered RTWP value is larger than or equal to RTWPHeavyThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC considers the load of the current cell to be heavy. In this case, the
RNC performs step 3.
l If the filtered RTWP value is less than or equal to RTWPLightThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), the RNC considers the load of the current cell to be light. In this case, the RNC
performs step 4.
3. The RNC compares the current pilot power and MinPCPICHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910). If the current pilot power is larger than MinPCPICHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910),
the RNC decreases the current pilot power by one step (specified by the PCPICHPowerPace(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter). Otherwise, the RNC does not adjust the pilot
power during this period.
4. The RNC compares the current pilot power and MaxPCPICHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910). If the current pilot power is less than MaxPCPICHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910), the
RNC increases the current pilot power by one step (specified by the PCPICHPowerPace(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter). Otherwise, the RNC does not adjust the pilot
power during this period.
6 Load Reshuffling
This chapter describes the WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling feature.
When the cell resource usage exceeds the basic congestion trigger threshold, the cell enters the basic congestion state. In this case, LDR is used to reduce the cell load and
increase the access success rate.
6.1 Basic Congestion Triggering

The basic congestion state of a cell can be caused by insufficiency in a variety of resources, including power resource, code resource, Iub resource, and NodeB credit resource. A
cell that experiences basic congestion occurs is referred to as a cell in the LDR state.
In the case of power resource, the RNC performs periodic measurement and checks whether the cells are congested. In the case of code, Iub, and NodeB credit resources, the
RNC checks whether the cells are congested when resource usage changes.
If all resources in a cell are in the basic congestion state, they will be relieved from the congestion state in order of resource priority for load reshuffling as configured by the SET
ULDCALGOPARA command.
6.1.1 Power Resource

The uplink load reshuffling algorithm is implemented as follows:
l If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ALGORITHM_First, ALGORITHM_THIRD, or ALGORITHM_OFF, the uplink load reshuffling
algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on power resource.
l If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ALGORITHM_FORTH, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on
the total uplink load corresponding to the actual uplink service load.
l If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ALGORITHM_SECOND, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on
ENU.
NOTE:
l For an HSUPA cell, if HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS under the NBMCacAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is not selected, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm
will trigger basic congestion based on ENU, regardless of the value of the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l If the measurement on the total uplink load corresponding to the actual uplink service load is unavailable, for example, when the relevant NodeB boards cannot report the
measurement results, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on ENU.
The downlink load reshuffling algorithm is implemented as follows:
l If the parameter NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_First, or ALGORITHM_THIRD, the downlink load reshuffling
algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on power resource.
l If the parameter NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ALGORITHM_SECOND, the downlink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based
on ENU.
If the load of a cell is calculated based on power resource, the uplink load of the cell is calculated based on the uncontrollable load in the HSUPA cell or total RTWP load in the
R99 cell. The downlink load of the cell is calculated based on the load of non-HSPA power and GBP in the HSDPA cell or total TCP load in the R99 cell.
If the load of a cell is calculated based on ENU, the uplink load and the downlink load of the cell are calculated based on the total ENU load in the cell in the uplink and downlink,
respectively. For details about the load of a cell calculated based on power resource and based on ENU, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.
NOTE:
In a DC-HSDPA or DC-HSUPA cell, if the cell load is calculated based on the number of equivalent users, only the equivalent users on the primary carrier are counted in the DC-
HSDPA or DC-HSUPA cell.
Congestion control based on power resource is enabled using the DL_UU_LDR and UL_UU_LDR sub-parameters of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
The following figure shows the triggering and relieving of basic congestion.
Figure 6-1 Triggering and relieving of basic congestion
As shown in Figure 6-1, if the UL/DL load of the cell is higher than or equal to the UL/DL LDR trigger threshold UlLdrTrigThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) or DlLdrTrigThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910) for a hysteresis time, the cell is in the basic congestion state, and the related load reshuffling actions, as listed in Table 6-2, are taken. If the current UL/DL
load of the cell is lower than the UL/DL LDR relief threshold UlLdrTrigThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) or DlLdrTrigThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) for a hysteresis time, the cell changes to
the normal state and the related load reshuffling actions are stopped.
NOTE:
For the downlink, the hysteresis time is specified by the DlLdTrnsHysTime(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter; for the uplink, the hysteresis time is 600 ms.
The DL LDR trigger threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell group equals the sum of the DL LDR trigger thresholds of the two cells in this group. The DL LDR relief threshold of a DC-
HSDPA cell group equals the sum of the DL LDR relief thresholds of the two cells in this group. If a DC-HSDPA cell group is in the basic congestion state, the related LDR actions
are separately performed in each cell.
In a DC-HSUPA cell, LDR triggering and execution occur in the two cells respectively.
6.1.2 Code Resource

Congestion control based on code resource is enabled using the CELL_CODE_LDR sub-parameter of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
If the SF corresponding to the current remaining code of the cell is larger than the value of CellLdrSfResThd(BSC6900,BSC6910), code congestion is triggered and the related
load reshuffling actions, as listed in Table 6-2, are taken.
6.1.3 Iub Resource

Congestion control based on Iub resource is enabled through the IUB_LDR sub-parameter of the NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
Iub congestion control in both the uplink and downlink is NodeB-oriented. In the case of Iub congestion, LDR actions are implemented to relieve congestion. Iub congestion is
detected in a separate processing module. For details about the decision on Iub congestion detection, see Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter Description.
For the basic congestion caused by Iub resource, all UEs under the NodeB are the objects of related LDR actions.
6.1.4 NodeB Credit Resource

The following types of basic congestion can be caused by NodeB credit resource:
l Type A: Basic congestion at the local cell level

If the cell UL/DL current remaining credit resource is lower than the credit resource corresponding to the SF specified by UlLdrCreditSfResThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) or
DlLdrCreditSfResThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) (set by running the ADD UCELLLDR command), credit congestion at the cell level is triggered and related load reshuffling
actions will be taken in the current cell.
l Type B: Basic congestion at the local cell group level (if any)
l Type C: Basic congestion at the NodeB level
If the cell group or NodeB UL/DL current remaining credit resource is lower than the credit resource corresponding to the SF specified by UlLdrCreditSfResThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910) or DlLdrCreditSfResThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) (set by running the ADD UNODEBLDR command), credit congestion at the cell group or NodeB level is
triggered and related load reshuffling actions will be taken.
The basic congestion of type A will not trigger load-based inter-frequency handovers while the basic congestion of type B or C will.
The following table lists the LDR switches that need to be set to 1 for different algorithm types.
Table 6-1 LDR switches that need to be set to 1
Algorithm Load Control Algorithm Switch LDC Algorithm Switch
Type A LC_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH CELL_CREDIT_LDR
Type B LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH LCG_CREDIT_LDR
Type C NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH NODEB_CREDIT_LDR
6.2 LDR Procedure

When a cell is in the basic congestion state, the RNC takes actions in each period as specified by the LdrPeriodTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET
ULDCPERIOD command, until the congestion state is relieved. The actions apply to HSPA cells and R99 cells and include the following:
NOTE:
For R99 cells, LDR actions apply only to DCH UEs. The GoldUserLoadControlSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter specifies whether LDR actions apply to gold users. The
RNC applies LDR actions to gold users only when the GoldUserLoadControlSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to ON.
l Load-based inter-frequency handover

l Code reshuffling
l BE service rate reduction
l AMR rate reduction
l Inter-RAT load-based handover in the CS domain, which involves the following actions:
n Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain
n Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain
NOTE:
The difference between the "Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover In the CS/PS Domain" and "Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover In the CS/PS Domain"
actions is the selection of users. The former only involves CS/PS users with the "service handover" IE in RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST set to "handover to GSM should be
performed", while the latter only involves CS/PS users with the "service handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should not be performed." For details about the "service handover"
IE, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
l Inter-RAT load-based handover in the PS domain, which involves the following actions:
n Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the PS Domain
n Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover in the PS Domain
l QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services

l MBMS power reduction
l PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to LTE
The sequence of LDR actions can be changed using the MOD UCELLLDR/MOD UNODEBLDR command.
The following figure illustrates the detailed LDR procedure. In this example, the sequence of LDR actions is: load-based inter-frequency handover, code reshuffling, BE rate
reduction, inter-RAT handover in CS domain, inter-RAT handover in PS domain, AMR rate reduction, QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services, and MBMS power
reduction.
Figure 6-2 LDR procedure
As shown in the preceding figure, when the system is congested, the load-based inter-frequency handover is initiated first.
l If the handover succeeds, the algorithm continues to check whether the system is congested. If the system is still congested, the load-based inter-frequency handover is
initiated again.
l If the handover fails, code reshuffling is performed:
n If the code reshuffling succeeds, the algorithm continues to check whether the system is congested. If the system is still congested, the code reshuffling is initiated again.
n If the code reshuffling fails, the next action, BE rate reduction, is taken.
The remaining actions are performed similarly. For details about LDR actions, see the section 6.3 LDR Actions.
The LDR actions that are triggered by basic congestion caused by different resources are different. Table 6-2 describes the LDR actions for different resources.
When the basic congestion is triggered by different resources, the congestion can be relieved in an order set by running the SET ULDCALGOPARA command.
Table 6-2 LDR actions for different resources
Resources UL/DL Service LDR Actions
Load-based BE Rate Inter-RAT Inter-RAT AMR Rate QoS Code MBMS PS Inter-
Inter- Reduction Handover in Handover in Reduction Renegotiation Reshuffling Power RAT
Frequency CS Domain PS Domain for Reduction Handover
Handover Uncontrollable from UMTS
Real-Time to LTE
Services
Power UL DCH √ √ √ √ √* √ √
HSUPA √* √ √ √
DC-HSUPA √ √ √
DL DCH √ √ √ √ √* √ √
HSDPA √ √ √ √
DC-HSDPA √ √ √
FACH √*
(MBMS)
Iub UL DCH √ √ √ √
HSUPA √ √
DC-HSUPA √
DL DCH √ √ √ √
HSDPA √ √
DC-HSDPA √
FACH
(MBMS)
Code - -
DL DCH √* √ √ √
HSDPA
FACH
(MBMS)
Credit UL DCH √ √ √ √ √ √**
HSUPA √ √ √ √ √**
DC-HSUPA √ √ √ √**
DL DCH √ √ √ √ √**
HSDPA
FACH
(MBMS)
For some actions in Table 6-2, the following rules apply:
l The Inter-RAT Handover in CS Domain action can be performed for the HSDPA services only when the HsdpaCMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to
TRUE.
l If the uplink power-based admission uses the ENU algorithm, the load-based inter-frequency handover for HSUPA user can be performed.
l If the uplink power-based admission uses the power resource algorithm, the load-based inter-frequency handover for HSUPA user cannot be performed, as indicated by the
symbol "*" in the preceding table.
l If the downlink power-based admission uses the ENU algorithm, the basic congestion can also be caused by the ENU. In this situation, LDR actions do not involve AMR rate
reduction or MBMS power reduction, as indicated by the symbol "*" in the preceding table.
l In the same environment, different rates have different downlink transmit powers. The higher the rate, the greater the downlink transmit power. Therefore, the load can be
reduced by bandwidth reconfiguration.
l If dynamic CE resource management is enabled, BE service rate downsizing of LDR actions that is triggered by insufficient NodeB credit resource does not take effect with
HSUPA users.
l For LDR triggered by Iub congestion, RNC selects UEs in the congested path or port.
l Load-based inter-frequency handovers triggered by code resource congestion support blind handovers but not measurement-based handovers.
l In an LDR-triggered DC-HSUPA cell, the RNC only selects the DC-HSUPA UEs whose current cell is the primary cell. If LDR is triggered because of insufficient uplink power
or number of equivalent users, the RNC does not select the DC-HSUPA UEs whose secondary carrier cell is the target cell.
l In the PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to LTE, the credit resource is for cell-level only, which is indicated by the symbol "**" in the preceding table.
l Parameters related to some LDR actions are classified into cell-level and NodeB-level parameters. These parameters apply to different resources.
n NodeB-level parameters take effect when Iub resources, cell group credit resources, or NodeB credit resources are in the basic congestion state.
n Cell-level parameters take effect when power resources, code resources, or cell credit resources are in the basic congestion state.
6.3 LDR Actions
6.3.1 Load-based Inter-Frequency Handover

Load-based inter-frequency handover is also called inter-frequency load balance (WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balance). For details, see Inter-Frequency Load Balancing
Feature Parameter Description.
6.3.2 BE Rate Reduction
NOTE:
When admission control of Power/NodeB Credit is disabled, do not configure the BE Rate Reduction as an LDR action. Otherwise, ping-pong effect may occur.
BE rate reduction is performed only when the DRA_DCCC_SWITCH sub-parameter of the DraSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to 1.
BE rate reduction is implemented as follows:
1. The LDR algorithm sorts BE RABs in ascending order of integrated priority.

2. The LDR algorithm selects BE RABs that meet the following condition:
l The current rate of the BE RAB is higher than the GBR specified by running the SET UUSERGBR command.
l The BE RAB has the lower integrated priorities.
The number of selected RABs is specified by the UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) or DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
If multiple RABs have the same integrated priority, the RAB with the highest rate is selected.
3. If services can be selected, the action is successful. If services cannot be selected, the action fails. The LDR algorithm takes the next action.
4. The bandwidth of the selected services is reduced to the specified rate. For details about the rate reduction procedure, see DCCC Feature Parameter Description.
5. The reconfiguration is complete as indicated by the RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION message on the Uu interface and through the synchronized radio link
reconfiguration procedure on the Iub interface.
6.3.3 QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services

This section describes the WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over the Iu Interface feature.
Uncontrollable real-time services refer to PS streaming services. The load of PS streaming services can be reduced by QoS renegotiation that adjusts the rates of real-time
services.
Due to the QoS requirement, the traffic rate of PS streaming services cannot be automatically reduced in the same way as BE services. For PS streaming services, GBR is
specified in RAB assignment procedure and must be guaranteed. When the system needs to adjust service rate to relieve the system load, the RNC has to initiate rate
renegotiation over the Iu interface by requesting new RAB parameters with a lower bit rate for real time service using the RAB Modification procedure.
The RNC will request a new MBR and GBR that are the lowest ones among the alternative configurations in the RAB ASSIGNMENT message from the CN. However, the CN can
decide how to react to the request upon reception of the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message.
QoS renegotiation for uncontrollable real-time services is implemented as follows:
1. The LDR algorithm sorts RABs for real-time services in the PS domain in ascending order of integrated priority.
2. The LDR algorithm selects RABs with the lowest integrated priorities for QoS renegotiation. The number of selected RABs is specified by the UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910) or DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If the RNC cannot find an appropriate service for the QoS renegotiation, the action
fails. The LDR algorithm takes the next action.
3. The LDR algorithm performs QoS renegotiation for the selected services. The GBR during the service setup is the minimum rate of the service after the QoS renegotiation.
4. The RNC initiates the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message to the CN for the QoS renegotiation. Upon reception of the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message, the CN sends the
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message to the RNC for RAB parameter reconfiguration.
6.3.4 Inter-RAT Handover in the CS Domain

This action is performed only when the CS inter-RAT handover algorithm is enabled.
The size and coverage mode of a 2G cell are different from those of a 3G cell. Therefore, inter-RAT blind handover is not considered in this document.
Inter-RAT handover in the CS domain involves the following actions.
Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain
The LDR algorithm implements the "Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain" action as follows:
1. The LDR algorithm sorts UEs with the "service handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should be performed" in the CS domain in ascending order of integrated priority.
2. The LDR algorithm selects UEs with the lowest integrated priorities. The number of selected UEs is specified by the UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910)
or DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
3. After selecting a UE, the LDR module sends the load-based handover command to the inter-RAT handover module, requesting the inter-RAT handover module to hand over
the UE to the 2G system.
4. The handover module checks the compressed mode capability of the UE to decide whether to trigger the inter-RAT handover.
5. If the UE does not meet the inter-RAT handover criteria, the algorithm takes the next action.
Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain
The algorithm for this action is the same as that for the action "Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain." The difference is that this action involves only CS
users with the "service handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should not be performed."
The number of selected UEs is specified by the UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) or DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
6.3.5 Inter-RAT Handover in the PS Domain

This action is performed only when the PS inter-RAT handover algorithm is enabled.
Inter-RAT handover in the PS domain involves the following actions.
Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the PS Domain
The algorithm for this action is the same as that for the action "Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain." The difference is that this action involves only PS
users with the "service handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should be performed."
The number of controlled UEs is determined by the UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) or DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover in the PS Domain
The algorithm for this action is the same as that for the action "Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain." The difference is that this action involves only
PS users with the "service handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should not be performed."
The number of controlled UEs is specified by the UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) or DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
NOTE:
HSPA services can be selected only when HsdpaCMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to TRUE and HsupaCMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) is not set to
Limited.
For details about the two parameters, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
6.3.6 AMR Rate Reduction

This action is performed only when the sub-parameter CS_AMRC_SWITCH of the parameter CsSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to 1.
AMR Rate Reduction in the Downlink
AMR rate reduction in the downlink is implemented as follows:
1. The LDR algorithm sorts the AMR RABs in ascending order of integrated priority.
2. The LDR algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities and with the rates higher than the GBR for AMR services (conversational). The number of selected
RABs is specified by the DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If the RNC cannot find an appropriate RAB for the AMR rate reduction, the
algorithm triggers the next action.
3. The RNC sends the rate control request message through the Iu interface to the CN to adjust the AMR rate to the GBR.
AMR Rate Reduction in the Uplink
In the uplink, the LDR algorithm is implemented as follows:
1. The LDR algorithm sorts the AMR RABs in ascending order of integrated priority.
2. The LDR algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities and with the rates higher than the GBR for AMR services (conversational). The number of selected
RABs is specified by the UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If the RNC cannot find an appropriate RAB for the AMR rate reduction, the
algorithm triggers the next action.
3. The RNC sends the TFC CONTROL command to the UE to change the AMR rate to the GBR.
6.3.7 Code Reshuffling

This section describes the WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management feature.
To optimize the code usage efficiency, the "left most" principle is adopted in initial code allocation procedure. That is, the code with minimum SF is reserved to ensure the
availability of codes for continuous use. However, the code tree may not obey the "left most" principle in actual service implementation. Code reshuffling is used to ensure that the
code tree complies with the "left most" principle.
When a cell is in the basic congestion state due to insufficient code resource, code reshuffling can be performed to reserve sufficient code resource for subsequent services. Code
sub-tree adjustment refers to the switching of users from one code sub-tree to another. It is used for decreasing the code fragments to release smaller codes.
Code reshuffling is implemented as follows:
1. The LDR algorithm initializes SF_Cur to CellLdrSfResThd(BSC6900,BSC6910).

2. The LDR algorithm traverses all the sub-trees with this SF_Cur at the root node except the sub-trees occupied by common channels and HSDPA channels, and takes the
sub-trees in which the number of users is not larger than the value of MaxUserNumCodeAdj(BSC6900,BSC6910) as candidate sub-trees for code reshuffling.
l If such candidate sub-trees are available, the algorithm goes to step 3.
l If no such candidate sub-tree is available, sub-tree selection fails. This procedure ends.
3. The LDR algorithm selects a sub-tree from the candidate sub-trees according to the setting of LdrCodePriUseInd(BSC6900,BSC6910).
l If this parameter is set to TRUE, the algorithm selects the sub-tree with the largest code number from the candidates.
l If this parameter is set to FALSE, the algorithm selects the sub-tree with the smallest number of users from the candidates. If multiple sub-trees have the same number
of users, the algorithm selects the sub-tree with the largest code number.
4. The LDR algorithm treats each user in the sub-tree as a new user and allocates code resource to them.
5. The LDR algorithm initiates the reconfiguration procedure for each user in the sub-tree and reconfigures the channelization codes of the users based on the newly allocated
code resource.
The reconfiguration procedure on the Uu interface is initiated through the PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION message; the reconfiguration procedure on the Iub
interface is initiated through the RL RECONFIGURATION message.
The following figure shows an example of code reshuffling. In this example, CellLdrSfResThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to SF8, and MaxUserNumCodeAdj
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to 1.
Figure 6-3 Code reshuffling
6.3.8 MBMS Power Reduction
NOTE:
Some MBMS-related algorithms do not take effect on the BSC6910 because the BSC6910 does not support MBMS-related features.
The downlink power load can be reduced by lowering the power on MBMS traffic channels.
MBMS power reduction is implemented as follows:
1. The LDR algorithm sorts RABs in ascending order of integrated priority.

2. The LDR algorithm selects a RAB with the lowest integrated priority and with the current power being higher than the minimum transmit power of the corresponding MTCH.
(The ARP value of the RAB is higher than MbmsDecPowerRabThd(BSC6900,BSC6910).)
3. The LDR algorithm triggers a reconfiguration procedure to set the power to the minimum transmit power of the FACH onto which the MTCH is mapped.
The reconfiguration procedure on the Iub interface is implemented through the COMMON TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION REQUEST message.
6.3.9 PS Inter-RAT Handover from UMTS to LTE

PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to LTE involves the WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature and the WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover
from UMTS to LTE feature. For details of the two features, see Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE Feature Parameter Description.
6.3.10 LDR Actions for a UE in the Uplink and Downlink

In most cases, uplink and downlink LDR actions are independent of each other. Sometimes, however, uplink and downlink LDR actions may apply to the same UE.
l If the LDR actions in the uplink and downlink are the same, these LDR actions can be performed simultaneously.
Take the BE service of a UE as an example. Rate reduction must be performed on the BE service of the UE in the uplink and downlink simultaneously. In this situation, the
RNC needs to send only one RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION message, which indicates that BE service rate reduction is performed simultaneously in the uplink and
downlink of this UE.
l If the LDR actions in the uplink and downlink are different, these LDR actions are performed as follows:
n If LDR actions in the uplink are inter-frequency or inter-RAT handovers, or PS inter-RAT handovers from UMTS to LTE, then only LDR actions in the uplink are performed.
n If LDR actions in the downlink are inter-frequency or inter-RAT handovers, or PS inter-RAT handover from UMTS to LTE, then only LDR actions in the downlink are
performed.
n LDR actions are performed in the direction with fewer UEs.
7 Network Impact
7.1 RRC Redirection for Service Steering

No impact.

During the RRC connection setup procedure, the Load Control feature performs inter-frequency or inter-RAT service steering and load sharing based on the RRC connection setup
cause. This feature performs load sharing based on the signal quality, load, and the redirection percentage of the cell the UE accesses. This feature also affects the access delay
of UEs that are to be redirected to inter-frequency or inter-RAT cells.

The FACH power control of RRC phase function increases the FACH transmit power. As a result, the amount of power available for dedicated channels decreases. This reduces
downlink cell/UE throughput and the R99 UE admission rate.
Assume that the cell transmit power is 20 W, the P-CPICH transmit power is 10% of the cell transmit power, and the FACH transmit power is 1 dB. In this example, if an additional
2 dB power is allocated to the FACH, then the amount of power available for the dedicated channel may be insufficient and five AMR UEs may fail to be admitted into this cell.

The FACH power control of RRC phase function increases the downlink FACH power and enables UEs to receive messages more accurately. When RRC connection setups fail
due to Uu-interface synchronization timeout, this function increases the RRC connection setup success rate. The level of increase in the RRC connection setup success rate is
determined by the coverage and interference in the live network.
In situations where weak coverage is not the major cause for RRC connection setup failures or where interference in the live network is strong, this function does not significantly
increase the RRC connection setup success rate.
l The smaller the increase in the FACH power (MaxFachPower(BSC6900,BSC6910)) is, the less noticeable the improvement of the RRC connection setup success rate.
l The larger the increase in the FACH transmit power, the stronger the interference. In this situation, downlink coverage will deteriorate, which may result in a higher call drop
rate.
8 Engineering Guidelines
8.1 WRFD-021104 Emergency Call
8.1.1 Deployment
Requirements
l Hardware
This feature does not have special hardware requirements.
l Other features
This feature does not depend on other features.
l License
This feature is not under license control.
Data Preparation
None
Activation
This feature does not need to be activated.
Activation Observation
Use a UE to initiate an emergency call. Verify that the emergency call is successfully established.
Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.
8.2 WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface
8.2.1 Deployment
Requirements
l Hardware
The NEs in the core network must support selective configuration of the maximum bit rate (MBR) and guaranteed bit rate (GBR).
l Other features
l License
Data Preparation
None
Activation
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches;
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to enable the cell-level LDR algorithm. In this step, set Cell LDC algorithm switch to
UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm), DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm), and CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR Algorithm).
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB
Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to enable the NodeB-level LDR algorithm. In this step, set NodeB
LDC algorithm switch to IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm), LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm), and NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm).
3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-level LDR trigger threshold. In this step, set UL/DL LDR Trigger
threshold and DL State Trans Hysteresis threshold according to the network plan.
4. Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBLDR (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB LDR
Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to set the NodeB-level LDR credit spreading factor (SF) reserved
threshold. In this step, set Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold and Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold according to the network plan.
5. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters;
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the NodeB credit LDR threshold for the local cell. In this step, set Ul LDR Credit SF
reserved threshold and DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold according to the network plan.
6. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration >
RNC Oriented LDC Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set LDR period timer length according
to the network plan.
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to enable QoS renegotiation on real-time services. In this step, set DL LDR first action to
QOSRENEGO.
1. Establish a PS streaming service.

2. Trigger LDR in the cell based on the cell LDR threshold specified in the activation procedure.
3. If RAB MODIFY REQUEST is traced on the Iu interface, this feature has been activated.
Deactivation
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to disable the cell-level LDR algorithm. In this step, clear UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR
Algorithm), DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm), and CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR Algorithm) from the Cell LDC algorithm switch drop-down list box.
Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to disable the NodeB-level LDR algorithm. In this step, clear
IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm), LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm), and NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm) from the NodeB LDC
algorithm switch drop-down list box.
MML Command Examples
/Activating RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface*/

//Enabling the cell-level LDR algorithm
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch= UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-1;
//Enabling the NodeB-level LDR algorithm
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NODEB1", NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_LDR-1&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-1&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-1;
//Enabling QoS renegotiation on real-time services
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, DlLdrFirstAction=QoSRenego;
/Deactivating RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface*/
//Disabling the cell-level LDR algorithm
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch= UL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-0;
//Disabling the NodeB-level LDR algorithm
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NODEB1", NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_LDR-0&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-0&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-0;
8.3 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement
8.3.1 Deployment
Requirements
l Hardware
In RAN14.0, the load measurement of total uplink services is introduced, and the dependencies on NodeB are as follows:
n The BTS3812, BTS3812E and BTS3812AE do not report the actual service load.
n The DBS3800 does not report the actual service load.
n If the 3900 series base station is configured with the WBBPa board or the RRU3801C 20 W, the actual service load is not reported. In other configurations, the actual
service load is reported.
l Other features
l License
Data Preparation
None
Activation
1. The function of measurement on RTWP, TCP, and non-HSPA power is always activated. Therefore, this feature does not need to be activated.
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, select HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR Meas Algorithm) and
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA PBR Meas Algorithm) from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to activate the cell-level load measurement for HSDPA and
HSUPA.
3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set load monitoring parameters, including the uplink/downlink load
reshuffling (LDR) algorithm trigger/release thresholds and uplink/downlink overload congestion (OLC) algorithm trigger/release thresholds to appropriate values.
4. Run the RNC MML command SET ULDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Monitoring Parameter Configuration > LDM
Algorithm Parameters of RNC; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set parameters associated with load measurement,
report period, and smoothing filter length according to the network plan.
1. On the RNC LMT, open the Monitor tab page. In the Monitor navigation tree, double-click UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring, and create tasks of
monitoring Cell DL Carrier TX Power and RTWP.
2. Check whether the uplink full-bandwidth RX power of the cell is displayed in the RTWP monitoring window.
3. Check whether the downlink carrier TX power is displayed in the Cell DL Carrier TX Power monitoring window.
Deactivation
1. The measurement on RTWP, TCP, and non-HSPA power has been activated and cannot be deactivated.
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR Meas Algorithm) and
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA PBR Meas Algorithm) from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to deactivate the cell-level load measurement for HSDPA and
HSUPA.
//Activating load measurement

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100, NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-1&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-1;
MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=1, UlLdrTrigThd=55, UlLdrRelThd=45, DlLdrTrigThd=70, DlLdrRelThd=60, UlOlcTrigThd=95, UlOlcRelThd=85, DlOlcTrigThd=95, DlOlcRelTh
SET ULDM: UlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff=D6, ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas=TEN_MSEC, TenMsecForUlBasicMeas=100, DlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff=D6;
//Deactivating load measurement
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100, NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-0&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-0;
8.4 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling
8.4.1 Deployment
Requirements
l Hardware
l Other features
l License
Data Preparation
None
Activation
NOTE:
The following section provides the related parameters and commands. The parameter settings depend on the network plan.
1. Enable the related load reshuffling algorithms.

Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches;
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, turn on the following switches of Cell LDC algorithm switch:
l UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm): UL UU load reshuffling algorithm
l DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm): DL UU load reshuffling algorithm
l CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm): Code reshuffling algorithm
l CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR Algorithm): Credit reshuffling algorithm
Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information >
NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, turn on the following switches of NodeB
LDC algorithm switch:
l IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm): NodeB Iub reshuffling algorithm
l NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm): NodeB-level credit reshuffling algorithm
l LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm): cell-group-level credit reshuffling algorithm
2. Set the related thresholds.

l Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set LDR thresholds (UL/DL LDR Trigger/release threshold and DL State
Trans Hysteresis threshold).
l Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters;
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set code LDR threshold (Cell LDR SF reserved threshold) and LDR actions.
l Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEBLDR (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB LDR
Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-group-level or NodeB-level LDR thresholds
(Ul/DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold).
l Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters;
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-level credit LDR thresholds (Ul/DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold).
RNC Oriented LDC Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set the LDR period (LDR period timer length).
4. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM
Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to enable the functions used in
the LDR actions.
l Inter-frequency load handover
Set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH and HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH.
l BE service rate reduction
Set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH.
l CS domain inter-RAT load handover
Set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH.
l PS domain inter-RAT load handover
Set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH.
l Downsizing the bit rate of AMR voice
Set CS Algorithm Switch to CS_AMRC_SWITCH.
The following section takes R99 non-real-time data services as an example to describe how to verify BE service rate reduction in the basic congestion state.
1. Simulate a situation in which a UE is in idle mode and the UE has camped on CELL_A11.
2. On the RNC LMT, open the Monitor tab page. In the Monitor Navigation Tree tab page, double-click UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring. In the displayed
dialog box, create a Cell DL Throughput monitoring task.
3. Connect the UE to a laptop through the USB port and initiate a data service. Check the rb-mappinginfo information element (IE) contained in the RRC_RB_SETUP message
traced over the Uu interface. The value of rrc-Stateinditator should be CELL_DCH.
4. Use the UE to log in to the FTP server and then start FTP downloading. Data downloading should be normal.
5. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to simulate a situation in which the power load reaches 75%. The RRC_RB_RECFG message should be displayed in the Uu
Interface Trace dialog box. In the Cell DL Throughput of the Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box, you can view a decrease in the downlink RB rate configured on
the RNC.
6. Run the NodeB MML command STP DLSIM to stop the simulated power load. In the Uu Interface Trace dialog box, the RRC_RB_RECFG message should be displayed. In
the Cell DL Throughput of the Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box, you can view an increase in the downlink RB rate configured on the RNC.
Deactivation
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear the following switches from Cell LDC algorithm switch:
l UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm): UL UU load reshuffling algorithm
l DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm): DL UU load reshuffling algorithm
l CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm): Code reshuffling algorithm
l CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR Algorithm): Credit reshuffling algorithm
Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear the following switches from NodeB LDC
algorithm switch:
l IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm): NodeB Iub reshuffling algorithm
l NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm): NodeB-level credit reshuffling algorithm

l LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm): cell-group-level credit reshuffling algorithm
//Activating Load Reshuffling

//Enabling load reshuffling algorithms
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1&CELL_CODE_LDR-1&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-1;
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="nodeb1", NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_LDR-1&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-1&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-1;
//Setting load reshuffling thresholds
MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=100, UlLdrTrigThd=55, UlLdrRelThd=45, DlLdrTrigThd=70, DlLdrRelThd=60, UlOlcTrigThd=95, UlOlcRelThd=85, DlOlcTrigThd=95, DlOlcRel
//Setting code reshuffling thresholds
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=100, DlLdrFirstAction=CodeAdj, DlLdrSecondAction=InterFreqLDHO, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8;
//Setting NodeB-level credit reshuffling thresholds
MOD UNODEBLDR: NodeBName="nodeb1", UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8;
//Setting cell-level credit reshuffling thresholds
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=100, UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8;
//Setting load reshuffling period
SET ULDCPERIOD: LDRPERIODTIMERLEN=10;
//Turning on load reshuffling function switches
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1,CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_SWITCH-1, HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH
//Deactivating Load Reshuffling
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&CELL_CODE_LDR-0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-0;
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="nodeb1", NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_LDR-0&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-0&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-0;
8.5 WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management
8.5.1 Deployment
Requirements
l Hardware
l Other features
l License
Data Preparation
None
Activation
NOTE:
The code allocation function is always activated. The following activation procedure applies only to the code reshuffling function.
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches), and then enable the required LDR algorithm switches for resources (CELL_CODE_LDR(Code
LDR Algorithm)) through setting the Cell LDC algorithm switch parameter.
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set code LDR threshold (Cell LDR SF reserved threshold) and set CodeAdj(Code adjust)
as one of the DL LDR actions.
RNC Oriented LDC Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set the LDR period (LDR period timer length).
1. Simulate a situation in which a UE is in idle mode and the UE has camped on CELL_A11.
2. Set the PS service type to interactive on the HLR.
3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR with Cell LDR SF reserved threshold set to SF8 and Max user number for code adjust to 1.
4. Connect the UE to a laptop through the USB port and initiate a data service.
Expected result: Services are set up on the DCH successfully. You can view the rb-mappinginfo information element (IE) in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the
Uu interface. In the Cell Code Tree Monitor window, you can view that the service occupies code SF32(4).
5. Use the UE to log in to an FTP server on the Internet and performs an FTP download.
6. Run the RNC MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check the cell health status. The status of cell code congestion should be displayed as basic congestion.
7. Run the RNC MML command RMV URESERVEOVSF to release the service that occupies code SF32(1).
8. Run the RNC MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check the cell health status. The status of cell code congestion should be displayed as not congested.
Deactivation
Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches), and then deactivate the required LDR algorithm switches for resources (CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR
Algorithm)) by setting the Cell LDC algorithm switch parameter.
//Activating Code Resource Management

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=CELL_CODE_LDR-1;
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, DlLdrFirstAction=CodeAdj, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8;
SET ULDCPERIOD: LdrPeriodTimerLen=10;
//Verifying Code Resource Management
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8, MaxUserNumCodeAdj=1;
DSP UCELLCHK: CHECKSCOPE=CELLID, CELLID=111;
RMV URESERVEOVSF: CellId=111, DLOVSFSF=SF32, DLCODENO=1;
//Deactivating Code Resource Management
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=CELL_CODE_LDR-0;
8.6 WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance
8.6.1 Deployment
Requirements
l Hardware
l Other Features
The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated.
l License
The license "Inter System Redirect Based on Distance" on the RNC side has been activated. For details about the license and how to activate the license, see License
Management Feature Parameter Description.
Data Preparation
None
Activation
Activate this feature at the RNC or cell level.
l To activate this feature for the entire RNC, run the RNC MML command SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration
Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) with the following parameter settings:
n Set Redirection Switch to ON.
n Set Propagation delay threshold as specified in 3GPP TS 25.433.
n Set Redirection Factor Of LDR and Redirection Factor Of Normal to appropriate values based on the network plan.
l To activate this feature for a cell, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell
Parameters > Cell-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) with the following
parameter settings:
n Set Redirection Switch to ON.
n Set Propagation delay threshold as specified in 3GPP TS 25.433.
n Set Redirection Factor Of LDR and Redirection Factor Of Normal to appropriate values based on the network plan.
1. Start Uu Interface Trace on the RNC LMT, as shown in Figure 8-1.

Figure 8-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box
2. Simulate a situation in which pilot pollution occurs. Place the UE in a place that is far away from the NodeB and has strong pilot signals. Then, use the UE to establish a CS
voice call.
3. Check the messages traced on the Uu interface.
l As shown in Figure 8-2, if the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message contains the information element (IE) GSM-Targetcellinfo, the RAN has redirected the UE to the
GSM network, and this feature has been activated.
l If the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message does not contain the IE GSM-Targetcellinfo, this feature is not activated.
Figure 8-2 GSM-Targetcellinfo IE
Deactivation
Deactivate this feature at the RNC or cell level.
l To deactivate this feature for the entire RNC, run the RNC MML command SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration
Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Redirection Switch to OFF.
l To deactivate this feature for a cell, run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express >
Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step,
set Redirection Switch to OFF.
//Activating Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance

//Activating this feature for the entire RNC
SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION: RedirSwitch=ON, DelayThs=100, RedirFactorOfLDR=70, RedirFactorOfNorm=60;
//Activating this feature for a specified cell
ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION: CellId=1, RedirSwitch=ON, DelayThs=100, RedirFactorOfLDR=80, RedirFactorOfNorm=60;
//Deactivating Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance
//Deactivating this feature for the entire RNC
SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION: RedirSwitch=OFF;
//Deactivating this feature for a specified cell
MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION: CellId=1, RedirSwitch=OFF;
8.7 WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect
8.7.1 When to Use Inter System Redirect

None

None
8.7.3 Deployment
Requirements
l Hardware
l Other features
The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated.
l License
The license "Inter System Redirect" on the RNC side has been activated. For details about the license and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Data Preparation
None
Activation
Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Direct Retry
Switch to DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UDRD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-
Oriented DRD Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch to
Allowed_To_Inter_RAT.
1. Start Uu Interface Trace on the RNC LMT. Use a UE to initiate an RRC connection setup request.
2. View the Uu interface tracing result and verify that the following conditions are true:
l The UE sends an RRC_SETUP_REQ message.
l The RNC responds with an RRC_CONN_REJ message, carrying GSM-TargetCellInfo in the IE redirectioninfo.
Deactivation
Run the RNC MML command SET UDRD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented
DRD Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set RRC redirect switch to OFF or
Only_To_Inter_Frequency.
//Activating Inter-System Redirect

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-1;
SET UDRD: ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch=Allowed_To_Inter_RAT;

//Deactivating Inter-System Redirect
SET UDRD: ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch=OFF;
8.8 WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup
8.8.1 When to Use Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup
The Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature applies to networks with multiple UMTS carriers and networks with both GSM and UTMS coverage.
Do not deploy this feature if UEs in idle mode randomly switch between carriers.
If UEs in idle mode preferentially camp on one or several carriers, use this feature and the RAB DRD algorithm together to implement service steering and load sharing among
carriers.
Contact Huawei engineers before activating this feature to prevent any conflicts between the RRC connection setup procedure and the RAB setup procedure.

Collect the following information, which helps you determine whether to activate this feature and set the corresponding parameters to proper values:
l Frequency and frequency band of each carrier

l Frequency band support capability of UEs
l Distribution strategies of UEs among multiple carriers
8.8.3 Planning
N/A
8.8.4 Deployment
Requirements
l License
The license for the WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature has been activated. For details about how to activate the license, see
License Management Feature Parameter Description.
Feature ID Feature Name License Description NE Sales Unit
WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Service Steering in RRC RNC Erl+Mbps
Sharing in RRC Connection Connection Setup
Setup
Data Preparation
Table 8-1 lists the data to prepare before activating this feature.
Table 8-1 Data to prepare before activating this feature
Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data source
Traffic Type TrafficType(BSC6900,BSC6910) Determine which type of service can be enabled with this feature by taking the Radio network plan (internal)
RAB DRD strategy into consideration.
Redirection Switch RedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) Determine which type of service can be enabled with this feature by taking the Radio network plan (internal)
RAB DRD strategy into consideration.
Direct Retry Switch DrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): None Radio network plan (internal)

DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH
RRC Redirection RedirEcN0Thd(BSC6900,BSC6910) Set this parameter based on the site conditions. This parameter takes effect only Default value/Recommended
Ec/No Threshold when the RedirBandInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to a specific value
frequency band.
Redirection Factor Of RedirFactorOfNorm Set this parameter according to the service steering and load sharing strategy. Radio network plan (internal)
Normal (BSC6900,BSC6910)
Redirection Factor Of RedirFactorOfLDR Set this parameter according to the service steering and load sharing strategy. Radio network plan (internal)
LDR (BSC6900,BSC6910)
Redirection target RedirBandInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) Set this parameter based on the carrier information in section 8.8.2 Required Radio network plan (internal)
band indicator Information.
l If this parameter is set to DependOnNCell, you do not need to set the
ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd(BSC6900,BSC6910), ReDirUARFCNUplink
(BSC6900,BSC6910), and ReDirUARFCNDownlink(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameters.
l If this parameter is set to a specific frequency band, frequencies configured
for the ReDirUARFCNUplink(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
ReDirUARFCNDownlink(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters must fall into this
frequency band.
l If this parameter is set to BandIndNotUsed, frequencies configured for the
ReDirUARFCNUplink(BSC6900,BSC6910) and ReDirUARFCNDownlink
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters are not restricted by the value of this
parameter.
Redirection Target ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd Set this parameter based on the carrier information in section 8.8.2 Required Engineering design
UL Frequency Index (BSC6900,BSC6910) Information.
If this parameter is set to FALSE, you do not need to set the
ReDirUARFCNUplink(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. ReDirUARFCNUplink
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is automatically configured according to the relationship
between the uplink UARFCN and downlink UARFCN.
Redirection target ReDirUARFCNUplink Set this parameter based on the carrier information in section 8.8.2 Required Radio network plan (internal)
uplink UARFCN (BSC6900,BSC6910) Information.
Redirection target ReDirUARFCNDownlink Set this parameter based on the carrier information in section 8.8.2 Required Engineering design
downlink UARFCN (BSC6900,BSC6910) Information.
Precautions
Contact Huawei engineers to confirm if this feature can be deployed on your network. This feature can be deployed only after taking the radio access network into consideration.
Activation (Using MML Commands)
NOTE:
l Configure parameters based on the Setting Notes in Table 8-1.

l If a parameter is set at both the RNC level and the cell level, the cell-level setting takes precedence.
1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to activate RRC redirection. In this step, select DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH under the Direct Retry Switch
parameter.
2. Activate the Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature and configure related parameters.
l RNC-level parameter configuration: Run the RNC MML command SET UREDIRECTION. In this step, set the Traffic Type and Redirection Switch parameters to appropriate
values to activate this feature for the corresponding traffic type. Set the RRC Redirection Ec/No Threshold, Redirection Factor Of Normal, Redirection Factor Of LDR,
Redirection target band indicator, Redirection Target UL Frequency Index, Redirection target uplink UARFCN, and Redirection target downlink UARFCN
parameters to appropriate values.
l Cell-level configuration
n For initial parameter configuration: Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLREDIRECTION. In this step, set the Traffic Type and Redirection Switch parameters to
appropriate values to activate this feature for the corresponding traffic type. Set the RRC Redirection Ec/No Threshold, Redirection Factor Of Normal, Redirection
Factor Of LDR, Redirection target band indicator, Redirection Target UL Frequency Index, Redirection target uplink UARFCN, and Redirection target downlink
UARFCN parameters to appropriate values.
n For reconfiguration: Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLREDIRECTION. In this step, set the Traffic Type and Redirection Switch parameters to appropriate
values to activate this feature for the corresponding traffic type. Set the RRC Redirection Ec/No Threshold, Redirection Factor Of Normal, Redirection Factor Of
LDR, Redirection target band indicator, Redirection Target UL Frequency Index, Redirection target uplink UARFCN, and Redirection target downlink UARFCN
parameters to appropriate values.
//Activating RRC connection redirection

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-1;
//Activating RNC-level Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup
SET UREDIRECTION: TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY, RedirFactorOfNorm=0, RedirFactorOfLDR=50, RedirBandInd=DependOnNCell, Redir
//Activating cell-level Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup for initial parameter configuration
ADD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=1111, TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY, RedirFactorOfNorm=0, RedirFactorOfLDR=50, RedirBandInd=Dep
//Activating cell-level Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup for parameter reconfiguration
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=1111, TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY, RedirFactorOfNorm=0, RedirFactorOfLDR=50, RedirBandInd=Dep
Activation (Using the CME)
NOTE:
When configuring the Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification
if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.
1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence described in Table 8-2. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch
modification center, press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.
NOTE:
l Configure parameters based on the Setting Notes in Data Preparation because parameters mutually affect each other.
l SN 2 is for RNC-level parameter configuration and SN 3 is for cell-level parameter configuration. If a parameter is set at both the RNC level and the cell level, the cell-level
setting takes precedence.
Table 8-2 Configuring parameters on the CME
SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Configurable in CME

Batch Modification
Center
1 UCORRMALGOSWITCH RNC Direct Retry Switch DrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) Yes
2 UREDIRECTION RNC Traffic Type TrafficType(BSC6900,BSC6910) Yes
Redirection Switch RedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
RRC Redirection Ec/No Threshold RedirEcN0Thd(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Redirection Factor Of Normal RedirFactorOfNorm(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Redirection Factor Of LDR RedirFactorOfLDR(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Redirection target band indicator RedirBandInd(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Redirection Target UL Frequency Index ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Redirection target uplink UARFCN ReDirUARFCNUplink(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Redirection target downlink UARFCN ReDirUARFCNDownlink

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
3 UCELLREDIRECTION RNC Traffic Type TrafficType(BSC6900,BSC6910) Yes
Redirection Switch RedirSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
RRC Redirection Ec/No Threshold RedirEcN0Thd(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Redirection Factor Of Normal RedirFactorOfNorm(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Redirection Factor Of LDR RedirFactorOfLDR(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Redirection target band indicator RedirBandInd(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Redirection Target UL Frequency Index ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Redirection target uplink UARFCN ReDirUARFCNUplink(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Redirection target downlink UARFCN ReDirUARFCNDownlink

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
After the Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature is activated, check the value of the VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Service counter to determine whether this
feature is activated. If the value of this counter is not 0, this feature is activated.
Deactivation (Using MML Commands)
Perform the following operations to deactivate the Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature:
l RNC-level configuration
Run the RNC MML command SET UREDIRECTION and turn off the Redirection Switch.
Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLREDIRECTION and turn off the Redirection Switch.
//Deactivating RNC-level Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup
SET UREDIRECTION: TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=OFF;
//Deactivating cell-level Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=1111, TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=OFF;
Deactivation (Using the CME)
NOTE:
l When configuring the Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
l Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

NOTE:
SN 1 is for RNC-level parameter configuration and SN 2 is for cell-level parameter configuration. If a parameter is set at both the RNC level and the cell level, the cell-level setting
takes precedence.
Table 8-3 Configuring parameters on the CME of deactivation

Batch Modification Center
1 UREDIRECTION RNC Redirection Switch RedirSwitch Yes

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
2 UCELLREDIRECTION RNC Redirection Switch RedirSwitch Yes

(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Check the value of the VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Service counter to see how this feature is working. This counter indicates the number of RRC connection rejects due to service-based
RRC redirection for cell.
If cells with one frequency are enabled with this feature, this feature is functioning properly if the value of the VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Service counter remains stable or if the value of
this counter fluctuates regularly each week.
If cells with multiple frequencies are enabled with this feature, this feature is functioning properly if the value of the VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Service counter remains stable or if the value
of this parameter fluctuates regularly each week. If the value of the counter keeps increasing, you must check the configured redirection target frequency to prevent the ping-pong
reselection.

None.
None.
8.9.1 When to Use FACH Power Control of RRC Phase

The FACH Power Control of RRC Phase Function feature can be deployed when cells and the RRC connection setup cause in the live network meet the requirements in section
8.9.2 Required Information.

l RRC connection setup causes for enabling this function:
1. Analyze the VS.RRC.FailConnEstab.NoReply counter in the live network. The RRC connection setup cause that has the largest contribution to RRC connection setup failures
is the RRC connection setup cause for enabling this function.
2. Identify the RRC connection setup cause for which the RRC connection setup success rate needs to be improved in the live network.
l Target cells for enabling this function:
1. Identify cells that meet the following conditions:

Most RRC connection setup failures are due to the cause indicated by the VS.RRC.FailConnEstab.NoReply counter. That is, most RRC connection setup failures are caused
by RRC connection setup timeout.
2. Select cells where downlink weak coverage has a significant contribution to RRC connection setup failures. For example, the contribution is larger than 50%. Collect the RRC
setup success rate corresponding to the RRC connection setup cause. Examine the effect of this feature on the RRC setup success rate.
3. Select cells where RRC and RAB establishment failures are caused by downlink power resource congestion. Enable this function for these cells with caution. If the number of
RRC and RAB establishment failures caused by downlink power resource congestion is large, you are not advised to enable this function.
You can monitor the following counters to determine the number of RRC connection setup and RAB setup failures caused by downlink power resource congestion:
l VS.RRC.Rej.DLPower.Cong
l VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.DLPower.Cong
l VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.DLPower.Cong
Determine whether there are signaling storms and traffic bursts during large public gatherings or festivals in the live network. If yes, you are not advised to enable this function.
8.9.3 Planning
None.
8.9.4 Deployment
Requirements
None
Data Preparation
Table 8-4 lists the data to prepare before enabling this function.
Table 8-4 Data to prepare before enabling this function
Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Timer 381 T381(BSC6900,BSC6910) If N300(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to 0, set this parameter to a value other than Radio network plan (internal)
D0 to trigger this function. (You can set this parameter to the recommended
value.)
Constant 381 N381(BSC6900,BSC6910) Set this parameter to the recommended value. Radio network plan (internal)
Timer 300 T300(BSC6900,BSC6910) Set this parameter to the recommended value. Radio network plan (internal)
Constant 300 N300(BSC6900,BSC6910) If T381(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to D0, set this parameter to a value other Radio network plan (internal)
than 0 to trigger this function. (You can set this parameter to the recommended
value.)
Cause of RRC RrcCause(BSC6900,BSC6910) Set this parameter according to the RRC connection setup cause determined in Radio network plan (internal)
connection establishment section 8.9.2 Required Information.
FACH Power Increase FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd Set this parameter to the recommended value. Radio network plan (internal)
Ec/No Threshold (BSC6900,BSC6910)
Max Transmit Power of MaxFachPower Existing networks: Set this parameter to a value 2 dB higher than the original Radio network plan (internal)
FACH (BSC6900,BSC6910) value. Note that the value of this parameter must not be higher than 3 dB.
New networks: Set this parameter to 3 dB.
Bearing Signal Indication SIGRBIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) If FACHs whose MaxFACHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910) is modified are used to Radio network plan (internal)
send signaling messages, this parameter must be set to TRUE. This parameter
must be used together with the TrChId(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
Cell ID CellId(BSC6900,BSC6910) None Radio network plan (internal)
FACH ID TrChId(BSC6900,BSC6910) This parameter is used to locate the transmission channels whose SIGRBIND Radio network plan (internal)
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to TRUE and to modify the settings of
MaxFACHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910) and OffsetFACHPower
(BSC6900,BSC6910) of the FACHs corresponding to this parameter.
Offset between Initial and OffsetFACHPower Existing networks: Set this parameter to a value that has the same increase as Default value/Recommended
Max FACHPower (BSC6900,BSC6910) the MaxFACHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. value
New networks: Set this parameter to 2 dB.
Precautions
Do not enable this function if there are signaling storms and traffic bursts in the live network.
1. Perform either of the following operations to trigger the FACH Power Control of RRC phase function.
l Run the RNC MML command SET UCONNMODETIMER. In this step, set Timer 381 and Constant 381 to appropriate values to trigger this function. For details about
parameter settings, see Setting Notes in Data Preparation.
l Run the RNC MML command SET UIDLEMODETIMER. In this step, set Timer 300 and Constant 300 to appropriate values to trigger this function. For details about
parameter settings, see Setting Notes in 8.9.4 Deployment.
2. Do as follows to configure the RRC connection setup cause that requires this function and the corresponding threshold:
Run the RNC MML command SET URRCESTCAUSE. In this step, set Cause of RRC connection establishment and FACH Power Increase Ec/No Threshold to
appropriate values.
3. Modify parameters related to the FACH transmit power.
For existing cells: Run the RNC MML command MOD UFACH. In this step, set Cell ID, FACH ID, Max Transmit Power of FACH, and Offset between Initial and Max
FACHPower to appropriate values.
For new cells: Run the RNC MML command ADD UFACH. In this step, set Cell ID, FACH ID, Max Transmit Power of FACH, and Offset between Initial and Max
FACHPower to appropriate values.
NOTE:
You only need to modify the Max Transmit Power of FACH and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower of the transmission channels whose Bearing Signal Indication is
set to TRUE. You can use FACH ID to locate these transmission channels.
Before running the RNC MML command MOD UFACH, run the RNC MML command LST UFACH to list the transmission channels whose Bearing Signal Indication is set to
TRUE.
//Enabling the FACH power control of RRC phase function

SET UCONNMODETIMER: T381=D600, N381=D1;
SET URRCESTCAUSE: RrcCause=ORIGCONVCALLEST, FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd=-13;
ADD UFACH:CELLID=1111, TRCHID=4, PHYCHID=8, TTI=T10, RATEMATCHINGATTR=220, MAXCMCHPI=D15, MINCMCHPI=D14, SIGRBIND=TRUE, CHCODINGTYPE=CONVOLUTIONAL, CO
MOD UFACH: CellId=1111, TrChId=4, MaxFachPower=10, OffsetFACHPower=0;
NOTE:
l When configuring the FACH power control of RRC phase function on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.

NOTE:
l You can perform either of the two operations in SN 1 to trigger this function.
l In SN 3, you only need to modify the Max Transmit Power of FACH and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower of the transmission channels whose Bearing Signal
Indication is set to TRUE. You can use FACH ID to locate these transmission channels. Before performing SN 3, query the transmission channels whose Bearing Signal
Indication is set to TRUE.

Batch Modification
Center
1 UCONNMODETIMER RNC Timer 381 T381(BSC6900,BSC6910) Yes
Constant 381 N381(BSC6900,BSC6910)
UIDLEMODETIMER RNC Timer 300 T300(BSC6900,BSC6910) Yes
Constant 300 N300(BSC6900,BSC6910)
2 URRCESTCAUSE RNC Cause of RRC connection establishment RrcCause(BSC6900,BSC6910) Yes
FACH Power Increase Ec/No Threshold FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
3 UFACH RNC Cell ID CellId(BSC6900,BSC6910) No
FACH ID TrChId(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Max Transmit Power of FACH MaxFachPower(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Offset between Initial and Max OffsetFACHPower

FACHPower (BSC6900,BSC6910)
Observe the cell tracing results on the RNC LMT.
l If Transmit Power Level in the FACH FP packet is 0, this feature is enabled. If Transmit Power Level in the FACH FP packet is the value of the Offset between Initial and
Max FACHPower parameter, this feature is not enabled.
Figure 8-3 Transmit Power Level in the FACH FP packet
NOTE:
This function cannot be triggered if the traced cell is in the OLC state.
Perform the following steps to trace the signaling messages of a cell:
1. Run the RNC MML command LST USCCPCH to set Cell ID and obtain the number of SCCPCHs and SCCPCH ID configured for a cell.
2. Run the RNC MML command LST USCCPCH to set Cell ID and obtain the SCCPCH ID of a transmission channel whose Bearing Signal Indication is set to TRUE.
3. Start a tracing task (Debug Mode) on the Cell Trace interface of the LMT.
4. On the FMR tab page of the Cell Trace dialog box, select Layer 2 data transfer Periodic Report and CCH Data Report and specify Report Period(100ms) and SCCPCH
ID 1. The configuration requirements are as follows:
l It is recommended that Report Period(100ms) be set to 20.
l If there is only one SCCPCH, enter the corresponding SCCPCH ID for SCCPCH ID 1.
l If there are two SCCPCHs, the SCCPCH ID for SCCPCH ID 1 must be the SCCPCH ID of the transmission channel whose Bearing Signal Indication is set to TRUE.
5. Start cell tracing.
Perform the following operations to disable the FACH power control of RRC phase function:
l RNC-level configuration
Run the RNC MML command SET URRCESTCAUSE with FACH Power Increase Ec/No Threshold set to –24.
Run the RNC MML command MOD UFACH. In this step, set Cell ID, FACH ID, Max Transmit Power of FACH, and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower to
appropriate values. Change Max Transmit Power of FACH and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower to the original values.
//Disabling the FACH power control of RRC phase function

SET URRCESTCAUSE: RrcCause=ORIGCONVCALLEST, FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd=-24;
NOTE:
l When configuring the FACH power control of RRC phase function on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.

----End
NOTE:
In SN 2, set Max Transmit Power of FACH and Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower to the values before feature activation.
Table 8-6 Configuring parameters on the CME for deactivation
SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Configurable in

CME Batch
Modification
Center
1 URRCESTCAUSE RNC FACH Power Increase Ec/No Threshold FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd Yes

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
NOTE:
Set this parameter to –24.
2 UFACH RNC Cell ID CellId(BSC6900,BSC6910) No
FACH ID TrChId(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Max Transmit Power of FACH MaxFachPower(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Offset between Initial and Max FACHPower OffsetFACHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Perform the following steps to monitor the performance of this function:
1. Query the RRC connection setup success rate corresponding to the RRC connection setup cause.
Check whether the RRC connection setup success rate increases after this function is enabled. Use the following formula to calculate the RRC connection setup success
rate:
RRC connection setup success rate = (Number of successful RRC connection setups/RRC connection setup requests) * 100%
If the RRC connection setup success rate decreases after the enabling of this function, downlink power resources in a cell may be congested. In this situation, roll back the
settings of the MaxFACHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910) and OffsetFACHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters to disable this function for the cell.
Table 8-7 lists counters related to the number of RRC connection setup requests corresponding to different RRC connection setup causes.
Table 8-7 Counters related to the number of RRC connection setup requests
Counter ID Counter Name Description
67179329 RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgConvCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Originating Conversational Call)
67179330 RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgStrCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Originating Streaming Call)
67179331 RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgInterCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Originating Interactive Call)
67179332 RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgBkgCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Originating Background Call)
67179334 RRC.AttConnEstab.TmConvCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Terminating Conversational Call)
67179335 RRC.AttConnEstab.TmStrCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Terminating Streaming Call)
67179336 RRC.AttConnEstab.TmInterCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Terminating Interactive Call)
67179337 RRC.AttConnEstab.TmBkgCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Terminating Background Call)
67179333 RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgSubCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Originating Subscribed Traffic Call)
67179338 RRC.AttConnEstab.EmgCall Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Emergency Call)
67179339 RRC.AttConnEstab.IRATCelRes Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Inter-RAT Cell Re-Selection)
67179340 RRC.AttConnEstab.IRATCCO Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Inter-RAT Cell Change Order)
67179341 RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Registration)
67179342 RRC.AttConnEstab.Detach Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Detach)
67179343 RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgHhPrSig Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Originating High Priority Signaling)
67179344 RRC.AttConnEstab.OrgLwPrSig Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Originating Low Priority Signaling)
67179345 RRC.AttConnEstab.CallReEst Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Call Re-Establishment)
67179346 RRC.AttConnEstab.TmHhPrSig Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Terminating High Priority Signaling)
67179347 RRC.AttConnEstab.TmLwPrSig Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Terminating Low Priority Signaling)
67179348 RRC.AttConnEstab.Unknown Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (Terminating-Cause Unknown)
67195964 RRC.AttConnEstab.MBMSRep Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (MBMS Reception)
67195965 RRC.AttConnEstab.MBMSPtp Number of RRC Connection Requests for Cell (MBMS Reception)
Table 8-8 lists counters related to the number of successful RRC connection setups corresponding to different RRC connection setup causes.
Table 8-8 Counters related to the number of successful RRC connection setups
Counter ID Counter Name Description
67179457 RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgConvCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Originating Conversational Call)
67179458 RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgStrCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Originating Streaming Call)
67179459 RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgInterCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Originating Interactive Call)
67179460 RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgBkgCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Originating Background Call)
67179461 RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgSubCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Originating Subscribed traffic Call)
67179462 RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmConvCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Terminating Conversational Call)
67179463 RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmStrCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Terminating Streaming Call)
67179464 RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmItrCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Terminating Interactive Call)
67179465 RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmBkgCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Terminating Background Call)
67179467 RRC.SuccConnEstab.IRATCelRes Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Inter-RAT cell re-selection)
67179468 RRC.SuccConnEstab.IRATCCO Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Inter-RAT cell change order)
67179469 RRC.SuccConnEstab.Reg Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Registration)
67179470 RRC.SuccConnEstab.Detach Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Detach)
67179471 RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgHhPrSig Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Originating High Priority Signaling)
67179472 RRC.SuccConnEstab.OrgLwPrSig Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Originating Low Priority Signaling)
67179473 RRC.SuccConnEstab.CallReEst Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Call re-establishment)
67179474 RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmHhPrSig Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Terminating High Priority Signaling)
67179475 RRC.SuccConnEstab.TmLwPrSig Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Terminating Low Priority Signaling)
67179476 RRC.SuccConnEstab.Unkown Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Terminating - cause unknown)
67179466 RRC.SuccConnEstab.EmgCall Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (Emergency Call)
67195966 RRC.SuccConnEstab.MBMSRep Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (MBMS Reception)
67195967 RRC.SuccConnEstab.MBMSPtp Number of Successful RRC Connection Setups for Cell (MBMS PTP RB Request)
2. Monitor downlink power congestion for cells.

Check whether the values of the VS.RRC.Rej.DLPower.Cong and VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.DLPower.Cong counters increase after the enabling of this function. If downlink
power resources are congested in a cell, roll back the settings of the MaxFACHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910) and OffsetFACHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters to
disable this function for the cell.
3. Query the RAB connection setup success rate.
If the RAB connection setup success rate corresponding to the RRC connection setup cause decreases, collect the Ec/N0 distribution of the RACH for services that
experience RAB connection setup failures during the RRC connection setup procedure. Then compare the Ec/N0 distribution with the value of the
FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. Calculate the number of times the Ec/N0 of the RACH is smaller than the value of this parameter.
Compare the calculated result with the increased successful RRC connection setups. If the two numbers are almost the same, the performance of this function is as
expected. The reason for comparing the two numbers is that although RRC connection setups for UEs in weak coverage areas may succeed, RAB connection setups may
still fail.
4. Query the call drop rate in the live network.
The call drop rate is calculated as follows:

CS service drop ratio (cell) =
[VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS/(VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS + VS.RAB.NormRel.CS)]*100%
PS call drop ratio (cell) =
[VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS/(VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS + VS.RAB.NormRel.PS)]*100%
If the call drop rate deteriorates, you can adjust the power increase for the MaxFACHPower(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter to reduce the maximum FACH transmit power.

For parameter optimization of this function, see section 8.9.5 Performance Monitoring.
None.
8.10 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load Balance
8.10.1 When to Use Intra Frequency Load Balance

None

None
8.10.3 Deployment
Requirements
None
Data Preparation
None
Activation
1. Run the RNC MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Intra-frequency
Neighboring Cell; CME batch modification center: not supported) to add an intra-frequency neighboring cell.
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, select INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB(Intra Frequency LDB Algorithm) from the
Cell LDC algorithm switch drop-down list.
RNC Oriented LDC Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Intra-frequency LDB period timer
length to an appropriate value.
4. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDB (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDB Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the following parameters associated with the cell-level intra-frequency load
balancing (LDB) algorithm to appropriate values:
l Cell overload threshold
l Pilot power adjustment step
l Cell under load threshold
5. Run the RNC MML command MOD UPCPICHPWR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Channel Configuration > PCPICH; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Channel Parameters in Batches). In this step, set P-CPICH parameters associated with intra-frequency LDB, including Max transmit
power of PCPICH and Min transmit power of PCPICH to appropriate values.
To verify that the RNC can balance the cell load by adjusting the P-CPICH power of a cell, perform the following steps:
1. On the RNC LMT, open the Monitor tab page. Create a task of monitoring PCPICH TxPower of CELL_A11.
2. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to simulate high load in CELL_A11.
3. In the Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box, check the pilot power of CELL_A11.
Expected result: As the cell load increases, the pilot power periodically decreases. The actual pilot power does not decrease to a level lower than the configured minimum
pilot power.
4. The NBAP_CELL_RECFG_REQ and NBAP_CELL_RECFG_RSP messages should be displayed in the Iub tracing result. In the NBAP_CELL_RECFG_REQ message,
check whether the RNC has reduced the pilot power.
5. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to clear the simulated high load in CELL_A11.
6. In the Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box, check the pilot power of CELL_A11.
Expected result: As the cell load becomes normal, the pilot power periodically increases. The actual pilot power does not increase to a level higher than the configured
maximum pilot power.
Deactivation
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB from the Cell LDC algorithm switch drop-down
list.
2. Restore the parameter settings modified in the activation procedure.
//Activating Intra Frequency Load Balance

//Configuring intra-frequency neighboring cells
ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RncId=1, CellId=111, NCellRncId=1, NCellId=211, SIB11Ind=TRUE, SIB12Ind=FALSE, TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0, NPrioFlag=FALSE;
//Enabling the cell-oriented intra-frequency LDB algorithm
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB-1;
//Setting the intra-frequency LDB period
SET ULDCPERIOD: IntraFreqLdbPeriodTimerLen=1800;
//Setting parameters associated with the cell-oriented intra-frequency LDB algorithm to appropriate values
MOD UCELLLDB: CellId=111, PCPICHPowerPace=2, CellOverrunThd=90, CellUnderrunThd=30;
//Setting the P-CPICH associated parameters for intra-frequency LDB
MOD UPCPICHPWR: CellId=111, MaxPCPICHPower=346, MinPCPICHPower=313;
//Verifying Intra Frequency Load Balance
STR DLSIM: LOCELL=111, LR=90;
STP DLSIM: LOCELL=111;
//Deactivating Intra Frequency Load Balance
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB-0;
8.11 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Preemption
8.11.1 When to Use Queuing and Preemption

None

None
8.11.3 Deployment
Requirements
l Hardware
n To enable the common preemption function, the CN must send the allocation/retention priority (ARP) IE to the RNC during the RAB assignment procedure so that the
RNC can obtain RAB service priorities.
n The forced preemption function does not depend on the CN.
l Other features
The following features must be configured before this feature is activated:
- WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
- WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package.
l License
The license "Queuing and Pre-emption" on the RNC side has been activated. For details about the license and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Data Preparation
None
1. Run the RNC MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT. In this step, set Preempt algorithm switch to ON to enable the preemption function; set Queue algorithm switch
to ON to enable the queuing function.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT. In this step, select PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH under the Preemption Enhancement
Switch parameter to enable the CE resource preemption enhancement function.
3. (Optional) To enable the forced preemption function, run the RNC MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT. In this step, select
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH and PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH under the Preemption Enhancement Switch parameter.
NOTE:
If step 3 is performed, the preemption function enabled in step 1 will become invalid and the forced preemption function will take effect.
----End
//Activating Queuing and Preemption

SET UQUEUEPREEMPT: PreemptAlgoSwitch=ON, QueueAlgoSwitch=ON, PreemptEnhSwitch=PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH-1&PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITC
NOTE:
l When configuring the Queuing and Preemption feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME. Set the parameter described in Table 8-9. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME
Single Configuration Operation Guide.
NOTE:
If the forced preemption function is enabled, the preemption function enabled by setting the Preempt algorithm switch parameter will become invalid.
Table 8-9 Configuring the parameter on the CME

CME Batch
Modification
Center
1 UQUEUEPREEMPT RNC Preempt algorithm switch PreemptAlgoSwitch Yes

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
NOTE:
Set this parameter to ON.
Queue algorithm switch QueueAlgoSwitch

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
NOTE:
Set this parameter to ON.
Preemption Enhancement Switch PreemptEnhSwitch

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
NOTE:
Set this parameter as follows:
l Select PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH to enable the
CE resource preemption function.
l (Optional) Select PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH and
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH to enable the forced
preemption function.
The queuing function is enabled if the value of any of the following counters is not 0.
l VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTime.CS
l VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTime.PS
The preemption function is enabled if the value of any of the following counters is not 0.
l VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.Preempt
l VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.Preempt
l RRC.AttConnRelDCCH.Preempt
l RRC.AttConnRelCCCH.Preempt
1. Run the RNC MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT. In this step, set Preempt algorithm switch to OFF to disable the preemption function; set Queue algorithm switch
to OFF to disable the queuing function.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT. In this step, clear PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH under the Preemption Enhancement
Switch parameter to disable the CE resource preemption enhancement function.
3. (Optional) To disable the forced preemption function, run the RNC MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT. In this step, clear
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH and PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH under the Preemption Enhancement Switch parameter.
----End
//Deactivating Queuing and Preemption

SET UQUEUEPREEMPT: PreemptAlgoSwitch=OFF, QueueAlgoSwitch=OFF, PreemptEnhSwitch=PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH-0&PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWI
NOTE:
l When configuring the Queuing and Preemption feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.


CME Batch
Modification
Center
1 UQUEUEPREEMPT RNC Preempt algorithm switch PreemptAlgoSwitch Yes

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
NOTE:
Set this parameter to OFF.
Queue algorithm switch QueueAlgoSwitch

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
NOTE:
Set this parameter to OFF.
Preemption Enhancement Switch PreemptEnhSwitch

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
NOTE:
Set this parameter as follows:
l Clear PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH to disable the
CE resource preemption function.
l (Optional) Clear PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH and
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH to disable the forced
preemption function.
8.12 WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control
8.12.1 When to Use Rate Negotiation at Admission Control

None

None
8.12.3 Deployment
Requirements
l Hardware
l Other features
l License
The license "RAB Downsizing at Admission Control" on the RNC side has been activated. For details about the license and how to activate the license, see License
Management Feature Parameter Description.
l Other prerequisites
n To implement Iu QoS negotiation, the CN nodes must support this feature.
n To implement RAB rate reduction, the CN nodes do not need to support this feature.
Data Preparation
None
Activation
l Activating QoS negotiation
Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Dynamic
Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH, and set PS rate negotiation switch to PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH.
l Activating RAB rate reduction
Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Dynamic
Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH, and set PS rate negotiation switch to PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH.
l Verifying QoS negotiation
1. Run the RNC MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to query the activation result.
2. Start Iu message tracing on the RNC LMT and establish a PS service, as shown in Figure 8-4.
Figure 8-4 Iu message tracing
3. View the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message. If it contains the IE "alt-RAB-Parameters", the CN supports Iu QoS negotiation, as shown in Figure 8-5
Figure 8-5 RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message on the Iu interface
l Verifying RAB rate reduction
1. Run the RNC MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to view the activation result.
2. Start Iu message tracing on the RNC LMT and establish a PS service, as shown in Figure 8-6.
Figure 8-6 Iu message tracing
3. View the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message. If it contains the IE "ass-RAB-Parameters", rate negotiation at admission control takes effect, and the MaxBitrate is
the data rate negotiated by the RNC, as shown in Figure 8-7.
Figure 8-7 RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message on the Iu interface
Deactivation
l Deactivating QoS negotiation
Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch drop-down list box, and clear PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH from the PS rate negotiation switch drop-down list box.
l Deactivating RAB rate reduction
Switch Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch drop-down list box, and clear PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH from the PS rate negotiation
switch drop-down list box.
//Activating Rate Negotiation at Admission Control

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1, PsSwitch =PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-1&PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1, PsSwitch=PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-1;
//Deactivating Rate Negotiation at Admission Control
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-0, PsSwitch =PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0&PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0;
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-0, PsSwitch=PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-0;
9 Parameters
Table 9-1 Parameter description
Parameter ID NE MML Command Feature Feature Name Description

ID
RedirEcN0Thd BSC6900 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Inter System Redirect Meaning:When the target UARFCN of redirection indicates a
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 02040003 Service Steering and specific frequency band and the Ec/N0 value of the current cell
WRFD- Load Sharing in RRC carried in the RRC Connection Request message is smaller than
020120 Connection Setup the value of this parameter, service-based RRC redirection is
forbidden. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.215.
GUI Value Range:-24~0
Unit:dB
Actual Value Range:-24~0

Default Value:-24
RedirEcN0Thd BSC6910 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Inter System Redirect Meaning:When the target UARFCN of redirection indicates a
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 02040003 Service Steering and specific frequency band and the Ec/N0 value of the current cell
Unit:dB
Default Value:-24
T381 BSC6900 SET UCONNMODETIMER WRFD- 3GPP R9 Meaning:T381 is started after the RNC send message "RRC
010101 Specifications CONNECTION SETUP"(or "CELL UPDATE CONFIRM"). If
T381 expire and RNC does not receive "RRC CONNECTION
SETUP COMPLETE"(or the response of "CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM") and V381 is smaller than N381, RNC resend "RRC
CONNECTION SETUP"(or "CELL UPDATE CONFIRM") and
restart timer T381 and increase V381. If RNC receive "RRC
CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE"(or the response of "CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM"), T381 will be stopped. Default value is
600ms.
GUI Value Range:D0, D100, D200, D300, D400, D500, D600,
D700, D800, D900, D1000, D1200, D1500, D2000
Unit:ms
Actual Value Range:0, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800,
900, 1000, 1200, 1500, 2000
Default Value:D600
T381 BSC6910 SET UCONNMODETIMER WRFD- 3GPP R9 Meaning:T381 is started after the RNC send message "RRC
010101 Specifications CONNECTION SETUP"(or "CELL UPDATE CONFIRM"). If
T381 expire and RNC does not receive "RRC CONNECTION
SETUP COMPLETE"(or the response of "CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM") and V381 is smaller than N381, RNC resend "RRC
CONNECTION SETUP"(or "CELL UPDATE CONFIRM") and
restart timer T381 and increase V381. If RNC receive "RRC
CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE"(or the response of "CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM"), T381 will be stopped. Default value is
600ms.
GUI Value Range:D0, D100, D200, D300, D400, D500, D600,
D700, D800, D900, D1000, D1200, D1500, D2000
Unit:ms
900, 1000, 1200, 1500, 2000
Default Value:D600
N381 BSC6900 SET UCONNMODETIMER WRFD- 3GPP R9 Meaning:Maximum number of resend times of message "RRC
010101 Specifications CONNECTION SETUP" or "CELL UPDATE CONFIRM". default
value is 1.
GUI Value Range:D1, D2, D3, D4
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:1, 2, 3, 4
Default Value:D1
N381 BSC6910 SET UCONNMODETIMER WRFD- 3GPP R9 Meaning:Maximum number of resend times of message "RRC
010101 Specifications CONNECTION SETUP" or "CELL UPDATE CONFIRM". default
value is 1.
GUI Value Range:D1, D2, D3, D4
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:1, 2, 3, 4
Default Value:D1
T300 BSC6900 SET UIDLEMODETIMER WRFD- 3GPP R9 Meaning:Timer 300. T300 starts when a UE sends an RRC
010101 Specifications CONNECTION REQUEST message and stops when the UE
receives an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message. When T300
expires, the UE resends an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message if the value of the counter V300 is smaller than or
equal to that of the parameter N300. If the value of V300 is
larger than that of N300 when T300 expires, the UE enters the
idle mode. The value of this parameter is contained in SIB1
messages.
GUI Value Range:D100, D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000,
D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000,
D8000
Unit:ms
Actual Value Range:100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400,
1600, 1800, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000
Default Value:D2000
T300 BSC6910 SET UIDLEMODETIMER WRFD- 3GPP R9 Meaning:Timer 300. T300 starts when a UE sends an RRC
010101 Specifications CONNECTION REQUEST message and stops when the UE
receives an RRC CONNECTION SETUP message. When T300
expires, the UE resends an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message if the value of the counter V300 is smaller than or
equal to that of the parameter N300. If the value of V300 is
larger than that of N300 when T300 expires, the UE enters the
idle mode. The value of this parameter is contained in SIB1
messages.
GUI Value Range:D100, D200, D400, D600, D800, D1000,
D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000, D3000, D4000, D6000,
D8000
Unit:ms
Actual Value Range:100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400,
1600, 1800, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000
Default Value:D2000
RrcCause BSC6900 SET URRCESTCAUSE WRFD- 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps Meaning:Cause of RRC connection establishment, that is, the
010510 RRC Connection and value of the establishment cause IE in the RRC CONNECTION
Radio Access Bearer REQUEST message.
Establishment and
Release GUI Value Range:ORIGCONVCALLEST,

ORIGSTREAMCALLEST, ORIGINTERCALLEST,
ORIGBKGCALLEST, ORIGSUBSTRAFFCALLEST,
TERMCONVCALLEST, TERMSTREAMCALLEST,
TERMINTERCALLEST, TERMBKGCALLEST,
EMERGCALLEST, INTERRATCELLRESELEST,
INTERRATCELLCHGORDEREST, REGISTEST, DETACHEST,
ORIGHIGHPRIORSIGEST, ORIGLOWPRIORSIGEST,
CALLREEST, TERMHIGHPRIORSIGEST,
TERMLOWPRIORSIGEST, TERMCAUSEUNKNOWN,
MBMSCALLEST, DEFAULTEST
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:ORIGCONVCALLEST,
Default Value:None
RrcCause BSC6910 SET URRCESTCAUSE WRFD- 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps Meaning:Cause of RRC connection establishment, that is, the
010510 RRC Connection and value of the establishment cause IE in the RRC CONNECTION
Radio Access Bearer REQUEST message.
Establishment and GUI Value Range:ORIGCONVCALLEST,
Release ORIGSTREAMCALLEST, ORIGINTERCALLEST,
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:ORIGCONVCALLEST,
Default Value:None
FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd BSC6900 SET URRCESTCAUSE WRFD- 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps Meaning:Ec/No threshold for increasing the FACH transmit
010510 RRC Connection and power when the RNC sends a duplicate RRC Connection Setup
Radio Access Bearer message to the UE. At the RRC connection setup phase, if the
Establishment and FACH Ec/No value reported by the UE is less than the
Release threshold, the RNC increases the FACH power when sending a
duplicate RRC Connection Setup message. Otherwise, the RNC
retains the FACH power. If this parameter is set to -24, the RNC
does not increase the FACH transmit power when sending a
duplicate RRC Connection Setup message. For details, see
3GPP TS 25.215.
Unit:dB
Default Value:-24
FACHPower4RRCRepEcNoThd BSC6910 SET URRCESTCAUSE WRFD- 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps Meaning:Ec/No threshold for increasing the FACH transmit
010510 RRC Connection and power when the RNC sends a duplicate RRC Connection Setup
Radio Access Bearer message to the UE. At the RRC connection setup phase, if the
Establishment and FACH Ec/No value reported by the UE is less than the
Release threshold, the RNC increases the FACH power when sending a
duplicate RRC Connection Setup message. Otherwise, the RNC
retains the FACH power. If this parameter is set to -24, the RNC
does not increase the FACH transmit power when sending a
duplicate RRC Connection Setup message. For details, see
3GPP TS 25.215.
Unit:dB
Default Value:-24
MaxFachPower BSC6900 ADD UFACH WRFD- Open Loop Power Meaning:The offset between the FACH transmit power and P-
MOD UFACH 020501 Control CPICH transmit power in a cell. For detailed information of this
parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:10
MaxFachPower BSC6910 ADD UFACH WRFD- Open Loop Power Meaning:The offset between the FACH transmit power and P-
MOD UFACH 020501 Control CPICH transmit power in a cell. For detailed information of this
parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:10
SigRbInd BSC6900 ADD UFACH WRFD- Logical Channel Meaning:Indicating whether the FACH bears signalling
MOD UFACH 020900 Management GUI Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
Default Value:True
SigRbInd BSC6910 ADD UFACH WRFD- Logical Channel Meaning:Indicating whether the FACH bears signalling
MOD UFACH 020900 Management GUI Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
Unit:None
Default Value:True
TrChId BSC6900 ADD UFACH WRFD- 3GPP R9 Meaning:Uniquely identifying a FACH in a cell.The ID of a
MOD UFACH 010101 Specifications common transport channel is used to identify a common
RMV UFACH physical channel in a cell. Each common physical channel is
uniquely numbered within a cell. The IDs of common physical
channels should be planned before the channels are configured
for the cell. Configured according to the product
specifications.One cell has at least two FACHs.One FACH bears
signal, the other bears traffic.One S-CCPCH carries zero to two
FACHs.
GUI Value Range:1~32
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:1~32
Default Value:None
TrChId BSC6910 ADD UFACH WRFD- 3GPP R9 Meaning:Uniquely identifying a FACH in a cell.The ID of a
MOD UFACH 010101 Specifications common transport channel is used to identify a common
RMV UFACH physical channel in a cell. Each common physical channel is
uniquely numbered within a cell. The IDs of common physical
channels should be planned before the channels are configured
for the cell. Configured according to the product
specifications.One cell has at least two FACHs.One FACH bears
signal, the other bears traffic.One S-CCPCH carries zero to two
FACHs.
Unit:None
Default Value:None
OffsetFACHPower BSC6900 ADD UFACH WRFD- 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps Meaning:Specifies the offset of the initial FACH power to the
MOD UFACH 010510 RRC Connection and maximum FACH transmit power. The initial FACH power is
Radio Access Bearer calculated using the offset based on the following formula:
Establishment and "MaxFACHPower" - OffsetFACHPower. Note:To configure this
Release parameter, the actual value of the initial FACH power ranges
from -35 dB to 15 dB. Otherwise, the value is 0. For details, see
3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:0.1dB
Actual Value Range:0~25.5
Default Value:0
OffsetFACHPower BSC6910 ADD UFACH WRFD- 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps Meaning:Specifies the offset of the initial FACH power to the
MOD UFACH 010510 RRC Connection and maximum FACH transmit power. The initial FACH power is
Radio Access Bearer calculated using the offset based on the following formula:
Establishment and "MaxFACHPower" - OffsetFACHPower. Note:To configure this
Release parameter, the actual value of the initial FACH power ranges
from -35 dB to 15 dB. Otherwise, the value is 0. For details, see
3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:0.1dB
Actual Value Range:0~25.5
Default Value:0
BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs BSC6900 SET UFRC WRFD- Combination of One Meaning:Type of the channel for carrying PS BE services and
01060902 CS Service and One the initial service access rate in scenarios of CS+PS BE
WRFD- PS Service combined services. OFF: The channel bearing type and initial
01061206 Interactive and access rate of PS BE services are not limited. DCH0K: PS BE
WRFD- Background Traffic services are carried over the DCH in the uplink and downlink
021101 Class on HSUPA and the initial access rate of the PS BE services is 0 kbit/s.
Dynamic Channel DCH8K: PS BE services are carried over the DCH in the uplink
Configuration Control and downlink and the initial access rate of the PS BE services is
(DCCC) 8 kbit/s. DCH8KHSDPA: PS BE services are carried over the
DCH in the uplink and the initial access rate of the PS BE
services is 8 kbit/s. In the downlink, the channel for carrying PS
BE services and the initial access rate are not limited. When this
parameter is set to DCH0K, DCH8K, or DCH8KHSDPA, periodic
retries of a UE are prohibited.
GUI Value Range:OFF, DCH0K, DCH8K, DCH8KHSDPA
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:OFF, DCH0K, DCH8K, DCH8KHSDPA
Default Value:OFF
BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs BSC6910 SET UFRC WRFD- Combination of One Meaning:Type of the channel for carrying PS BE services and
01060902 CS Service and One the initial service access rate in scenarios of CS+PS BE
WRFD- PS Service combined services. OFF: The channel bearing type and initial
01061206 Interactive and access rate of PS BE services are not limited. DCH0K: PS BE
WRFD- Background Traffic services are carried over the DCH in the uplink and downlink
021101 Class on HSUPA and the initial access rate of the PS BE services is 0 kbit/s.
Dynamic Channel DCH8K: PS BE services are carried over the DCH in the uplink
Configuration Control and downlink and the initial access rate of the PS BE services is
(DCCC) 8 kbit/s. DCH8KHSDPA: PS BE services are carried over the
DCH in the uplink and the initial access rate of the PS BE
services is 8 kbit/s. In the downlink, the channel for carrying PS
BE services and the initial access rate are not limited. When this
parameter is set to DCH0K, DCH8K, or DCH8KHSDPA, periodic
retries of a UE are prohibited.
GUI Value Range:OFF, DCH0K, DCH8K, DCH8KHSDPA
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:OFF, DCH0K, DCH8K, DCH8KHSDPA
Default Value:OFF
ReservedSwitch0 BSC6900 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH WRFD- Intra System Direct Meaning:CORRM algorithm reserved switch 0. The switch is
02040001 Retry reserved for further change request use. Disuse statement: This
WRFD- Direct Signaling parameter is used temporarily in patch versions and will be
021400 Connection Re- replaced with a new parameter in later versions. The new
WRFD- establishment parameter ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
020203 (DSCR) parameter is not recommended for the configuration interface.
WRFD- Inter RNC Soft GUI Value Range:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1,
010613 Handover RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3,
AMR-WB (Adaptive RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT5,
WRFD- RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT6, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT7,
020701 Multi Rate Wide
Band) RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT8, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT9,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT10,
AMR/WB-AMR
Speech Rates Control
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3,
Default Value:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1-
0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2-
0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT32-0
ReservedSwitch0 BSC6910 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH WRFD- Intra System Direct Meaning:CORRM algorithm reserved switch 0. The switch is
02040001 Retry reserved for further change request use. Disuse statement: This
WRFD- Direct Signaling parameter is used temporarily in patch versions and will be
021400 Connection Re- replaced with a new parameter in later versions. The new
WRFD- establishment parameter ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
020203 (DSCR) parameter is not recommended for the configuration interface.
WRFD- Inter RNC Soft GUI Value Range:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1,
010613 Handover RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3,
WRFD- AMR-WB (Adaptive RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT5,

020701 Multi Rate Wide RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT6, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT7,
Band) RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT8, RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT9,
AMR/WB-AMR RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT10,
Speech Rates Control RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11,
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1,
Default Value:RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT1-
0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT32-0
PreemptEnhSwitch BSC6900 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:1.

010505 Emption PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH: Whether
to activate CE-based user preemption on the NodeB side. If this
switch is turned on, the RNC sends the NodeB a user list
containing users that can be preempted. The NodeB selects
users for preemption based on the consumed CEs. 2.
PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEMPT_SF_SWITCH: Whether
channel codes can be obtained by preempting SF resources of
R99 users when HS-SCCH channels are being
established.When this switch is turned on, the RNC preempts
SF resources occupied by R99 users to set up HS-
SCCHs.When the switch is turned off, the RNC searches for
vacant SF resources to set up HS-SCCHs in scenarios where
SF resources are occupied by R99 users. 3.
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH: Whether
RRC connection requests for CS services preempt resources for
PS services when cell resources are insufficient.When this

switch is turned on, CS services preempt resources occupied by
PS services to access the cell, if RRC connection requests for
CS services fail due to insufficient cell resources.When this
switch is turned off, RRC connection requests for CS services
cannot initiate a preemption for resources occupied by PS
services. 4.
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH: Whether
CS access requests preempt resources for PS services when
cell resources are insufficient.When this switch is turned on, CS
services preempt resources occupied by PS services to access
the cell, if CS access requests fail due to insufficient cell
resources.When this switch is turned off, CS access requests
services. 5.
PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_CTRL_SWITCH: Whether
preemption is allowed when the CPU load is high. When this
switch is turned on, a user checks the CPU load when
attempting to preempt other users' resources due to insufficient
cell resources and cannot preempt other users' resources when
the CPU usage is higher than 70%. When this switch is turned
off, the user does not consider the CPU load when preempting
other users' resources.
GUI Value
Range:PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEMPT_SF_SWITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_CTRL_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Default
Value:PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH-
0&PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEMPT_SF_SWITCH-
0&PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH-
0&PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH-
0&PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_CTRL_SWITCH-1
PreemptEnhSwitch BSC6910 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:1.

010505 Emption PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH: Whether
to activate CE-based user preemption on the NodeB side. If this
switch is turned on, the RNC sends the NodeB a user list
containing users that can be preempted. The NodeB selects
users for preemption based on the consumed CEs. 2.
PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEMPT_SF_SWITCH: Whether
channel codes can be obtained by preempting SF resources of
R99 users when HS-SCCH channels are being
established.When this switch is turned on, the RNC preempts
SF resources occupied by R99 users to set up HS-
SCCHs.When the switch is turned off, the RNC searches for
vacant SF resources to set up HS-SCCHs in scenarios where
SF resources are occupied by R99 users. 3.
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH: Whether
RRC connection requests for CS services preempt resources for
PS services when cell resources are insufficient.When this
switch is turned on, CS services preempt resources occupied by
PS services to access the cell, if RRC connection requests for
CS services fail due to insufficient cell resources.When this
switch is turned off, RRC connection requests for CS services
services. 4.
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH: Whether
CS access requests preempt resources for PS services when
cell resources are insufficient.When this switch is turned on, CS
services preempt resources occupied by PS services to access
the cell, if CS access requests fail due to insufficient cell
resources.When this switch is turned off, CS access requests
services. 5.
PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_CTRL_SWITCH: Whether
preemption is allowed when the CPU load is high. When this
switch is turned on, a user checks the CPU load when
attempting to preempt other users' resources due to insufficient
cell resources and cannot preempt other users' resources when
the CPU usage is higher than 70%. When this switch is turned
off, the user does not consider the CPU load when preempting
other users' resources.
GUI Value
Unit:None
Actual Value
Default
Value:PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITCH-
0&PREEMPT_ENH_HSSCCH_PREEMPT_SF_SWITCH-
0&PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH-
0&PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH-
0&PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_CTRL_SWITCH-1
PriorityReference BSC6900 SET UUSERPRIORITY WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Reference used to determine which priority is arranged
020106 Overload Control first in the priority sequence. If the ARP is preferably used, the
WRFD- Queuing and Pre- priority sequence is gold > silver > copper. If the ARPs are all
020107 Emption the same, the TrafficClass is used and the priority sequence is
WRFD- Differentiated Service conversational > streaming > interactive > background. If the
010505 Based on SPI Weight TrafficClass is preferably used, the priority sequence is
conversational > streaming > interactive > background. If the
WRFD-
TrafficClass factors are all the same, the ARP factor is used and
020806
the priority sequence is gold > silver > copper.
GUI Value Range:ARP, TrafficClass
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:ARP, TrafficClass
Default Value:ARP
PriorityReference BSC6910 SET UUSERPRIORITY WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Reference used to determine which priority is arranged
020106 Overload Control first in the priority sequence. If the ARP is preferably used, the
WRFD- Queuing and Pre- priority sequence is gold > silver > copper. If the ARPs are all
020107 Emption the same, the TrafficClass is used and the priority sequence is
WRFD- conversational > streaming > interactive > background. If the
Differentiated Service
010505 TrafficClass is preferably used, the priority sequence is
Based on SPI Weight
conversational > streaming > interactive > background. If the
WRFD- TrafficClass factors are all the same, the ARP factor is used and
020806
the priority sequence is gold > silver > copper.
GUI Value Range:ARP, TrafficClass
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:ARP, TrafficClass
Default Value:ARP
CarrierTypePriorInd BSC6900 SET UUSERPRIORITY WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Bearer type with a higher priority when ARP and
020106 Overload Control TrafficClass are both identical.
WRFD- Queuing and Pre- GUI Value Range:NONE, DCH, HSPA
020107 Emption Unit:None
WRFD- Differentiated Service Actual Value Range:NONE, DCH, HSPA
010505 Based on SPI Weight Default Value:NONE
WRFD-
020806
CarrierTypePriorInd BSC6910 SET UUSERPRIORITY WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Bearer type with a higher priority when ARP and
020106 Overload Control TrafficClass are both identical.
WRFD- Queuing and Pre- GUI Value Range:NONE, DCH, HSPA
020107 Emption Unit:None
WRFD- Differentiated Service Actual Value Range:NONE, DCH, HSPA
010505 Based on SPI Weight Default Value:NONE
WRFD-
020806
UlIcLdcOptSwitch BSC6900 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Dual-Threshold Meaning:Whether to consider load on delay antennas or load on
MOD UCELLCAC 020137 Scheduling with real-time and delay antennas when setting the uplink power
HSUPA Interference threshold for admission and the LDR threshold.When this switch
Cancellation is turned off, load on delay antennas is considered during the
setting of the uplink power threshold for admission and the LDR
threshold. When this switch is turned on, load on real-time and
delay antennas is considered during the setting of the two
thresholds.
GUI Value Range:OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:ON, OFF
Default Value:OFF(OFF)
UlIcLdcOptSwitch BSC6910 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Dual-Threshold Meaning:Whether to consider load on delay antennas or load on
MOD UCELLCAC 020137 Scheduling with real-time and delay antennas when setting the uplink power
HSUPA Interference threshold for admission and the LDR threshold.When this switch
Cancellation is turned off, load on delay antennas is considered during the
setting of the uplink power threshold for admission and the LDR
threshold. When this switch is turned on, load on real-time and
delay antennas is considered during the setting of the two
thresholds.
Unit:None
MAXDELTAOFTARGETROT BTS3900 SET ULOCELLMACEPARA WRFD- Dual-Threshold Meaning:Indicates the max target RoT difference before and
LST ULOCELLMACEPARA 020137 Scheduling with after IC.
HSUPA Interference GUI Value Range:0~6
Cancellation Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value Range:0~3, step:0.5
Default Value:0
MaxTxPower BSC6900 ADD UCELLSETUP WRFD- Open Loop Power Meaning:Sum of the maximum transmit power of all DL channels
MOD UCELL 020501 Control in a cell. For detailed information of this parameter, see 3GPP
TS 25.433.
Unit:0.1dBm
Default Value:430
MaxTxPower BSC6910 ADD UCELLSETUP WRFD- Open Loop Power Meaning:Sum of the maximum transmit power of all DL channels
MOD UCELL 020501 Control in a cell. For detailed information of this parameter, see 3GPP
TS 25.433.
Unit:0.1dBm
Default Value:430
ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Report period unit for the following common
020102 measurement results: 1. Received total wideband power. 2.
Received scheduled E-DCH power share. For details, see 3GPP
TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Default Value:TEN_MSEC
ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Report period unit for the following common
Received scheduled E-DCH power share. For details, see 3GPP
TS 25.433.
Unit:None
TenMsecForUlBasicMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:The value of this parameter must be less than the
020102 product of 1/2 and the value of either of the following parameters
in the "SET ULDCPERIOD" command:1. "LdrPeriodTimerLen" 2.
"OlcPeriodTimerLen" If the "ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas"
parameter is set to TEN_MSEC, the value of this parameter
must satisfy the following relationship: TenMsecForUlBasicMeas
x UlbAvgFilterLen x 10 < IntraFreqUlbPeriodTimerLen x 1000 If
the "ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas" parameter is set to MIN,
the value of this parameter must satisfy the following
relationship: MinForUlBasicMeas x UlbAvgFilterLen x 60 <
IntraFreqUlbPeriodTimerLen
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
TenMsecForUlBasicMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:The value of this parameter must be less than the
020102 product of 1/2 and the value of either of the following parameters
in the "SET ULDCPERIOD" command:1. "LdrPeriodTimerLen" 2.
"OlcPeriodTimerLen" If the "ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas"
parameter is set to TEN_MSEC, the value of this parameter
must satisfy the following relationship: TenMsecForUlBasicMeas
x UlbAvgFilterLen x 10 < IntraFreqUlbPeriodTimerLen x 1000 If
the "ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas" parameter is set to MIN,
the value of this parameter must satisfy the following
relationship: MinForUlBasicMeas x UlbAvgFilterLen x 60 <
IntraFreqUlbPeriodTimerLen
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
MinForUlBasicMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:UL basic common measurement report cycle. For
020102 details, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:min
Default Value:20
MinForUlBasicMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:UL basic common measurement report cycle. For
Unit:min
Default Value:20
ChoiceRprtUnitForDlBasicMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Report period unit for the following common
020102 measurement results: 1. Transmitted carrier power. 2.
Transmitted carrier power of all codes not used for HS-PDSCH,
HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH, or E-HICH transmission. For
details, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:None
ChoiceRprtUnitForDlBasicMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Report period unit for the following common
HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH, or E-HICH transmission. For
Unit:None
TenMsecForDlBasicMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:DL basic common measurement report cycle. For
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
TenMsecForDlBasicMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:DL basic common measurement report cycle. For
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
MinForDlBasicMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:DL basic common measurement report cycle. For
Unit:min
Default Value:20
MinForDlBasicMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:DL basic common measurement report cycle. For

Unit:min
Default Value:20
ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaPwrMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:If you set this parameter to TEN_MSEC, use [HSDPA
020102 need pwr meas cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify the measurement
report period. If you set this parameter to MIN, use [HSDPA
need pwr meas cycle,Unit:min] to specify measurement report
period. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:None
ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaPwrMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:If you set this parameter to TEN_MSEC, use [HSDPA
020102 need pwr meas cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify the measurement
report period. If you set this parameter to MIN, use [HSDPA
need pwr meas cycle,Unit:min] to specify measurement report
period. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:None
TenMsecForHsdpaPwrMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:HSDPA power requirement measurement report period
020102 For details, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
TenMsecForHsdpaPwrMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:HSDPA power requirement measurement report period
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
MinForHsdpaPwrMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:HSDPA power requirement measurement report period
Unit:min
Default Value:10
MinForHsdpaPwrMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:HSDPA power requirement measurement report period
Unit:min
Default Value:10
ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaRateMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Report period unit for the common measurement
020102 results of the HS-DSCH provided bit rate. For details, see 3GPP
TS 25.433.
Unit:None
ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaRateMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Report period unit for the common measurement
020102 results of the HS-DSCH provided bit rate. For details, see 3GPP
TS 25.433.
Unit:None
TenMsecForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSDPA bit rate
020102 measurement report period. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
TenMsecForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSDPA bit rate
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
MinForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSDPA bit rate
Unit:min
Default Value:10
MinForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSDPA bit rate
Unit:min
Default Value:10
ChoiceRprtUnitForHsupaRateMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Report period unit for the common measurement
020102 results of the E-DCH provided bit rate. For details, see 3GPP TS
25.433.
Unit:None
ChoiceRprtUnitForHsupaRateMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Report period unit for the common measurement
020102 results of the E-DCH provided bit rate. For details, see 3GPP TS
25.433.
Unit:None
TenMsecForHsupaPrvidRateMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSUPA bit rate
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
TenMsecForHsupaPrvidRateMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSUPA bit rate
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
MinForHsupaPrvidRateMeas BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSUPA bit rate
Unit:min
Default Value:1
MinForHsupaPrvidRateMeas BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:This parameter specifies the HSUPA bit rate
Unit:min
Default Value:1
UlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Filtering coefficient for the following common
Received scheduled E-DCH power share. The RNC notifies the
NodeB of this parameter by using a Common Measurement
Initiation Request message. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value Range:D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D11,
D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19
Default Value:D6
UlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Filtering coefficient for the following common
Received scheduled E-DCH power share. The RNC notifies the
NodeB of this parameter by using a Common Measurement
Initiation Request message. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit:None
Default Value:D6
DlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Filtering coefficient for the following common
HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH, or E-HICH transmission. The
RNC notifies the NodeB of this parameter by using a Common
Measurement Initiation Request message. For details, see
3GPP TS 25.433.
D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit:None
Default Value:D6
DlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Filtering coefficient for the following common
HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH, or E-HICH transmission. The
RNC notifies the NodeB of this parameter by using a Common
Measurement Initiation Request message. For details, see
3GPP TS 25.433.
D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit:None
Default Value:D6
UlOlcMeasFilterCoeff BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Filtering coefficient for the following common
020102 measurement results to trigger event E: 1. Received total
wideband power. 2. Received scheduled E-DCH power share.
The RNC notifies the NodeB of this parameter by using a
Common Measurement Initiation Request message. For details,
see 3GPP TS 25.433.
D13, D15, D17, D19

Unit:None
Default Value:D3
UlOlcMeasFilterCoeff BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Filtering coefficient for the following common
020102 measurement results to trigger event E: 1. Received total
wideband power. 2. Received scheduled E-DCH power share.
The RNC notifies the NodeB of this parameter by using a
Common Measurement Initiation Request message. For details,
see 3GPP TS 25.433.
D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit:None
Default Value:D3
DlOlcMeasFilterCoeff BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Filtering coefficient for the following common
020102 measurement results to trigger event E: 1. Transmitted carrier
power. 2. Transmitted carrier power of all codes not used for
HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH, or E-HICH
transmission. The RNC notifies the NodeB of this parameter by
using a Common Measurement Initiation Request message. For
D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit:None
Default Value:D3
DlOlcMeasFilterCoeff BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Filtering coefficient for the following common
020102 measurement results to trigger event E: 1. Transmitted carrier
power. 2. Transmitted carrier power of all codes not used for
HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH, or E-HICH
transmission. The RNC notifies the NodeB of this parameter by
using a Common Measurement Initiation Request message. For
D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit:None
Default Value:D3
PucAvgFilterLen BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
020102 measurement results reported by the NodeB and the filtered
measurement results will be used in the PUC algorithm. This
parameter applies to filtering the common measurement results
of the transmitted carrier power.
Unit:None
Default Value:6
PucAvgFilterLen BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results will be used in the PUC algorithm. This
parameter applies to filtering the common measurement results
of the transmitted carrier power.
Unit:None
Default Value:6
UlCacAvgFilterLen BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results will be used in the uplink CAC algorithm.
This parameter applies to filtering the following common
measurement results: 1. Received total wideband power. 2.
Received scheduled E-DCH power share.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
UlCacAvgFilterLen BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
Unit:None
Default Value:5
DlCacAvgFilterLen BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results will be used in the downlink CAC
algorithm. This parameter applies to filtering the following
common measurement results: 1. Transmitted carrier power. 2.
HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH, or E-HICH transmission.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
DlCacAvgFilterLen BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the

Unit:None
Default Value:5
LdbAvgFilterLen BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results will be used in the intra-frequency load
balancing algorithm. This parameter applies to filtering the
common measurement results of the transmitted carrier power.
Unit:None
Default Value:6
LdbAvgFilterLen BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results will be used in the intra-frequency load
balancing algorithm. This parameter applies to filtering the
common measurement results of the transmitted carrier power.
Unit:None
Default Value:6
UlLdrAvgFilterLen BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results will be used in the uplink LDR algorithm.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
UlLdrAvgFilterLen BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results will be used in the uplink LDR algorithm.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
DlLdrAvgFilterLen BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results will be used in the downlink LDR algorithm.
measurement results: 1. Transmitted carrier power. 2.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
DlLdrAvgFilterLen BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results will be used in the downlink LDR algorithm.
measurement results: 1. Transmitted carrier power. 2.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
UlOlcAvgFilterLen BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results will be used in the uplink OLC algorithm.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
UlOlcAvgFilterLen BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results will be used in the uplink OLC algorithm.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
DlOlcAvgFilterLen BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results will be used in the downlink OLC

Unit:None
Default Value:5
DlOlcAvgFilterLen BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results will be used in the downlink OLC
Unit:None
Default Value:5
HsdpaNeedPwrFilterLen BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
algorithm. This parameter applies to filtering the common
measurement results of the HS-DSCH required power.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
HsdpaNeedPwrFilterLen BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results of the HS-DSCH required power.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
HsdpaPrvidBitRateFilterLen BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results of the HS-DSCH provided bit rate.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
HsdpaPrvidBitRateFilterLen BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
measurement results of the HS-DSCH provided bit rate.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
HsupaPrvidBitRateFilterLen BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
This parameter applies to filtering the common measurement
results of the E-DCH provided bit rate.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
HsupaPrvidBitRateFilterLen BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
This parameter applies to filtering the common measurement
results of the E-DCH provided bit rate.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
BGNSwitch BSC6900 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Whether the automatic background noise update
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 Load Measurement algorithm takes effect. When this parameter is set to ON, the
WRFD- automatic background noise update algorithm is enabled and
020102 the RNC determines whether to update the background noise of
a cell based on the output provided by the auto-adaptive
background noise update filter in the duration collectively
specified by the "BgnStartTime" and "BgnEndTime" parameters.
When this parameter is set to OFF, the automatic background
noise update algorithm is disabled and the RNC uses the value
of the "BackgroundNoise" parameter configured for a cell as the
background noise.
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:OFF, ON
Default Value:ON
BGNSwitch BSC6910 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Whether the automatic background noise update
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 Load Measurement algorithm takes effect. When this parameter is set to ON, the
WRFD- automatic background noise update algorithm is enabled and
020102 the RNC determines whether to update the background noise of

a cell based on the output provided by the auto-adaptive
background noise update filter in the duration collectively
specified by the "BgnStartTime" and "BgnEndTime" parameters.
When this parameter is set to OFF, the automatic background
noise update algorithm is disabled and the RNC uses the value
of the "BackgroundNoise" parameter configured for a cell as the
background noise.
Unit:None
Default Value:ON
BGNAdjustTimeLen BSC6900 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Duration for automatic background noise update. Only
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 Load Measurement when the output provided by the auto-adaptive background
WRFD- noise update filter is valid for a duration specified by this
020102 parameter, the measured background noise can be regarded as
the valid background noise and used to replace the current
background noise. At the same time, the auto-adaptive
background noise update filter restarts. Otherwise, the output
provided by the auto-adaptive background noise update filter
cannot be used.
Unit:s
Default Value:120
BGNAdjustTimeLen BSC6910 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Duration for automatic background noise update. Only
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 Load Measurement when the output provided by the auto-adaptive background
WRFD- noise update filter is valid for a duration specified by this
020102 parameter, the measured background noise can be regarded as
the valid background noise and used to replace the current
background noise. At the same time, the auto-adaptive
background noise update filter restarts. Otherwise, the output
provided by the auto-adaptive background noise update filter
cannot be used.
Unit:s
Default Value:120
BackgroundNoise BSC6900 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:If [Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Switch] is
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 Load Measurement set to OFF, it is used to set background noise of the cell. If
WRFD- [Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Switch] is set to ON,
020102 new background noise is restricted by this parameter and
"BgnAbnormalThd". For details about this parameter, see the
3GPP TS 25.133.
Unit:0.1dBm
Actual Value Range:-112~-50
Default Value:61
BackgroundNoise BSC6910 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:If [Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Switch] is
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 Load Measurement set to OFF, it is used to set background noise of the cell. If
WRFD- [Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Switch] is set to ON,
020102 new background noise is restricted by this parameter and
"BgnAbnormalThd". For details about this parameter, see the
3GPP TS 25.133.
Unit:0.1dBm
Actual Value Range:-112~-50
Default Value:61
BgnStartTime BSC6900 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Time for enabling the automatic background noise
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 Load Measurement update algorithm. This parameter together with the
WRFD- "BgnEndTime" parameter determines the duration in which the
020102 automatic background noise update algorithm takes effect. That
is, when the "BGNSwitch" parameter is set to ON, the automatic
background noise update algorithm is activated from the time
specified by "BgnStartTime" to the time specified by PARA]
BgnEndTime" each day and is deactivated during other
periods.Input format: HH&MM&SS
GUI Value Range:hour, min, sec
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:hour0~23, min0~59, sec0~59
Default Value:None
BgnStartTime BSC6910 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Time for enabling the automatic background noise
WRFD- "BgnEndTime" parameter determines the duration in which the
BgnEndTime" each day and is deactivated during other
periods.Input format: HH&MM&SS
Unit:None
Default Value:None
BgnEndTime BSC6900 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Time for disabling the automatic background noise
WRFD- "BgnStartTime" parameter determines the duration in which the
BgnEndTime" each day and is deactivated during other periods.
Input format: HH&MM&SS
Unit:None
Default Value:None
BgnEndTime BSC6910 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Time for disabling the automatic background noise
WRFD- "BgnStartTime" parameter determines the duration in which the
BgnEndTime" each day and is deactivated during other periods.
Input format: HH&MM&SS
Unit:None
Default Value:None
BGNOptSwitch BSC6900 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Whether the background noise update optimization
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 algorithm takes effect. When this parameter is set to ON, the
RNC checks the total uplink service load. If the total uplink
service load is less than or equal to the value of the
"BGNULLoadThd" parameter, the RNC uses the difference
between the RTWP and the total uplinks service load as the
current background noise. Therefore, the updated background
noise is more accurate. When this parameter is set to OFF, the
background noise update optimization algorithm does not take
effect and the original background noise update algorithm is
used. If the number of uplink equivalent uses is less than or
equal to the value of the "BGNEqUserNumThd" parameter, the
RNC updates the background noise by taking the uplink load
into account. As a result, the updated background noise is
inaccurate.
Unit:None
BGNOptSwitch BSC6910 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Whether the background noise update optimization
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 algorithm takes effect. When this parameter is set to ON, the
service load is less than or equal to the value of the
"BGNULLoadThd" parameter, the RNC uses the difference
between the RTWP and the total uplinks service load as the
current background noise. Therefore, the updated background
noise is more accurate. When this parameter is set to OFF, the
background noise update optimization algorithm does not take
effect and the original background noise update algorithm is
used. If the number of uplink equivalent uses is less than or
equal to the value of the "BGNEqUserNumThd" parameter, the
RNC updates the background noise by taking the uplink load
into account. As a result, the updated background noise is
inaccurate.
Unit:None
BGNEqUserNumThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Threshold for the number of equivalent users for the
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 Load Measurement automatic background noise update. When the "BGNOptSwitch"
WRFD- parameter is set to OFF, the RNC checks the number of uplink
020102 equivalent users. If the number of uplink equivalent users is less
than or equal to this threshold, the corresponding measured
uplink RTWP is considered as the background noise value and
can be imported to the auto-adaptive background noise update
filter. If the number of uplink equivalent users is greater than this
threshold, the measured RTWP involves the power resulting
from user services and therefore cannot be considered as the
background noise or imported to the auto-adaptive background
noise update filter. Meanwhile, the RNC resets the automatic
background noise update status.
Unit:None
Default Value:0
BGNEqUserNumThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Threshold for the number of equivalent users for the
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 Load Measurement automatic background noise update. When the "BGNOptSwitch"
WRFD- parameter is set to OFF, the RNC checks the number of uplink
020102 equivalent users. If the number of uplink equivalent users is less
than or equal to this threshold, the corresponding measured
uplink RTWP is considered as the background noise value and
can be imported to the auto-adaptive background noise update
filter. If the number of uplink equivalent users is greater than this
threshold, the measured RTWP involves the power resulting
from user services and therefore cannot be considered as the
background noise or imported to the auto-adaptive background
noise update filter. Meanwhile, the RNC resets the automatic
background noise update status.
Unit:None
Default Value:0
BGNULLoadThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Uplink load threshold for updating the background
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 noise. When the "BGNOptSwitch" parameter is set to ON, the
service load is less than or equal to the value of this parameter,
the RNC uses the difference between the RTWP and the total
uplink service load as the current background noise to be
updated.

Unit:%
Default Value:10
BGNULLoadThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Uplink load threshold for updating the background
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 noise. When the "BGNOptSwitch" parameter is set to ON, the
service load is less than or equal to the value of this parameter,
the RNC uses the difference between the RTWP and the total
uplink service load as the current background noise to be
updated.
Unit:%
Default Value:10
BgnAbnormalThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Threshold for the abnormal background noise used in
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 Load Measurement the automatic background noise update algorithm. This
WRFD- parameter is used to prevent excess fluctuation of the
020102 background noise if the background noise provided by the auto
adaptive background noise update filter is abnormal. The RNC
does not update the background noise based on this parameter
when either of the following conditions is true: (1) The difference
between the background noise without being filtered and the
current background noise is greater than the abnormal RTWP
threshold. (2) The difference between the filtered background
noise and the configured value of the "BackgroundNoise"
parameter is greater than the abnormal RTWP threshold.
Unit:0.1dB
Actual Value Range:0.1~40
Default Value:100
BgnAbnormalThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Threshold for the abnormal background noise used in
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 Load Measurement the automatic background noise update algorithm. This
WRFD- parameter is used to prevent excess fluctuation of the
020102 background noise if the background noise provided by the auto
adaptive background noise update filter is abnormal. The RNC
does not update the background noise based on this parameter
when either of the following conditions is true: (1) The difference
between the background noise without being filtered and the
current background noise is greater than the abnormal RTWP
threshold. (2) The difference between the filtered background
noise and the configured value of the "BackgroundNoise"
parameter is greater than the abnormal RTWP threshold.
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:100
BgnUpdateThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Threshold for updating the background noise. The
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 Load Measurement RNC decides to update the background noise of a cell only
WRFD- when the difference between the background noise provided by
020102 the automatic background noise update algorithm and the
current background noise is greater than this threshold. The
RNC sends the updated background noise of a cell to the
NodeB over the Iub interface.
Unit:0.1dBm
Default Value:5
BgnUpdateThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Threshold for updating the background noise. The
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 Load Measurement RNC decides to update the background noise of a cell only
WRFD- when the difference between the background noise provided by
020102 the automatic background noise update algorithm and the
current background noise is greater than this threshold. The
RNC sends the updated background noise of a cell to the
NodeB over the Iub interface.
Unit:0.1dBm
Default Value:5
DrSwitch BSC6900 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH WRFD- HSDPA DRD Meaning:Direct retry switch group. 1. DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH
01061112 Service Steering and (DRD switch for RRC connection): When the switch is on, DRD
WRFD- Load Sharing in RRC and redirection is performed for RRC connection if retry is
020120 Connection Setup required. 2. DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for
WRFD- Intra System Direct single RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is performed for single
02040001 Retry service if retry is required. 3. DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH
(DRD switch for combine RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
WRFD- Inter System Direct
performed for combined services if retry is required. 4.
02040002 Retry
DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH(INTER-RAT DRD switch):
WRFD- Inter System Redirect When this switch is turned on, inter-RAT directed retry is
02040003 Traffic Steering and supported.
WRFD- Load Sharing During GUI Value Range:DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
02040004 RAB Setup DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH,
Default Value:DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-
1&DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-
1&DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH-
0&DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH-1
DrSwitch BSC6910 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH WRFD- HSDPA DRD Meaning:Direct retry switch group. 1. DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH
01061112 Service Steering and (DRD switch for RRC connection): When the switch is on, DRD
WRFD- Load Sharing in RRC and redirection is performed for RRC connection if retry is
020120 Connection Setup required. 2. DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for
WRFD- Intra System Direct single RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is performed for single
02040001 Retry service if retry is required. 3. DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH
(DRD switch for combine RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
WRFD- Inter System Direct
performed for combined services if retry is required. 4.
02040002 Retry
DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH(INTER-RAT DRD switch):
WRFD- Inter System Redirect When this switch is turned on, inter-RAT directed retry is
02040003 Traffic Steering and supported.
WRFD- Load Sharing During GUI Value Range:DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
02040004 RAB Setup DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH,
Default Value:DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-
1&DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-
1&DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH-
0&DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH-1
PerfEnhanceSwitch BSC6900 SET UCORRMPARA WRFD- Emergency Call Meaning:1. PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH: When this
021104 UE State in switch is turned on, the procedure specific to AMR service
WRFD- Connected Mode establishment takes effect. 2.
010202 (CELL-DCH PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this switch is turned
WRFD- CELL-PCH on, the AMR template takes effect. 3.
020400 PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this switch is turned
URA-PCH
on, the SRB template takes effect. 4.
WRFD- CELL-FACH) PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this switch is turned
01061004 DRD Introduction on, the OLPC template takes effect. 5.
WRFD- Package PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this switch is
02060501 HSDPA Power turned on, the AMR parameter template takes effect. 6.
WRFD- Control PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
020402 SRNS Relocation (UE switch is turned on, the intra-frequency measurement control
WRFD- Not Involved) template takes effect. 7.
02040003 Measurement Based PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH: After a UE
WRFD- Direct Retry fails to be handed over to a 2G cell during an inter-RAT
01061404 handover, the RNC forbids the UE to attempt a handover to the
Inter System Redirect 2G cell in a certain period. When this switch is turned on, the
WRFD- HSUPA 2ms/10ms period is 50s. When this switch is turned off, the period is 30s.
01061403 TTI Handover PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH: When this
HSUPA 2ms TTI switch is turned on, the uplink SRBs of HSUPA 10 ms non-
conversational services are always carried on DCHs, and the
original parameter Type of Channel Preferably Carrying
Signaling RB is invalid. When this switch is turned off, SRBs for
HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services can be carried on
HSUPA channels when the original parameter Type of Channel
Preferably Carrying Signaling RB is set to HSUPA or HSPA. The
switch is set to OFF by default. 9.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the single-user peak-rate improvement
algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is enabled. When this switch is
turned off, the algorithm is disabled. The switch is set to OFF by
default. 10. PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, the P2D cell update confirm message
simplification algorithm takes effect. When this switch is turned
off, the algorithm does not take effect. By default, this switch is
turned off. 11.
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH: This check
box controls whether the RNC considers the converged
SIRTarget value that is used before radio link reconfiguration in
outer loop power control performed after radio link
reconfiguration. If the check box is not selected, the RNC sends
the initial SIRTarget value used after radio link reconfiguration to
the NodeB.If the check box is selected, the RNC selects a more
appropriate value from the initial SIRTarget value used after
radio link reconfiguration and the converged SIRTarget value
used before radio link reconfiguration. Then the RNC sends the
selected value to the NodeB. Setting of this check box takes
effect only when the
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH check box is
selected. 12. PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, The mechanism to avoid endless
back-and-forth RRC-redirections takes effect. The switch is set
to OFF by default. 13. PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: whether
to enable the optimized algorithm for HSPA UE state transition
from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (also referred to as H2F state
transition). When the switch is turned on, the optimized H2F
state transition algorithm is enabled, and event 4A measurement
of traffic volume or throughput is added to the state transition
procedure. The added event 4A measurement prevents an H2F
state transition when data is being transmitted. 14.
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH: When the switch is
turned on and a CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CELL_DCH (P2D for
short) state transition is triggered for a PS service, the PS
service can be set up on HSPA channels after the state
transition. When the switch is turned off, PS services can be set
up only on DCHs after a P2D state transition. This switch is
turned off by default. 15.
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH: When this switch
is turned on, VIP UEs report their transmit power to the RNC
when required and periodically measure signal quality of intra-
frequency cells. In addition, these UEs measure the downlink
BLER, the NodeB measures the uplink SIR, and the RNC
records the measurement results. 16.
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH: Switch for
including the Tx interruption after trigger IE in the uplink 4A
traffic volume measurement control message. When this switch
is turned on, the uplink 4A traffic volume measurement control
message from RNC includes the Tx interruption after trigger IE
for UEs that are in the CELL_FACH or enhanced CELL_FACH
state and processing PS BE services. The value of this IE can

be changed by running the "SET UUESTATETRANS"
command. 17.
PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_SWITCH: The
NodeB baseband board uses different processing specifications
for users with different uplink bearer services, for example,
HSUPA TTI 2 ms services, HSUPA TTI 10 ms services, and R99
services. When serving a large number of users, the system
cannot guarantee that all users can access the network with the
highest service bearer supported by UEs. This switch controls
whether the RNC allocates corresponding channels for new
users based on the cell capability reported through the NodeB
private interface. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
dynamically selects an appropriate uplink service bearer and
allocates corresponding channels for new users to maximize the
system capacity based on the actual NodeB processing
specifications. When this switch is turned off, the optimization
process is disabled. 18.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to use the optimized TTI switching algorithm for BE
services When this switch is turned off, the optimized algorithm
does not take effect. The original mechanism is implemented.
When this switch is turned on, the optimized algorithm takes
effect. After HSUPA services are configured or reconfigured with
10 ms TTI due to network resource (admission CEs, RTWP,
consumed Iub bandwidth, or consumed CEs) congestion or
insufficient coverage, these UEs cannot change to use 2 ms TTI
if no data needs to be transmitted. 19.
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the algorithm for increasing the single-threaded
download rate. 20. PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST:
Switch for adjusting the BLER coefficient specific to CS services
based on the best cell's uplink load status. When this switch is
turned on, the outer loop power control algorithm uses the target
BLER set by the OMU board if the best cell's uplink load status
is LDR or OLC. If the status is neither LDR nor OLC, this
algorithm uses this target BLER after being divided by five. 21.
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the function of delaying the sending of an
RRC_MEAS_CTRL message containing AGPS information
when an emergency call is made. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC delays the sending of this message until the
emergency call is successfully set up. When this switch is turned
off, the RNC sends this message upon receiving a
LOCATION_REPORTING_CONTROL message from the CN.
22. PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable a UE having multiple RLSs to use the value
of "CQIReF" and the value of "CQIFbCk" that are for UEs having
only one RLS. The two parameters can be set by running the
"SET UHSDPCCH" and "ADD UCELLHSDPCCH" commands.
When this switch is turned off, the UE does not use the values of
the two parameters that are for UEs having only one RLS. When
this switch is turned on, the UE uses the values of the two
parameters that are for UEs having only one RLS. 23.
PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH: Whether
to enable a RELOCATION REQUIRED message to contain the
IE calculationTimeForCiphering. When this switch is turned on,
static relocation request messages contain the IE
calculationTimeForCiphering. 24.
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH: Whether to
trigger the DRD procedure and channel switchover from E-DCH
or HS-DSCH to DCH when messages transmitted over the Uu
and Iub interfaces do not arrive in time. When this switch is
turned off, the DRD procedure and channel switchover from E
DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are not triggered if messages
transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not arrive in time.
When this switch is turned on, the DRD procedure and channel
switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are triggered if
messages transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not
arrive in time. 25.
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_AMEND: Whether
to consider CE or code resource usage when determining the
resource status of a cell whose serving boards or CP sub-
systems are different from those of its neighboring cells. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC determines the resource status
of such a cell based on power, CE, and code resource usage. If
power, CE, or code resources in a cell become congested, the
RNC determines that the cell experiences resource congestion.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC determines the resource
status of such a cell based on power resource usage only. 26.
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, candidate cells are ranked by
"InterFreqMeasQuantity" (in the "ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ" command) for MBDR, and the cell
with the best signal quality is selected as the target cell. When
this switch is turned off, candidate cells are not ranked by
InterFreqMeasQuantity for MBDR. 27.
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC makes a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during an RRC connection setup. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC makes a pre-admission decision on intra
RAT DRDs or redirections during an RRC connection setup.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not make a pre-
admission decision on intra-RAT DRDs or redirections during an
RRC connection setup. 28.
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH: Whether to activate
the RRC redirection in weak coverage algorithm. When this
switch is turned on, UEs located in weak coverage are
redirected to the neighboring GSM cell through RRC redirection.
When this switch is turned off, this algorithm is disabled. 29.
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH: Whether to
preferentially admit UEs processing PS services who are
involved in CS fallbacks. When this switch is turned on, the non
real-time PS services of the UE involved in a CS fallback are
switched to a DCH with a data rate of 8 kbit/s before the access
to the UMTS network. For the real-time PS services, the UE

follows the standard access procedure. If the access fails and
the "PreemptAlgoSwitch" parameter under the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command is turned on, the UE can
preempt other UEs' resources. If this switch is turned off, the UE
has to try to access the network as a common PS UE. 30.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH: This
parameter controls whether to enable blind detection for the
HSDPA user-associated single-signaling R99 channel. When
the switch specified by this parameter is turned on, blind
detection is enabled. 31.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH: This
HSDPA user-associated AMR R99 channel. When the switch
specified by this parameter is turned on, blind detection is
enabled if the HSDPA service has been set up and there are
signaling and AMR traffic carried on the R99 channel. 32.
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT: Whether to
allow R6 UEs to switch from HSUPA 10 ms to 2 ms TTI. When
the switch is turned on, this switching is not allowed for R6 UEs.
When the switch is turned off, this limit does not work. This
parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify this parameter,
contact Huawei Customer Service Center for technical support.
GUI Value Range:PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST,
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_AMEND,
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH,
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH,
Default Value:PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST-
1&PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_AMEND-
1&PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH
0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH-
0&PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT-
0&PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_SWITCH
PerfEnhanceSwitch BSC6910 SET UCORRMPARA WRFD- Emergency Call Meaning:1. PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH: When this
021104 UE State in switch is turned on, the procedure specific to AMR service
WRFD- Connected Mode establishment takes effect. 2.
010202 (CELL-DCH PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this switch is turned
WRFD- CELL-PCH on, the AMR template takes effect. 3.
020400 PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this switch is turned
URA-PCH
on, the SRB template takes effect. 4.
WRFD- CELL-FACH) PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this switch is turned
01061004 DRD Introduction on, the OLPC template takes effect. 5.
WRFD- Package PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this switch is
02060501 HSDPA Power turned on, the AMR parameter template takes effect. 6.
WRFD- Control PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
020402 SRNS Relocation (UE switch is turned on, the intra-frequency measurement control
WRFD- Not Involved) template takes effect. 7.
02040003 Measurement Based PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH: After a UE
WRFD- Direct Retry fails to be handed over to a 2G cell during an inter-RAT
01061404 handover, the RNC forbids the UE to attempt a handover to the
Inter System Redirect 2G cell in a certain period. When this switch is turned on, the
WRFD- HSUPA 2ms/10ms
01061403 period is 50s. When this switch is turned off, the period is 30s.
TTI Handover PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH: When this
HSUPA 2ms TTI switch is turned on, the uplink SRBs of HSUPA 10 ms non-
conversational services are always carried on DCHs, and the
original parameter Type of Channel Preferably Carrying
Signaling RB is invalid. When this switch is turned off, SRBs for
HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services can be carried on
HSUPA channels when the original parameter Type of Channel
Preferably Carrying Signaling RB is set to HSUPA or HSPA. The
switch is set to OFF by default. 9.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the single-user peak-rate improvement
algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is enabled. When this switch is
turned off, the algorithm is disabled. The switch is set to OFF by
default. 10. PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, the P2D cell update confirm message
simplification algorithm takes effect. When this switch is turned
off, the algorithm does not take effect. By default, this switch is
turned off. 11.
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH: This check
box controls whether the RNC considers the converged
SIRTarget value that is used before radio link reconfiguration in
outer loop power control performed after radio link
reconfiguration. If the check box is not selected, the RNC sends
the initial SIRTarget value used after radio link reconfiguration to
the NodeB.If the check box is selected, the RNC selects a more
appropriate value from the initial SIRTarget value used after
radio link reconfiguration and the converged SIRTarget value
used before radio link reconfiguration. Then the RNC sends the
selected value to the NodeB. Setting of this check box takes
effect only when the
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH check box is
selected. 12. PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, The mechanism to avoid endless
back-and-forth RRC-redirections takes effect. The switch is set
to OFF by default. 13. PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: whether
to enable the optimized algorithm for HSPA UE state transition
from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (also referred to as H2F state
transition). When the switch is turned on, the optimized H2F
state transition algorithm is enabled, and event 4A measurement
of traffic volume or throughput is added to the state transition
procedure. The added event 4A measurement prevents an H2F
state transition when data is being transmitted. 14.
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH: When the switch is
turned on and a CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CELL_DCH (P2D for
short) state transition is triggered for a PS service, the PS
service can be set up on HSPA channels after the state
transition. When the switch is turned off, PS services can be set
up only on DCHs after a P2D state transition. This switch is
turned off by default. 15.
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH: When this switch
is turned on, VIP UEs report their transmit power to the RNC
when required and periodically measure signal quality of intra-
frequency cells. In addition, these UEs measure the downlink
BLER, the NodeB measures the uplink SIR, and the RNC
records the measurement results. 16.
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH: Switch for
including the Tx interruption after trigger IE in the uplink 4A
traffic volume measurement control message. When this switch
is turned on, the uplink 4A traffic volume measurement control
message from RNC includes the Tx interruption after trigger IE
for UEs that are in the CELL_FACH or enhanced CELL_FACH
state and processing PS BE services. The value of this IE can
be changed by running the "SET UUESTATETRANS"
command. 17.
PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_SWITCH: The
NodeB baseband board uses different processing specifications
for users with different uplink bearer services, for example,
HSUPA TTI 2 ms services, HSUPA TTI 10 ms services, and R99
services. When serving a large number of users, the system
cannot guarantee that all users can access the network with the
highest service bearer supported by UEs. This switch controls
whether the RNC allocates corresponding channels for new
users based on the cell capability reported through the NodeB
private interface. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
dynamically selects an appropriate uplink service bearer and
allocates corresponding channels for new users to maximize the
system capacity based on the actual NodeB processing
specifications. When this switch is turned off, the optimization
process is disabled. 18.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to use the optimized TTI switching algorithm for BE
services When this switch is turned off, the optimized algorithm
does not take effect. The original mechanism is implemented.
When this switch is turned on, the optimized algorithm takes
effect. After HSUPA services are configured or reconfigured with
10 ms TTI due to network resource (admission CEs, RTWP,
consumed Iub bandwidth, or consumed CEs) congestion or
insufficient coverage, these UEs cannot change to use 2 ms TTI
if no data needs to be transmitted. 19.
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the algorithm for increasing the single-threaded
download rate. 20. PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST:
Switch for adjusting the BLER coefficient specific to CS services
based on the best cell's uplink load status. When this switch is
turned on, the outer loop power control algorithm uses the target
BLER set by the OMU board if the best cell's uplink load status
is LDR or OLC. If the status is neither LDR nor OLC, this
algorithm uses this target BLER after being divided by five. 21.
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the function of delaying the sending of an
RRC_MEAS_CTRL message containing AGPS information
when an emergency call is made. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC delays the sending of this message until the
emergency call is successfully set up. When this switch is turned
off, the RNC sends this message upon receiving a
LOCATION_REPORTING_CONTROL message from the CN.
22. PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable a UE having multiple RLSs to use the value
of "CQIReF" and the value of "CQIFbCk" that are for UEs having
only one RLS. The two parameters can be set by running the
"SET UHSDPCCH" and "ADD UCELLHSDPCCH" commands.
When this switch is turned off, the UE does not use the values of
the two parameters that are for UEs having only one RLS. When
this switch is turned on, the UE uses the values of the two
parameters that are for UEs having only one RLS. 23.
PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH: Whether
to enable a RELOCATION REQUIRED message to contain the
IE calculationTimeForCiphering. When this switch is turned on,
static relocation request messages contain the IE
calculationTimeForCiphering. 24.
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH: Whether to
trigger the DRD procedure and channel switchover from E-DCH
or HS-DSCH to DCH when messages transmitted over the Uu
and Iub interfaces do not arrive in time. When this switch is
turned off, the DRD procedure and channel switchover from E
DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are not triggered if messages
transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not arrive in time.
When this switch is turned on, the DRD procedure and channel
switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are triggered if
messages transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not
arrive in time. 25.
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_AMEND: Whether
to consider CE or code resource usage when determining the
resource status of a cell whose serving boards or CP sub-
systems are different from those of its neighboring cells. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC determines the resource status
of such a cell based on power, CE, and code resource usage. If
power, CE, or code resources in a cell become congested, the
RNC determines that the cell experiences resource congestion.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC determines the resource
status of such a cell based on power resource usage only. 26.
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, candidate cells are ranked by
"InterFreqMeasQuantity" (in the "ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ" command) for MBDR, and the cell
with the best signal quality is selected as the target cell. When
this switch is turned off, candidate cells are not ranked by
InterFreqMeasQuantity for MBDR. 27.
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC makes a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during an RRC connection setup. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC makes a pre-admission decision on intra
RAT DRDs or redirections during an RRC connection setup.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not make a pre-
admission decision on intra-RAT DRDs or redirections during an
RRC connection setup. 28.
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH: Whether to activate
the RRC redirection in weak coverage algorithm. When this
switch is turned on, UEs located in weak coverage are
redirected to the neighboring GSM cell through RRC redirection.
When this switch is turned off, this algorithm is disabled. 29.
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH: Whether to
preferentially admit UEs processing PS services who are
involved in CS fallbacks. When this switch is turned on, the non
real-time PS services of the UE involved in a CS fallback are
switched to a DCH with a data rate of 8 kbit/s before the access
to the UMTS network. For the real-time PS services, the UE
follows the standard access procedure. If the access fails and
the "PreemptAlgoSwitch" parameter under the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command is turned on, the UE can
preempt other UEs' resources. If this switch is turned off, the UE
has to try to access the network as a common PS UE. 30.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH: This
HSDPA user-associated single-signaling R99 channel. When

the switch specified by this parameter is turned on, blind
detection is enabled. 31.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH: This
HSDPA user-associated AMR R99 channel. When the switch
specified by this parameter is turned on, blind detection is
enabled if the HSDPA service has been set up and there are
signaling and AMR traffic carried on the R99 channel. 32.
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT: Whether to
allow R6 UEs to switch from HSUPA 10 ms to 2 ms TTI. When
the switch is turned on, this switching is not allowed for R6 UEs.
When the switch is turned off, this limit does not work. This
parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify this parameter,
contact Huawei Customer Service Center for technical support.
GUI Value Range:PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH,
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH,
Default Value:PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST-
1&PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_AMEND-
1&PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH
0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH-
0&PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT-
0&PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_SWITCH
WeakCovRrcRedirEcNoThs BSC6900 SET UFRC WRFD- Inter System Redirect Meaning:The cell signal quality is indicated by the Ec/No
02040003 reported by UEs in the cell. If the value of Ec/No is lower than
the threshold, the cell signal quality is poor, and the UEs are
redirected to the neighboring GSM cell when the
"PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH" parameter in the
"SET UCORRMPARA" command is set to ON.
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value Range:-24.5~0 Actual Value = (GUI Value - 49
(offset)) x 0.5.
Default Value:13
WeakCovRrcRedirEcNoThs BSC6910 SET UFRC WRFD- Inter System Redirect Meaning:The cell signal quality is indicated by the Ec/No
02040003 reported by UEs in the cell. If the value of Ec/No is lower than
the threshold, the cell signal quality is poor, and the UEs are
redirected to the neighboring GSM cell when the
"PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH" parameter in the
"SET UCORRMPARA" command is set to ON.
Unit:0.5dB
Actual Value Range:-24.5~0 Actual Value = (GUI Value - 49
(offset)) x 0.5.
Default Value:13
RedirSwitch BSC6900 ADD WRFD- Inter-RAT Redirection Meaning:Whether the distance-based inter-RAT RRC redirection
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION 020401 Based on Distance algorithm takes effect. If this switch is turned on, the RNC
MOD enables the distance-based inter-RAT RRC redirection algorithm
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION during the access of AMR users. If the distance between an
AMR user and the NodeB is greater than the value of
"DelayThs", the RNC redirects the AMR user to a GSM cell
through inter-RAT redirections at a certain probability. If this
switch is turned off, the distance-based inter-RAT RRC
redirection algorithm is invalid.
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
RedirSwitch BSC6910 ADD WRFD- Inter-RAT Redirection Meaning:Whether the distance-based inter-RAT RRC redirection
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION 020401 Based on Distance algorithm takes effect. If this switch is turned on, the RNC
MOD enables the distance-based inter-RAT RRC redirection algorithm
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION during the access of AMR users. If the distance between an
AMR user and the NodeB is greater than the value of
"DelayThs", the RNC redirects the AMR user to a GSM cell
through inter-RAT redirections at a certain probability. If this
switch is turned off, the distance-based inter-RAT RRC
redirection algorithm is invalid.
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
DelayThs BSC6900 ADD WRFD- Inter-RAT Redirection Meaning:Propagation delay threshold for the distance-based
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION 020401 Based on Distance inter-RAT redirection algorithm. When the propagation delay
MOD between a UE and the NodeB exceeds this threshold, the RNC
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION activates this algorithm to redirect the UE. For details about the
parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433. The specifications stipulate
the following: 1TP = 3chips.
Unit:3chip
Default Value:255
DelayThs BSC6910 ADD WRFD- Inter-RAT Redirection Meaning:Propagation delay threshold for the distance-based
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION 020401 Based on Distance inter-RAT redirection algorithm. When the propagation delay
MOD between a UE and the NodeB exceeds this threshold, the RNC
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION activates this algorithm to redirect the UE. For details about the
parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433. The specifications stipulate
the following: 1TP = 3chips.
Unit:3chip
Default Value:255
RedirFactorOfNorm BSC6900 ADD WRFD- Inter-RAT Redirection Meaning:Inter-RAT redirection scale factor when the load of the
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION 020401 Based on Distance target cell is normal. When the cell load is normal, the RNC
MOD calculates the probability at which UEs are redirected to a GSM
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION cell during distance-based inter-RAT RRC redirections. If this
parameter is set to 0, admitted users do not perform distance-
based inter-RAT RRC redirections when the cell load is normal.
Unit:%
Default Value:0
RedirFactorOfNorm BSC6910 ADD WRFD- Inter-RAT Redirection Meaning:Inter-RAT redirection scale factor when the load of the
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION 020401 Based on Distance target cell is normal. When the cell load is normal, the RNC
MOD calculates the probability at which UEs are redirected to a GSM
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION cell during distance-based inter-RAT RRC redirections. If this
parameter is set to 0, admitted users do not perform distance-
based inter-RAT RRC redirections when the cell load is normal.
Unit:%
Default Value:0
RedirFactorOfLDR BSC6900 ADD WRFD- Inter-RAT Redirection Meaning:Inter-RAT redirection scale factor when the target cell
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION 020401 Based on Distance is congested. When the cell enters the LDR or OLC state, the
MOD RNC calculates the probability at which UEs are redirected to a
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION GSM cell during distance-based inter-RAT RRC redirections. If
this parameter is set to 0, admitted users do not perform
distance-based inter-RAT RRC redirections when the cell is
congested.
Unit:%
Default Value:50
RedirFactorOfLDR BSC6910 ADD WRFD- Inter-RAT Redirection Meaning:Inter-RAT redirection scale factor when the target cell
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION 020401 Based on Distance is congested. When the cell enters the LDR or OLC state, the
MOD RNC calculates the probability at which UEs are redirected to a
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION GSM cell during distance-based inter-RAT RRC redirections. If
this parameter is set to 0, admitted users do not perform
distance-based inter-RAT RRC redirections when the cell is
congested.
Unit:%
Default Value:50
SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch BSC6900 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Whether the RNC considers the load of the current cell
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC before initiating a service-based RRC redirection. If this switch is
Connection Setup turned on, the RNC initiates an RRC redirection to redirect users
to an inter-frequency neighboring cell for load sharing when the
uplink power load of the current cell is greater than or equal to
the product of the value of the "UlLdrTrigThd" parameter in the
"ADD UCELLLDM" command and the value of the
"OffloadRelativeThd" parameter in the "ADD UCELLLDM"
command or the downlink power load of the current cell is
greater than or equal to the product of the value of the
"DlLdrTrigThd" parameter in the "ADD UCELLLDM" command
and the value of the "OffloadRelativeThd" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLLDM" command.
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch BSC6910 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Whether the RNC considers the load of the current cell
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC before initiating a service-based RRC redirection. If this switch is
Connection Setup turned on, the RNC initiates an RRC redirection to redirect users
to an inter-frequency neighboring cell for load sharing when the
uplink power load of the current cell is greater than or equal to
the product of the value of the "UlLdrTrigThd" parameter in the
"ADD UCELLLDM" command and the value of the
"OffloadRelativeThd" parameter in the "ADD UCELLLDM"
command or the downlink power load of the current cell is
greater than or equal to the product of the value of the
"DlLdrTrigThd" parameter in the "ADD UCELLLDM" command
and the value of the "OffloadRelativeThd" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLLDM" command.
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
RedirSwitch BSC6900 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Whether the service-based RRC redirection algorithm
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC is applicable to a specific service. When this switch is turned on,
Connection Setup the RNC checks the service type during initial RRC connection
setup. If the service type is defined by "TrafficType", the RNC
initiates a redirection based on the configured frequency. This
algorithm is valid only when the DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH check
box under the "DrSwitch" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is selected and this
parameter is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY or
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT. If this parameter is set to OFF, the
service-based RRC redirection algorithm is not enabled on the
specified service.
GUI Value Range:OFF, ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY,
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:OFF, ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY,
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Default Value:None
RedirSwitch BSC6910 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Whether the service-based RRC redirection algorithm
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC is applicable to a specific service. When this switch is turned on,
specified service.
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Unit:None
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Default Value:None
UlLdrTrigThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDM WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Threshold for triggering uplink LDR. If the ratio of the
MOD UCELLLDM 020106 Load Measurement uplink load to the uplink capacity is higher than or equal to this
WRFD- threshold for a duration longer than that specified by the
020102 "UlLdTrnsHysTime" parameter, uplink LDR (preliminary
congestion state) is triggered and LDR actions are performed to
reduce the cell load. The recommended value difference
between "UlLdrRelThd" and "UlLdrTrigThd" is higher than 10%
because the load fluctuates. Otherwise, a cell frequently enters
and leaves the preliminary congestion state.
Unit:%
Default Value:55
UlLdrTrigThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDM WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Threshold for triggering uplink LDR. If the ratio of the
MOD UCELLLDM 020106 Load Measurement uplink load to the uplink capacity is higher than or equal to this
WRFD- threshold for a duration longer than that specified by the
020102 "UlLdTrnsHysTime" parameter, uplink LDR (preliminary
congestion state) is triggered and LDR actions are performed to
reduce the cell load. The recommended value difference
between "UlLdrRelThd" and "UlLdrTrigThd" is higher than 10%
because the load fluctuates. Otherwise, a cell frequently enters
and leaves the preliminary congestion state.
Unit:%
Default Value:55
OffloadRelativeThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDM WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Relative threshold for load sharing. UEs in a cell are
MOD UCELLLDM 020120 Load Sharing in RRC redirected to an inter-frequency neighboring cell for load sharing
Connection Setup through a load-based RRC redirection or a P2F redirection for
non-real-time services when either of the following conditions is
met: 1. The value of this parameter multiplied by the value of
"UlLdrTrigThd" is less than or equal to the uplink load of the cell.
2. The value of this parameter multiplied by the value of
"DlLdrTrigThd" is less than or equal to the downlink load of the
cell.
Unit:%
Default Value:50
OffloadRelativeThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDM WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Relative threshold for load sharing. UEs in a cell are
MOD UCELLLDM 020120 Load Sharing in RRC redirected to an inter-frequency neighboring cell for load sharing
Connection Setup through a load-based RRC redirection or a P2F redirection for
non-real-time services when either of the following conditions is
met: 1. The value of this parameter multiplied by the value of
"UlLdrTrigThd" is less than or equal to the uplink load of the cell.
2. The value of this parameter multiplied by the value of
"DlLdrTrigThd" is less than or equal to the downlink load of the
cell.
Unit:%
Default Value:50
DlLdrTrigThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDM WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Threshold for triggering downlink LDR. If the ratio of
MOD UCELLLDM 020106 Load Measurement the downlink load to the downlink capacity is higher than or
WRFD- Multi-Carrier Switch equal to this threshold for a duration longer than that specified
020102 off Based on Traffic by the "DlLdTrnsHysTime" parameter, downlink LDR
WRFD- Load (preliminary congestion state) is triggered and LDR actions are
020117 performed to reduce the cell load. The recommended value
Multi-Carrier Switch
difference between "DlLdrRelThd" and "DlLdrTrigThd" is higher
WRFD- off Based on QoS
than 10% because the load fluctuates. Otherwise, a cell
020122
frequently enters and leaves the preliminary congestion state.
Unit:%
Default Value:70
DlLdrTrigThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDM WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Threshold for triggering downlink LDR. If the ratio of
WRFD- Multi-Carrier Switch equal to this threshold for a duration longer than that specified
020102 off Based on Traffic by the "DlLdTrnsHysTime" parameter, downlink LDR
WRFD- Load (preliminary congestion state) is triggered and LDR actions are
020117 performed to reduce the cell load. The recommended value
difference between "DlLdrRelThd" and "DlLdrTrigThd" is higher
WRFD- off Based on QoS
than 10% because the load fluctuates. Otherwise, a cell
020122
frequently enters and leaves the preliminary congestion state.
Unit:%
Default Value:70
RedirFactorOfNorm BSC6900 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Inter-RAT redirection scale factor for service steering
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC when the load of the target cell is normal. When the cell load is
Connection Setup normal, the RNC calculates the probability at which UEs are
redirected to an inter-frequency neighboring cell during inter-
RAT RRC redirections for service steering. If this parameter is
set to 0, admitted users do not perform inter-RAT RRC
redirections for service steering when the cell load is normal.
Unit:%
Default Value:None
RedirFactorOfNorm BSC6910 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Inter-RAT redirection scale factor for service steering
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC when the load of the target cell is normal. When the cell load is

Unit:%
Default Value:None
RedirFactorOfLDR BSC6900 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Inter-RAT redirection scale factor for service steering
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC when the target cell is congested. When the cell enters the LDR
Connection Setup or OLC state, the RNC calculates the probability at which UEs
are redirected to a GSM cell during inter-RAT RRC redirections
for service steering. If this parameter is set to 0, admitted users
do not perform inter-RAT RRC redirections for service steering
when the cell is congested.
Unit:%
Default Value:None
RedirFactorOfLDR BSC6910 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Inter-RAT redirection scale factor for service steering
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC when the target cell is congested. When the cell enters the LDR
Unit:%
Default Value:None
RedirBandInd BSC6900 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Frequency band of the target uplink and downlink
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC UARFCNs for service-based inter-frequency RRC redirections. If
Connection Setup this parameter is set to DependOnNCell, the RNC selects the
target UARFCNs of neighboring cells that are on the same
frequency band as the source cell but have different frequencies
from the source cell during bind handovers. It is recommended
that this parameter be set to DependOnNCell without the
consideration of neighboring cells under the neighboring RNC,
that is, in the non-overlapped network. This helps avoid self-
redirection. Self-redirection is a process in which the target cell
for redirection has the same UARFCN as the source cell and the
UE still initiates access in the source cell.
GUI Value Range:Band1, Band2, Band3, Band4, Band5, Band6,
Band7, Band8, Band9, DependOnNCell, BandIndNotUsed
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:Band1, Band2, Band3, Band4, Band5,
Band6, Band7, Band8, Band9, DependOnNCell,
BandIndNotUsed
Default Value:None
RedirBandInd BSC6910 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Frequency band of the target uplink and downlink
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC UARFCNs for service-based inter-frequency RRC redirections. If
Unit:None
BandIndNotUsed
Default Value:None
BlindHoFlag BSC6900 ADD UINTERFREQNCELL WRFD- Multi-Carrier Switch Meaning:Whether a neighboring cell is a candidate cell for blind
MOD UINTERFREQNCELL 020122 off Based on QoS handovers. Value FALSE indicates that the neighboring cell is
WRFD- Intra System Direct not considered as a candidate cell for blind handovers.
02040001 Retry Therefore, blind handovers to this cell cannot be triggered.
WRFD- DRD Introduction Value TRUE indicates that the cell is considered as a candidate
020400 Package cell for blind handovers and blind handovers to this cell can be
triggered.
GUI Value Range:FALSE, TRUE
Unit:None
Default Value:False
BlindHoFlag BSC6910 ADD UINTERFREQNCELL WRFD- Multi-Carrier Switch Meaning:Whether a neighboring cell is a candidate cell for blind
MOD UINTERFREQNCELL 020122 off Based on QoS handovers. Value FALSE indicates that the neighboring cell is
WRFD- Intra System Direct not considered as a candidate cell for blind handovers.
02040001 Retry Therefore, blind handovers to this cell cannot be triggered.
WRFD- DRD Introduction Value TRUE indicates that the cell is considered as a candidate
020400 Package cell for blind handovers and blind handovers to this cell can be
triggered.
Unit:None
Default Value:False
RRCRedirConsiderBarSwitch BSC6900 SET UDRD WRFD- Macro & Micro Joint Meaning:Whether the RNC filters out the cells that not allow UEs
15020101 Inter-frequency in idle mode when selecting target cells during inter-frequency
WRFD- Redirection RRC redirections. When this switch is turned on, the RNC filters
020120 Service Steering and out cells that not allow UEs in idle mode when selecting target
WRFD- Load Sharing in RRC cells during inter-frequency RRC redirections. When this switch
020401 Connection Setup is turned off, the RNC does not filter out cells that not allow UEs
WRFD- Inter-RAT Redirection in idle mode when selecting target cells during inter-frequency
02040003 Based on Distance RRC redirections.
Inter System Redirect GUI Value Range:ON, OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:ON
RRCRedirConsiderBarSwitch BSC6910 SET UDRD WRFD- Macro & Micro Joint Meaning:Whether the RNC filters out the cells that not allow UEs
15020101 Inter-frequency in idle mode when selecting target cells during inter-frequency
WRFD- Redirection RRC redirections. When this switch is turned on, the RNC filters
020120 Service Steering and out cells that not allow UEs in idle mode when selecting target
WRFD- Load Sharing in RRC cells during inter-frequency RRC redirections. When this switch
020401 Connection Setup is turned off, the RNC does not filter out cells that not allow UEs
Inter-RAT Redirection in idle mode when selecting target cells during inter-frequency
WRFD-
Based on Distance RRC redirections.
02040003
Inter System Redirect GUI Value Range:ON, OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:ON
IdleCellBarred BSC6900 ADD UCELLACCESSSTRICT WRFD- Access Class Meaning:Whether a UE in idle mode is allowed to access the
MOD UCELLACCESSSTRICT 021103 Restriction cell. When this parameter is set to BARRED, it indicates that the
UE in idle mode is barred to select/reselect the cell even in the
case of emergency calls. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
GUI Value Range:BARRED, NOT_BARRED
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:BARRED, NOT_BARRED
Default Value:None
IdleCellBarred BSC6910 ADD UCELLACCESSSTRICT WRFD- Access Class Meaning:Whether a UE in idle mode is allowed to access the
MOD UCELLACCESSSTRICT 021103 Restriction cell. When this parameter is set to BARRED, it indicates that the
UE in idle mode is barred to select/reselect the cell even in the
case of emergency calls. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
GUI Value Range:BARRED, NOT_BARRED
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:BARRED, NOT_BARRED
Default Value:None
MaxHsdpaUserNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Maximum number of users supported by the HSDPA
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 HSDPA Admission channel. The user in this parameter refers to the user with
WRFD- Control services on the HSDPA channel, regardless of the number of
01061003 96 HSDPA Users per RABs carried on the HSDPA channel. Maximum HSDPA user
WRFD- Cell number cannot exceed the HSDPA capability of the NodeB
010653 product, In practice, the value can be set based on the cell type
128 HSDPA Users
and the richness of the available HSDPA power and code
WRFD- per Cell
resources.
010654 HSDPA DRD
WRFD-
01061112 Unit:None
Default Value:64
MaxHsdpaUserNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Maximum number of users supported by the HSDPA
MOD UCELLCAC 020101 HSDPA Admission channel. The user in this parameter refers to the user with
WRFD- Control services on the HSDPA channel, regardless of the number of
01061003 96 HSDPA Users per RABs carried on the HSDPA channel. Maximum HSDPA user
WRFD- Cell number cannot exceed the HSDPA capability of the NodeB
010653 product, In practice, the value can be set based on the cell type
128 HSDPA Users and the richness of the available HSDPA power and code
WRFD- per Cell
resources.
010654 HSDPA DRD
WRFD-
01061112 Unit:None
Default Value:64
LoadBalanceRatio BSC6900 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Traffic Steering and Meaning:Ratio of the number of HSDPA users for load balancing
MOD UCELLCAC 02040004 Load Sharing During in a cell with the HSDPA load balancing DRD algorithm based
RAB Setup on the number of users. The load value is calculated using the
HSDPA load balancing DRD algorithm based on the values of
LoadBalanceRatio and MaxHsdpaUserNum.
Unit:%
Default Value:100
LoadBalanceRatio BSC6910 ADD UCELLCAC WRFD- Traffic Steering and Meaning:Ratio of the number of HSDPA users for load balancing
MOD UCELLCAC 02040004 Load Sharing During in a cell with the HSDPA load balancing DRD algorithm based
RAB Setup on the number of users. The load value is calculated using the
HSDPA load balancing DRD algorithm based on the values of
LoadBalanceRatio and MaxHsdpaUserNum.
Unit:%
Default Value:100
TerminTrfcBsdRedirSwitch BSC6900 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Whether service-based RRC redirections are
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC performed on mobile terminated calls (MTCs). If this parameter
Connection Setup is set to ON, service-based RRC redirections are performed on
MTCs. If this parameter is set to OFF, service-based RRC
redirections are performed only on mobile originated calls
(MOCs).
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
TerminTrfcBsdRedirSwitch BSC6910 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Whether service-based RRC redirections are
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC performed on mobile terminated calls (MTCs). If this parameter
Connection Setup is set to ON, service-based RRC redirections are performed on
MTCs. If this parameter is set to OFF, service-based RRC
redirections are performed only on mobile originated calls
(MOCs).
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd BSC6900 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Whether the target UL UARFCN to which the UE is
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC redirected needs to be configured. TRUE indicates that the UL
Connection Setup UARFCN needs to be reconfigured. FALSE indicates that the UL
UARFCN need not be manually configured and it is
automatically configured according to the relation between the
UL and DL UARFCNs.
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd BSC6910 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Whether the target UL UARFCN to which the UE is
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC redirected needs to be configured. TRUE indicates that the UL
UL and DL UARFCNs.
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFCNUplink BSC6900 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Target UL UARFCN for service-based inter-frequency
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC RRC redirection. The value range of the UL UARFCN depends
Connection Setup on the value of "RedirBandInd". The relation between
"RedirBandInd" and the value range of the UL UARFCN is as
follows: BAND1 Common UARFCNs: [9612-9888] Special
UARFCNs: none BAND2 Common UARFCNs: [9262-9538]
Special UARFCNs: {12, 37, 62, 87, 112, 137, 162, 187, 212,
237, 262, 287} BAND3 Common UARFCNs: [937-1288] Special
Special UARFCNs: {1662, 1687, 1712, 1737, 1762, 1787, 1812,
1837, 1862} BAND5 Common UARFCNs: [4132-4233] Special
UARFCNs: {782, 787, 807, 812, 837, 862} BAND6 Common
UARFCNs: [4162-4188] Special UARFCNs: {812, 837} BAND7
Common UARFCNs: [2012-2338] Special UARFCNs: {2362,
2387, 2412, 2437, 2462, 2487, 2512, 2537, 2562, 2587, 2612,
2637, 2662, 2687} BAND8 Common UARFCNs: [2712-2863]
Special UARFCNs: none BAND9 Common UARFCNs: [8762-
8912] Special UARFCNs: none BandIndNotUsed: [0-16383]
Value range: 0-16383 If the UL UARFCN is not manually
configured, if RedirBandInd is set to BAND1, BAND2, BAND3,
BAND4, BAND5, BAND6, BAND7, BAND8, or BAND9, and if the
DL UARFCN is valid, then the target UL UARFCN of the
redirection is automatically configured according to the following
principles: If the DL UARFCN is a common UARFCN, the
relation between the UL UARFCN and the DL UARFCN is as
follows: BAND1: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 950 BAND2: UL
UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 400 BAND3: UL UARFCN = DL
UARFCN - 225 BAND4: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 225
BAND5: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 225 BAND6: UL
BAND9: UL UARFCN = DL UARFCN - 475 If the DL UARFCN is
a special UARFCN, the relation between the UL UARFCN and
the DL UARFCN is as follows: BAND2: UL UARFCN = DL
UARFCN - 225
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFCNUplink BSC6910 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Target UL UARFCN for service-based inter-frequency
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC RRC redirection. The value range of the UL UARFCN depends
Connection Setup on the value of "RedirBandInd". The relation between
"RedirBandInd" and the value range of the UL UARFCN is as
follows: BAND1 Common UARFCNs: [9612-9888] Special
Special UARFCNs: {12, 37, 62, 87, 112, 137, 162, 187, 212,
237, 262, 287} BAND3 Common UARFCNs: [937-1288] Special
Special UARFCNs: {1662, 1687, 1712, 1737, 1762, 1787, 1812,
1837, 1862} BAND5 Common UARFCNs: [4132-4233] Special
UARFCNs: {782, 787, 807, 812, 837, 862} BAND6 Common
UARFCNs: [4162-4188] Special UARFCNs: {812, 837} BAND7
Common UARFCNs: [2012-2338] Special UARFCNs: {2362,
2387, 2412, 2437, 2462, 2487, 2512, 2537, 2562, 2587, 2612,
2637, 2662, 2687} BAND8 Common UARFCNs: [2712-2863]
Special UARFCNs: none BAND9 Common UARFCNs: [8762-
8912] Special UARFCNs: none BandIndNotUsed: [0-16383]
Value range: 0-16383 If the UL UARFCN is not manually
configured, if RedirBandInd is set to BAND1, BAND2, BAND3,
BAND4, BAND5, BAND6, BAND7, BAND8, or BAND9, and if the
DL UARFCN is valid, then the target UL UARFCN of the
redirection is automatically configured according to the following

UARFCN - 225
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFCNDownlink BSC6900 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Target DL UARFCN for service-based inter-frequency
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC RRC redirection. Different values of "RedirBandInd" correspond
Connection Setup to different value ranges of the UARFCN. Range of Each
Downlink Band Indication is as follow: BAND1 Common
UARFCNs: [10562-10838] Special UARFCNs: none BAND2
Common UARFCNs: [9662-9938] Special UARFCNs: {412, 437,
462, 487, 512, 537, 562, 587, 612, 637, 662, 687} BAND3
Common UARFCNs: [1162-1513] Special UARFCNs: none
BAND4 Common UARFCNs: [1537-1738] Special UARFCNs:
{1887, 1912, 1937, 1962, 1987, 2012, 2037, 2062, 2087}
{1007, 1012, 1032, 1037, 1062, 1087} BAND6 Common
UARFCNs: [4387-4413] Special UARFCNs: {1037, 1062}
{2587, 2612, 2637, 2662, 2687, 2712, 2737, 2762, 2787, 2812,
2837, 2862, 2887, 2912} BAND8 Common UARFCNs: [2937-
3088] Special UARFCNs: none BAND9 Common UARFCNs:
[9237-9387] Special UARFCNs: none BandIndNotUsed: [0-
16383]
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFCNDownlink BSC6910 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Target DL UARFCN for service-based inter-frequency
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC RRC redirection. Different values of "RedirBandInd" correspond
Connection Setup to different value ranges of the UARFCN. Range of Each
462, 487, 512, 537, 562, 587, 612, 637, 662, 687} BAND3
{1887, 1912, 1937, 1962, 1987, 2012, 2037, 2062, 2087}
{1007, 1012, 1032, 1037, 1062, 1087} BAND6 Common
{2587, 2612, 2637, 2662, 2687, 2712, 2737, 2762, 2787, 2812,
[9237-9387] Special UARFCNs: none BandIndNotUsed: [0-
16383]
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch BSC6900 SET UDRD WRFD- DRD Introduction Meaning:Whether to activate the RRC redirection algorithm
020400 Package when the RRC connection setup is not admitted in the current
WRFD- Inter System Redirect cell. RRC redirection is allowed in the case of an admission
02040003 failure only When this switch is turned on. This parameter takes
effect only when DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH is set to ON. - OFF:
The RRC redirection is not allowed. - Only_To_Inter_Frequency:
Only RRC redirection to inter-frequency cells is allowed. -
Allowed_To_Inter_RAT: RRC redirections to inter-frequency
cells and inter-RAT cells are allowed.
GUI Value Range:OFF, Only_To_Inter_Frequency,
Allowed_To_Inter_RAT
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:OFF, Only_To_Inter_Frequency,
Default Value:Only_To_Inter_Frequency
ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch BSC6910 SET UDRD WRFD- DRD Introduction Meaning:Whether to activate the RRC redirection algorithm
020400 Package when the RRC connection setup is not admitted in the current
WRFD- Inter System Redirect cell. RRC redirection is allowed in the case of an admission
02040003 failure only When this switch is turned on. This parameter takes
effect only when DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH is set to ON. - OFF:
The RRC redirection is not allowed. - Only_To_Inter_Frequency:
Only RRC redirection to inter-frequency cells is allowed. -
Allowed_To_Inter_RAT: RRC redirections to inter-frequency
cells and inter-RAT cells are allowed.
GUI Value Range:OFF, Only_To_Inter_Frequency,
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:OFF, Only_To_Inter_Frequency,
Default Value:Only_To_Inter_Frequency
N300 BSC6900 SET UIDLEMODETIMER WRFD- 3GPP R9 Meaning:Maximum number of retransmissions of the RRC
010101 Specifications CONNECTION REQUEST message. The value of this
parameter is contained in SIB1 messages.
GUI Value Range:0~7
Unit:None
Default Value:3
N300 BSC6910 SET UIDLEMODETIMER WRFD- 3GPP R9 Meaning:Maximum number of retransmissions of the RRC
010101 Specifications CONNECTION REQUEST message. The value of this
parameter is contained in SIB1 messages.

GUI Value Range:0~7
Unit:None
Default Value:3
DlOlcTrigThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDM WRFD- Overload Control Meaning:Threshold for triggering downlink OLC. If the ratio of
WRFD- equal to this threshold for a duration longer than that specified
020102 by the "DlLdTrnsHysTime" parameter, downlink OLC (overload
state) is triggered and OLC actions are performed to reduce the
cell load. The recommended value difference between
"DlOlcRelThd" and "DlOlcTrigThd" is higher than 10% because
the load fluctuates. Otherwise, a cell frequently enters and
leaves the overload state.
Unit:%
Default Value:95
DlOlcTrigThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDM WRFD- Overload Control Meaning:Threshold for triggering downlink OLC. If the ratio of
WRFD- equal to this threshold for a duration longer than that specified
020102 by the "DlLdTrnsHysTime" parameter, downlink OLC (overload
state) is triggered and OLC actions are performed to reduce the
cell load. The recommended value difference between
"DlOlcRelThd" and "DlOlcTrigThd" is higher than 10% because
the load fluctuates. Otherwise, a cell frequently enters and
leaves the overload state.
Unit:%
Default Value:95
PsSwitch BSC6900 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH WRFD- Dynamic Channel Meaning:PS rate negotiation switch group. 1.
021101 Configuration Control PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- (DCCC) switch is on, access at a rate of 0 kbit/s or on the FACH is
030004 Adaptive determined according to the current connection state of the RRC
WRFD- Configuration of if the PS BE admission and the later preemption and queuing
010507 Typical HSPA Rate fail. 2. PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH: When
Rate Negotiation at the switch is on, the initial rate of the service should be
Admission Control dynamically configured according to the value of Ec/No reported
by the UE when the PS BE service is established. 3.
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the Iu
QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS BE service if
Alternative RAB Parameter Values IE is present in the RANAP
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST
message. 4. PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: When the
switch is on and the RAB downsizing license is activated, the
initial speed is determined on the basis of cell resources.
Downsizing is implemented for BE services. 5.
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
the Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS STREAM
service if Alternative RAB Parameter Values IE is present in the
RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message. 6.
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, the strict Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS BE
service,RNC select Iu max bit rate based on UE capacity,cell
capacity,max bitrate and alternative RAB parameter values in
REQUEST message. When the switch is not on, the loose Iu
QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS BE service,RNC
select Iu max bit rate based on UE capacity,max bitrate and
alternative RAB parameter values in RANAP RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST
message,not consider cell capacity,this can avoid Iu QoS
Renegotiation between different cell.The switch is valid when
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to ON. 7.
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH (HSPA typical traffic
rate adaptation switch): When this switch is turned on, the RNC
can calculate the actual maximum traffic rate of PS BE services
over HSPA channels based on the MBR assigned by the CN, if
the license controlling the Adaptive Configuration of Typical
HSPA Rate feature is activated.
GUI Value
Range:PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH,
PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH,
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Default
Value:PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH-
0&PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH-
0&PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-
0&PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-
1&PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-
0&PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-
0&HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH-0
PsSwitch BSC6910 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH WRFD- Dynamic Channel Meaning:PS rate negotiation switch group. 1.
021101 Configuration Control PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- (DCCC) switch is on, access at a rate of 0 kbit/s or on the FACH is

030004 Adaptive determined according to the current connection state of the RRC
WRFD- Configuration of if the PS BE admission and the later preemption and queuing
010507 Typical HSPA Rate fail. 2. PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH: When
Rate Negotiation at the switch is on, the initial rate of the service should be
Admission Control dynamically configured according to the value of Ec/No reported
by the UE when the PS BE service is established. 3.
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the Iu
QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS BE service if
Alternative RAB Parameter Values IE is present in the RANAP
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST
message. 4. PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: When the
switch is on and the RAB downsizing license is activated, the
initial speed is determined on the basis of cell resources.
Downsizing is implemented for BE services. 5.
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
the Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS STREAM
service if Alternative RAB Parameter Values IE is present in the
REQUEST message. 6.
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, the strict Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS BE
service,RNC select Iu max bit rate based on UE capacity,cell
capacity,max bitrate and alternative RAB parameter values in
REQUEST message. When the switch is not on, the loose Iu
QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS BE service,RNC
select Iu max bit rate based on UE capacity,max bitrate and
alternative RAB parameter values in RANAP RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST
message,not consider cell capacity,this can avoid Iu QoS
Renegotiation between different cell.The switch is valid when
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to ON. 7.
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH (HSPA typical traffic
rate adaptation switch): When this switch is turned on, the RNC
can calculate the actual maximum traffic rate of PS BE services
over HSPA channels based on the MBR assigned by the CN, if
the license controlling the Adaptive Configuration of Typical
HSPA Rate feature is activated.
GUI Value
Unit:None
Actual Value
Default
Value:PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH-
0&PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH-
0&PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-
0&PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-
1&PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-
0&PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-
0&HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH-0
EcN0EffectTime BSC6900 ADD UCELLFRC WRFD- 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps Meaning:Time period for valid Ec/No or RSCP. This parameter
MOD UCELLFRC 010510 RRC Connection and defines the time period during which the reported values of
WRFD- Radio Access Bearer Ec/No or RSCP are considered as valid values. The time period
150232 Establishment and starts from the time the system receives the first Ec/No or
WRFD- Release RSCP.
010612 Multiband Direct GUI Value Range:0~65535
WRFD- Retry Based on UE Unit:ms
010507 Location Actual Value Range:0~65535
WRFD- HSUPA Introduction Default Value:5000
020400 Package
WRFD- Rate Negotiation at
010690 Admission Control
DRD Introduction
Package
TTI Switch for BE
Services Based on
Coverage
EcN0EffectTime BSC6910 ADD UCELLFRC WRFD- 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps Meaning:Time period for valid Ec/No or RSCP. This parameter
MOD UCELLFRC 010510 RRC Connection and defines the time period during which the reported values of
WRFD- Radio Access Bearer Ec/No or RSCP are considered as valid values. The time period
150232 Establishment and starts from the time the system receives the first Ec/No or
WRFD- Release RSCP.
010612 Multiband Direct GUI Value Range:0~65535
WRFD- Retry Based on UE Unit:ms
010507 Location Actual Value Range:0~65535
WRFD- HSUPA Introduction Default Value:5000
020400 Package
WRFD- Rate Negotiation at
010690 Admission Control
DRD Introduction
Package
TTI Switch for BE
Services Based on
Coverage
EcN0Ths BSC6900 ADD UCELLFRC WRFD- 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps Meaning:Threshold for determining the signal quality in a cell. If
MOD UCELLFRC 010510 RRC Connection and the reported Ec/No exceeds the value of this parameter, you can
WRFD- Radio Access Bearer infer that the signal quality in the cell is good and a high code
010507 Establishment and rate can be set for initial access.
Release GUI Value Range:0~49
Rate Negotiation at Unit:0.5dB
Admission Control Actual Value Range:-24.5~0 Actual Value = (GUI Value - 49
(offset)) x 0.5.
Default Value:41
EcN0Ths BSC6910 ADD UCELLFRC WRFD- 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps Meaning:Threshold for determining the signal quality in a cell. If
MOD UCELLFRC 010510 RRC Connection and the reported Ec/No exceeds the value of this parameter, you can
WRFD- Radio Access Bearer infer that the signal quality in the cell is good and a high code
010507 Establishment and rate can be set for initial access.
Release GUI Value Range:0~49
Rate Negotiation at Unit:0.5dB
Admission Control Actual Value Range:-24.5~0 Actual Value = (GUI Value - 49
(offset)) x 0.5.
Default Value:41
DlBeTraffInitBitrate BSC6900 SET UFRC WRFD- Dynamic Channel Meaning:DL initial access rate of PS background or interactive
021101 Configuration Control service. When DCCC function is enabled, the downlink initial
WRFD- (DCCC) access rate will be set to this value if the downlink maximum rate
010507 Rate Negotiation at is higher than the initial access rate.
Admission Control GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384
Unit:kbit/s
Actual Value Range:8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384
Default Value:D64
DlBeTraffInitBitrate BSC6910 SET UFRC WRFD- Dynamic Channel Meaning:DL initial access rate of PS background or interactive
021101 Configuration Control service. When DCCC function is enabled, the downlink initial
WRFD- (DCCC) access rate will be set to this value if the downlink maximum rate
010507 Rate Negotiation at is higher than the initial access rate.
Admission Control GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384
Unit:kbit/s
Actual Value Range:8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384
Default Value:D64
DraSwitch BSC6900 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH WRFD- HSDPA State Meaning:Dynamic resource allocation switch group. 1.
01061111 Transition DRA_AQM_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the active queue
WRFD- HSUPA DCCC management algorithm is used for the RNC. 2.
01061208 HSUPA 2ms/10ms DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- TTI Handover switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm for admission
01061404 CE-based BE services applies to the UE with the UL enhanced
Active Queue
L2 feature. This parameter is valid when
WRFD- Management (AQM)
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(DraSwitch)
011502 Dynamic Channel is set to ON. 3.
WRFD- Configuration Control DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: When the
021101 (DCCC) switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm is supported
WRFD- Overbooking on ATM for admission CE-based BE services. 4.
050405 Transmission DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- Overbooking on IP switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm for coverage
050408 Transmission based BE services applies to the UE with the UL enhanced L2
WRFD- TTI Switch for BE feature. This parameter is valid when
010690 Services Based on DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(DraSwitch) is
WRFD- Coverage set to ON. 5. DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm is
supported for coverage-based BE services. 6.
WRFD- UE State in DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH: When the switch
010202 Connected Mode is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm for differentiation-
WRFD- (CELL-DCH based BE services applies to the UE with the UL enhanced L2
010507 CELL-PCH feature. This parameter is valid when
WRFD- URA-PCH DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(DraSwitch) is set
020106 CELL-FACH) to ON. 7. DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: When
WRFD- Rate Negotiation at the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm is
010653 Admission Control supported for differentiation-based BE services. 8.
WRFD- DRA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the dynamic
Load Reshuffling
010654 channel reconfiguration control algorithm is used for the RNC. 9.
96 HSDPA Users per DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- Cell switch is on, flow control is enabled for HSDPA services in AM
020131 128 HSDPA Users mode. 10. DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- per Cell switch is on, the status of the UE RRC that carrying HSDPA
020128 Optimization of R99 services can be changed to CELL_FACH at the RNC. If a PS BE
WRFD- and HSUPA Users service is carried over the HS-DSCH, the switch
010301 Fairness PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on simultaneously.
WRFD- Quality Improvement If a PS real-time service is carried over the HS-DSCH, the switch
010302 for Subscribed PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on
WRFD- Service simultaneously. 11. DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the
010801 Paging UE in Idle switch is on, the DCCC algorithm is used for HSUPA. The
WRFD- DCCC switch must be also on before this switch takes effect. 12.
CELL_PCH DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When the switch is
010802 URA_PCH State on, the status of the UE RRC that carrying HSUPA services can
WRFD- (Type 1) be changed to CELL_FACH at the RNC. If a PS BE service is
010901 Paging UE in carried over the E-DCH, the switch
WRFD- CELL_FACH PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on simultaneously.
010902 CELL_DCH State If a PS real-time service is carried over the E-DCH, the switch
(Type 2) PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on
Intra RNC Cell simultaneously. 13. DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH: Switch
Update of the algorithm for increasing the quality of subscribed services.
When this parameter is set to ON, the service priority weight of
Inter RNC Cell
the subscriber whose key parameters (IP Address, IP Port, and
Update
IP Protocol Type) match the specified ones can be adjusted. In
Intra RNC URA this way, the QoS is improved. 14.
Update DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When this switch is
Inter RNC URA turned on, UEs can be transited among the CELL_DCH,
Update CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, and URA_PCH states when they are
processing PS BE services. 15.
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, UEs can be transited between the
CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH states when they are processing
real-time PS services. 16.
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH: Under a poor radio
environment, the QoS of high speed services drops considerably
and the TX power is overly high. In this case, the RNC can set
restrictions on low data rate transmission formats based on the
transmission quality, thus lowering traffic speed and TX power.

When the switch is on, the R99 downlink flow control function is
enabled. 17. DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the DCCC based on traffic statistics is supported
over the DCH. 18. DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH: when the
switch is on, the TTI selection based on the voice service type
(including VoIP and CS over HSPA) is supported when the
service is initially established. 19.
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: when the switch is on, the
TTI adjustment based on the voice service type (including VoIP
and CS over HSPA) is supported. 20.
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH: Whether to
prohibit channel retries for CS and PS combined services. When
this switch is turned on, channel retries are prohibited for CS
and PS combined services. When this switch is turned off,
channel retries are allowed for CS and PS combined services.
21. DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the fast state transition algorithm. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC identifies UEs supporting fast state transition
and then quickly transits the UEs from CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH. 22. DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the algorithm for smart PCH-to-DCH state
transition specific to UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC identifies UEs
supporting smart PCH-to-DCH state transition and then transits
the UEs from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH. 23.
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH: Whether initial
TTI selection is allowed for differentiated BE services based on
fairness 0: This switch is turned off. The TTI is selected
according to the original algorithm. 1: This switch is turned on. In
the dynamic TTI adjustment algorithm for differentiated BE
services based on fairness, HSUPA UEs use 10-ms TTI if the
RTWP, occupied Iub bandwidth, or consumed CE resources are
congested. 24.
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the coverage-based initial TTI selection algorithm
specific to BE services. When this switch is turned on and
conditions on 2 ms TTI specific to BE services has been met,
the RNC determines uplink coverage wideness of specific cells
based on the Ec/N0 values reported by UEs during RRC
connection. If the uplink coverage of the cells is weak, the RNC
allocates a 10 ms TTI to BE services as their initial TTI. 25.
DRA_F2U_SWITCH: Whether to enable state transition from
CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.When this switch is turned on, a UE
can directly move from the CELL_FACH to URA_PCH state.
When this switch is turned off, a UE must move from the
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH and then to URA_PCH state.
GUI Value Range:DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH,
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,
DRA_F2U_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_F2U_SWITCH
Default Value:DRA_AQM_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-
1&DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-
1&DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-
1&DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH-
0&DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-
0&DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-
1&DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-
0&DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH-
0&DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-
1&DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-
0&DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH-
0&DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH-
0&DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH-
0&DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-
0&DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH-
0&DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-
0&DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH-
0&DRA_F2U_SWITCH-0
DraSwitch BSC6910 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH WRFD- HSDPA State Meaning:Dynamic resource allocation switch group. 1.
01061111 Transition DRA_AQM_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the active queue
WRFD- HSUPA DCCC management algorithm is used for the RNC. 2.
01061208 HSUPA 2ms/10ms DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- TTI Handover switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm for admission
01061404 CE-based BE services applies to the UE with the UL enhanced
Active Queue
L2 feature. This parameter is valid when
WRFD- Management (AQM)
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(DraSwitch)
011502 Dynamic Channel is set to ON. 3.
WRFD- Configuration Control DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: When the
021101 (DCCC) switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm is supported
WRFD- Overbooking on ATM for admission CE-based BE services. 4.
050405 Transmission DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- Overbooking on IP switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm for coverage
050408 Transmission based BE services applies to the UE with the UL enhanced L2
WRFD- TTI Switch for BE feature. This parameter is valid when
010690 Services Based on DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(DraSwitch) is
WRFD- Coverage set to ON. 5. DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm is
supported for coverage-based BE services. 6.
WRFD- UE State in DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH: When the switch
010202 Connected Mode is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm for differentiation-
WRFD- (CELL-DCH based BE services applies to the UE with the UL enhanced L2
010507 CELL-PCH feature. This parameter is valid when
WRFD- URA-PCH DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(DraSwitch) is set
020106 CELL-FACH) to ON. 7. DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: When
WRFD- Rate Negotiation at the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment algorithm is
010653 Admission Control supported for differentiation-based BE services. 8.
WRFD- DRA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the dynamic
Load Reshuffling
010654 channel reconfiguration control algorithm is used for the RNC. 9.
96 HSDPA Users per DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- Cell switch is on, flow control is enabled for HSDPA services in AM
020131 128 HSDPA Users mode. 10. DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- per Cell switch is on, the status of the UE RRC that carrying HSDPA
020128 Optimization of R99 services can be changed to CELL_FACH at the RNC. If a PS BE
WRFD- and HSUPA Users service is carried over the HS-DSCH, the switch
010301 Fairness PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on simultaneously.
WRFD- Quality Improvement If a PS real-time service is carried over the HS-DSCH, the switch
010302 for Subscribed PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on
WRFD- Service simultaneously. 11. DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the
010801 Paging UE in Idle switch is on, the DCCC algorithm is used for HSUPA. The
WRFD- DCCC switch must be also on before this switch takes effect. 12.
CELL_PCH DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When the switch is
010802 URA_PCH State on, the status of the UE RRC that carrying HSUPA services can
WRFD- (Type 1) be changed to CELL_FACH at the RNC. If a PS BE service is
010901 Paging UE in carried over the E-DCH, the switch
WRFD- CELL_FACH PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on simultaneously.
010902 CELL_DCH State If a PS real-time service is carried over the E-DCH, the switch
(Type 2) PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on
Intra RNC Cell simultaneously. 13. DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH: Switch
Update of the algorithm for increasing the quality of subscribed services.
When this parameter is set to ON, the service priority weight of
Inter RNC Cell
the subscriber whose key parameters (IP Address, IP Port, and
Update
IP Protocol Type) match the specified ones can be adjusted. In
Intra RNC URA this way, the QoS is improved. 14.
Update DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When this switch is
Inter RNC URA turned on, UEs can be transited among the CELL_DCH,
Update CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, and URA_PCH states when they are
processing PS BE services. 15.
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, UEs can be transited between the
CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH states when they are processing
real-time PS services. 16.
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH: Under a poor radio
environment, the QoS of high speed services drops considerably
and the TX power is overly high. In this case, the RNC can set
restrictions on low data rate transmission formats based on the
transmission quality, thus lowering traffic speed and TX power.
When the switch is on, the R99 downlink flow control function is
enabled. 17. DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the DCCC based on traffic statistics is supported
over the DCH. 18. DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH: when the
switch is on, the TTI selection based on the voice service type
(including VoIP and CS over HSPA) is supported when the
service is initially established. 19.
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: when the switch is on, the
TTI adjustment based on the voice service type (including VoIP
and CS over HSPA) is supported. 20.
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH: Whether to
prohibit channel retries for CS and PS combined services. When
this switch is turned on, channel retries are prohibited for CS
and PS combined services. When this switch is turned off,
channel retries are allowed for CS and PS combined services.
21. DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the fast state transition algorithm. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC identifies UEs supporting fast state transition
and then quickly transits the UEs from CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH. 22. DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the algorithm for smart PCH-to-DCH state
transition specific to UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC identifies UEs
supporting smart PCH-to-DCH state transition and then transits
the UEs from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH. 23.
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH: Whether initial
TTI selection is allowed for differentiated BE services based on
fairness 0: This switch is turned off. The TTI is selected
according to the original algorithm. 1: This switch is turned on. In
the dynamic TTI adjustment algorithm for differentiated BE
services based on fairness, HSUPA UEs use 10-ms TTI if the
RTWP, occupied Iub bandwidth, or consumed CE resources are
congested. 24.
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the coverage-based initial TTI selection algorithm
specific to BE services. When this switch is turned on and
conditions on 2 ms TTI specific to BE services has been met,
the RNC determines uplink coverage wideness of specific cells
based on the Ec/N0 values reported by UEs during RRC
connection. If the uplink coverage of the cells is weak, the RNC
allocates a 10 ms TTI to BE services as their initial TTI. 25.
DRA_F2U_SWITCH: Whether to enable state transition from
CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.When this switch is turned on, a UE
can directly move from the CELL_FACH to URA_PCH state.
When this switch is turned off, a UE must move from the
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH and then to URA_PCH state.
GUI Value Range:DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_F2U_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_F2U_SWITCH
Default Value:DRA_AQM_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-
1&DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-
1&DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-
1&DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH-
0&DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-
0&DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-
1&DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-
0&DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH-
0&DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-
1&DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-
0&DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH-
0&DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH-
0&DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH-
0&DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-
0&DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH-
0&DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-
0&DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH-
0&DRA_F2U_SWITCH-0
HsupaInitialRate BSC6900 SET UFRC WRFD- HSUPA DCCC Meaning:HSUPA BE traffic initial bit rate. When DCCC algorithm
01061208 Rate Negotiation at switch and HSUPA DCCC algorithm switch are enabled, the
WRFD- Admission Control uplink initial bit rate will be set to this value if the uplink max bit
010507 rate is higher than the initial bit rate.
GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384,
D608, D1280, D2048, D2720, D5440
Unit:kbit/s
1280, 2048, 2720, 5440
Default Value:D256
HsupaInitialRate BSC6910 SET UFRC WRFD- HSUPA DCCC Meaning:HSUPA BE traffic initial bit rate. When DCCC algorithm
01061208 Rate Negotiation at switch and HSUPA DCCC algorithm switch are enabled, the
WRFD- Admission Control uplink initial bit rate will be set to this value if the uplink max bit
010507 rate is higher than the initial bit rate.
GUI Value Range:D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144, D256, D384,
D608, D1280, D2048, D2720, D5440
Unit:kbit/s
1280, 2048, 2720, 5440
Default Value:D256
MapSwitch BSC6900 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH WRFD- HSUPA 2ms TTI Meaning:Service mapping strategy switch group. 1.
01061403 Streaming Traffic MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, 2 ms
WRFD- Class on HSDPA TTI is supported for HSUPA. 2.
010630 Streaming Traffic MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SWITCH: When
WRFD- Class on HSUPA the switch is on, the PS services are transmitted on the DCH
010632 during the 2G-to-3G handover. When the switch is not on, the
Downlink Enhanced
PS services can be transmitted on suitable channels according
WRFD- CELL_FACH
to the algorithm parameter configured for the RNC during the
010688 Combination of One 2G-to-3G handover. 3. MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
WRFD- CS Service and One When the switch is on, the PS BE services can be transmitted
01060902 PS Service on the E-FACH(E-FACH for downlink and RACH for uplink, or
WRFD- DC-HSDPA FACH for downlink and E-RACH for uplink). 4.
010696 DC-HSDPA+MIMO MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH: When the switch
WRFD- HSUPA 5.74Mbps is on, the PS streaming services can be transmitted on the E-
010699 per User FACH(E-FACH for downlink and RACH for uplink, or E-FACH for
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps downlink and E-RACH for uplink). 5.
01061405 RRC Connection and MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH: When the switch is
WRFD- Radio Access Bearer on, a PS streaming service is mapped on the HS-DSCH if the
010510 Establishment and DL maximum rate of the service is greater than or equal to the
Release HSDPA threshold for streaming services. 6.
WRFD- MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH: When the switch is
010636 SRB over HSUPA on, a PS streaming service is mapped on the E-DCH if the UL
WRFD- SRB over HSDPA maximum rate of the service is greater than or equal to the
010652 HSUPA threshold for streaming services. 7.
MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the signaling is transmitted at a rate of 6.8 kbit/s
if all the downlink traffic is on the HSDPA channel. 8.
MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, the SRB of a CS RRC connection
cannot be established on HSPA channels. The RNC determines
whether an RRC connection request is for a CS service based
on the RRC connection setup cause and the value of Domain
Indicator. For a UE of a version earlier than Release 6, the RRC
connection setup cause of CS services is Originating
Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational Call. For a
UE of Release 6 or a later version, the value of Domain Indicator
must be CS and the RRC connection setup cause must be
Originating Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational
Call for a CS service. 9.
MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH: Whether CS and PS
combined services can use HSUPA 2ms transmission time
interval (TTI). When this switch is turned on, CS and PS
combined services cannot use HSUPA 2ms TTI, which reduces
CS call drops caused by TTI switching. When this switch is
turned off, CS and PS combined services can use HSUPA 2ms
TTI. 10. MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH: Whether
uplink PS services of CS and PS combined services are carried
on DCHs. When this switch is turned off, the RNC determines
the channel for carrying uplink services of CS and PS combined
services. When this switch is turned on and CS and PS
combined services existing, the uplink PS services must be
carried on DCHs. 11.
MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH: Whether downlink
PS services of CS and PS combined services are carried on
DCHs. When this switch is turned off, the RNC determines the
channel carrying the downlink PS services of the CS and PS
combined services. When this switch is turned on and CS and
PS combined services existing, the downlink PS services must
be carried on DCHs.
GUI Value Range:MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH,
MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH,
MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH,
MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_SWITCH,
MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH,
MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH,
Default Value:MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-
0&MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SWITCH-
0&MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH-
0&MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH-
0&MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH-
0&MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH-
0&MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_SWITCH-
0&MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWITCH-
1&MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH-
0&MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH-
1&MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH-0
MapSwitch BSC6910 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH WRFD- HSUPA 2ms TTI Meaning:Service mapping strategy switch group. 1.
01061403 Streaming Traffic MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, 2 ms
WRFD- Class on HSDPA TTI is supported for HSUPA. 2.
010630 Streaming Traffic MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SWITCH: When
WRFD- Class on HSUPA the switch is on, the PS services are transmitted on the DCH
010632 during the 2G-to-3G handover. When the switch is not on, the
Downlink Enhanced
PS services can be transmitted on suitable channels according
WRFD- CELL_FACH
to the algorithm parameter configured for the RNC during the
010688 Combination of One 2G-to-3G handover. 3. MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH:
WRFD- CS Service and One When the switch is on, the PS BE services can be transmitted
01060902 PS Service on the E-FACH(E-FACH for downlink and RACH for uplink, or
WRFD- DC-HSDPA FACH for downlink and E-RACH for uplink). 4.
010696 DC-HSDPA+MIMO MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH: When the switch
WRFD- HSUPA 5.74Mbps is on, the PS streaming services can be transmitted on the E-
010699 per User FACH(E-FACH for downlink and RACH for uplink, or E-FACH for
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps downlink and E-RACH for uplink). 5.
01061405 RRC Connection and MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH: When the switch is
WRFD- Radio Access Bearer on, a PS streaming service is mapped on the HS-DSCH if the
010510 Establishment and DL maximum rate of the service is greater than or equal to the
Release HSDPA threshold for streaming services. 6.
WRFD- MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH: When the switch is
010636 SRB over HSUPA on, a PS streaming service is mapped on the E-DCH if the UL
WRFD- SRB over HSDPA maximum rate of the service is greater than or equal to the
010652 HSUPA threshold for streaming services. 7.
MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the signaling is transmitted at a rate of 6.8 kbit/s
if all the downlink traffic is on the HSDPA channel. 8.
MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, the SRB of a CS RRC connection
cannot be established on HSPA channels. The RNC determines
whether an RRC connection request is for a CS service based
on the RRC connection setup cause and the value of Domain
Indicator. For a UE of a version earlier than Release 6, the RRC
connection setup cause of CS services is Originating
Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational Call. For a
UE of Release 6 or a later version, the value of Domain Indicator
must be CS and the RRC connection setup cause must be
Originating Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational
Call for a CS service. 9.
MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH: Whether CS and PS
combined services can use HSUPA 2ms transmission time
interval (TTI). When this switch is turned on, CS and PS
combined services cannot use HSUPA 2ms TTI, which reduces
CS call drops caused by TTI switching. When this switch is
turned off, CS and PS combined services can use HSUPA 2ms
TTI. 10. MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH: Whether
uplink PS services of CS and PS combined services are carried
on DCHs. When this switch is turned off, the RNC determines
the channel for carrying uplink services of CS and PS combined
services. When this switch is turned on and CS and PS
combined services existing, the uplink PS services must be
carried on DCHs. 11.
MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH: Whether downlink
PS services of CS and PS combined services are carried on
DCHs. When this switch is turned off, the RNC determines the
channel carrying the downlink PS services of the CS and PS
combined services. When this switch is turned on and CS and
PS combined services existing, the downlink PS services must
be carried on DCHs.
GUI Value Range:MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH,
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH,
Default Value:MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-
0&MAP_INTER_RAT_PS_IN_CHANLE_LIMIT_SWITCH-
0&MAP_PS_BE_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH-
0&MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_E_FACH_SWITCH-
0&MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH-
0&MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH-
0&MAP_SRB_6800_WHEN_RAB_ON_HSDSCH_SWITCH-
0&MAP_SRB_ON_DCH_OR_FACH_CS_RRC_SWITCH-
1&MAP_CSPS_TTI_2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH-
0&MAP_CSPS_PS_UL_USE_DCH_SWITCH-
1&MAP_CSPS_PS_DL_USE_DCH_SWITCH-0
OptimizationSwitch BSC6900 SET URRCTRLSWITCH WRFD- Intra RNC Cell Meaning:1)PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH Maximum number
010801 Update of paging attempts in the RAN network when no response is
WRFD- Inter RNC Cell received after a paging message is sent. 0: This switch is turned
010802 Update off. The paging message is sent for a maximum of 10 times. 1:
WRFD- Enhanced Fast This switch is turned on. The paging message is sent for a
020500 Dormancy maximum of 5 times. 2)ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for
RL Reestablishment During Soft Handover) Whether to trigger
WRFD- Dynamic Channel
radio link (RL) reestablishment during a soft handover. 1: This
021101 Configuration Control
switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL UPDATE message to
WRFD- (DCCC)
the RNC and subsequently the RNC reestablishes the RL for the
010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps UE when both of the following conditions are met: -The RNC is
WRFD- RRC Connection and waiting for the UE's response to the ACTIVE SET UPDATE
011402 Radio Access Bearer message. -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on
WRFD- Establishment and signaling radio bearer (SRB2) is disconnected or the NodeB
010651 Release reports that all RLs for the UE are out of synchronization. 0: This
WRFD- Encryption switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish the RL for the
01061502 HSDPA over Iur UE when the preceding conditions are met. 3)
WRFD- Combination of One MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL Reestablishment
01061504 CS Service and Two During Meas Control) Whether to trigger RL reestablishment
PS Services during measurement control. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE
WRFD- sends a CELL UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently
010301 Combination of One
CS Service and the RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
WRFD- following conditions are met: -The RNC has sent a
010507 Three PS Services
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. -The RNC
Paging UE in Idle detects that downlink transmission on SRB2 is disconnected
CELL_PCH when the UE state is stable. 0: This switch is turned off. The
URA_PCH State RNC does not reestablish the RL for the UE when the preceding
(Type 1) conditions are met. 4)
Rate Negotiation at FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH.
Admission Control Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRC connection of
an EFD-capable UE that received an SCRI message from the
PS domain of the CN if the UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE
message after reentering a service area. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a UE
in the preceding scenario. This solves the problem that a
network becomes inaccessible when such a UE reenters a
service area. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC directly
releases the RRC connection after receiving the CELL UPDATE
message from the Enhanced Fast Dormancy-capable that
leaves and then reenters the service area. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC processes the CELL UPDATE message
received from the Enhanced Fast Dormancy-capable UE that
leaves and then reenters the service area. 5)
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH. Whether the RNC normally
releases connections when it detects failed cyclic redundancy
check (CRC) on RB SETUP COMPLETE or RB
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE messages received from
HSDPA UEs. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC normally
releases the connections when it detects the failed CRC. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC abnormally releases the
connections when it detects the failed CRC. 6)
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH. Whether the RNC performs the
directed retry decision (DRD) when it receives a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or "
paging response" during UEs' state transition from CELL_PCH
or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC performs the DRD in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch
is turned off. The RNC does not perform the DRD in the
preceding scenario. 7)P2D_SWITCH Whether to transit a UE
from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state
when the following conditions are met: the UE sends the RNC a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "uplink data
transmission" or "paging response"; the FACH in the cell where
the UE camps now is congested or the UE is to set up a CS
service. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC instructs the UEs
in CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to directly transit to the
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC instructs the UEs in CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state to transit to the CELL_FACH state in the
preceding scenario. 8)
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH Whether the RNC
proceeds with CS service setups involving state transitions from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH if the UEs in question report cell
updates during the setup procedure. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC first processes the CELL UPDATE message and then
proceeds with the CS service setup procedure. 0: This switch is
and does not proceed with the CS service setup. This results in
service setup failures. 9)SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether the RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it detects
an SRB reset reported on Layer 2 for decreasing the number of
UE call drops 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes
an RL when it detects the SRB reset. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not reestablish an RL when it detects the SRB
reset. 10)RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether active link re
establishment is allowed after the radio link fails 1: This switch is
turned on. Active link re-establishment is allowed after the RNC
receives a RADIO LINK FAILURE INDICATION message and
the timer used to wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE
INDICATION message from the NodeB expires. 0: This switch is
turned off. Active link re-establishment is not allowed after the
RNC receives a RADIO LINK FAILURE INDICATION message
and the timer used to wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE
INDICATION message from the NodeB expires. 11)
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the RNC reestablishes a
radio link (RL) when SRBs of a CS service reset or all its RLs
are out of synchronization. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
reestablishes an RL in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not reestablish an RL in the preceding
scenario. 12)PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH 1: This switch is turned
on. PS services can trigger active link re-establishment. 0: This

switch is turned off. PS services cannot trigger active link re-
establishment. 13)UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH Whether the
RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it receives a CELL
UPDATE message carrying SRB reset information. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC does not release the RRC
connection and it reestablishes an RL. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC releases the RRC connection. 14)
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH Switch for the radio link restoration
timer 1: This switch is turned on. If there are CS services and
the last radio link fails, the RNC waits for the radio link to restore
before the timer T313 expires. 0: This switch is turned off. If
there are CS services and the last radio link fails, the RNC waits
for the radio link to restore before the original timer expires. 15)
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH Whether to enable RNC-level UE
state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast
dormancy-capable UEs. 1: This switch is turned on. The D2F
state transition is enabled for the fast dormancy-capable UEs..
0: This switch is turned off. The state transition from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled for the fast dormancy-capable
UEs 16)RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH Whether the RB
release due to SCRI during RB reconfiguration is calculated as a
call drop 1: This switch is turned on. The RB release due to
SCRI during reconfiguration is not calculated as a call drop. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RB release due to SCRI during
reconfiguration is calculated as a call drop. 17)
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH Switch for the RNC to process the
RRC connection setup requests from a UE. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC releases the established RRC connection
when the UE retransmits RRC connection setup requests. 0:
This switch is turned off. When the UE retransmits the RRC
connection setup request to access the same cell, the RNC
rejects the new RRC connection setup requests. When the UE
retransmits the RRC connection setup request to access
different cells, the RNC releases the established RRC
connection. It is recommended that this parameter be set to its
default value and the parameter value be not changed. If you
need to change the value of this parameter, ask for assistance
from Huawei technical support personnel. 18)
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH Whether the RNC counts the
number of retransmitted RRC connection setup requests in the
measurement of the RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg and
RRC.AttConnEstab.Detac performance counters. 1: This switch
is turned on. The RNC counts the number of retransmitted RRC
connection setup requests in the measurement of the two
preceding performance counters. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not count the number of retransmitted RRC
preceding performance counters. 19)
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH Whether the RNC releases
the RRC connection of a UE if the UE does not respond to the
RNC after its three failed attempts at the state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RRC connection is released with the cause "User Inactive" after
the UE fails in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH for three times. The connection release is measured
in the VS.MBMS.RB.PTP.Loss.Abnorm counter. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RRC connection is not released after the UE fails
in the state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three
times, and the UE remains in the CELL_FACH state. 20)
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH Whether a UE in the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state preferentially performs a state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH before
initiating a CS service. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first
performs a state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH and then initiates the CS service. 0: This switch is
turned off. The UE first performs a state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_FACH and then initiates the
CS service. 21)SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH Whether the
relocation command sent from a UMTS network to an
unencrypted GSM network carries the UEA0 encryption
information element (IE) when a UE complying with 3GPP
Release 6 or later is handed over from the GSM network to the
UMTS network. 1: This switch is turned on. The relocation
command does not carry any encryption IE. 0: This switch is
turned off. The relocation command carries the UEA0 encryption
IE. 22)P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH Whether to reconfigure
the GPRS Tunneling Protocol User plane (GTP-U) when a UE in
the CELL_PCH state performs a cell update. 1: This switch is
turned on. The GTP-U is not reconfigured in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The GTP-U is reconfigured
in the preceding scenario. 23)
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH Whether the RNC
adjusts the activation time for encryption parameters based on
an RB SETUP COMPLETE message 1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC does not adjust the activation time for
encryption parameters as long as the difference between the
activation times specified in an RB SETUP COMPLETE
message and in the corresponding RB SETUP message is
smaller than 200 connection frame numbers (CFNs). 0: When
this switch is turned off, the RNC always adjusts the activation
time for encryption parameters based on an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message, regardless of the preceding difference.
24)CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH Whether the RNC
reinitiates CS services upon receiving a RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message in which only the CS allocation/retention
priority (CARP) is changed. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
does not reinitiate CS services, which prevents CS call drops. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC reinitiates CS services, which
results in CS call drops. 25)
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH Whether the
RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during an RAB setup. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC buffers the TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during the RAB setup and then forwards the message
to a UE after the RAB setup. 0: This switch is turned off. The

RNC does not buffer the TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND
message received during the RAB setup. The RNC directly
forwards the message to a UE. 26)
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH Whether an SPU board
sends a PS service release message to an Iu-PS interface
board in case of a faulty IP path, a faulty Signaling Connection
Control Part (SCCP) link, or a reset on the Iu interface 1: This
switch is turned on. The SPU board sends the PS service
release message to the Iu-PS interface board. 0: This switch is
turned off. The SPU board does not send any PS service
release message to the Iu-PS interface board. 27)
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether the RNC initiates
radio link (RL) reestablishment during a radio bearer (RB)
reconfiguration when the RNC detects that a signaling radio
bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for a UE are out of
synchronization 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC initiates
RL reestablishment during the RB reconfiguration. 0: This switch
is turned off. The RNC does not initiate RL reestablishment
during the RB reconfiguration. 28)
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH Whether the RNC buffers a
DIRECT TRANSFER message received from the CN and sends
a PAGING message after the RNC receives a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message from a UE moving
from the CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH state (F2P for short) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the DIRECT
TRANSFER message and sends the PAGING message to the
UE. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not buffer the
DIRECT TRANSFER message. 29)
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH Whether the RNC performs
compatibility processing upon receiving a Signalling Connection
Release Indication message with the cause value "UE
Requested PS Data Session End" when CS+PS combined
services are performed. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
performs compatibility processing. It sends an RB RELEASE
message containing the Signalling Connection Release
Indication information element (IE) to instruct a UE to release
the signaling connection in the corresponding domain. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not perform compatibility
processing and it discards the SCRI message. 30)
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH Whether the RNC measures
the number of call drops when it receives a GTPU Error
Indication message pertaining to a UE from the CN and releases
the RRC connection. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does
not measure the number of call drops in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC measures the number of
call drops when releasing PS services. 31)
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH Whether the
RNC contains the MAC-hs reset indicator information element
(IE) in the PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and
RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a reset of
the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to a UE when a
service link over the Iur interface changes. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC contains the MAC-hs reset indicator IE in
the two preceding messages. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not contain the MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two
preceding messages.
GUI Value Range:PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
(PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH), ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH), MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH),
FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH
(FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH),
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH(RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH),
P2D_SWITCH(P2D_SWITCH),
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
(AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH),
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH(UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH),
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH),
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH(RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH),
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH
(RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH),
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH(RRC_RECONN_SWITCH),
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
(RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH),
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
(F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH),
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH(CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH),
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH(SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH),
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH
(P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH),
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH
(RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH),
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH
(CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH),
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH
(RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH),
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH
(IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH),
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH),
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
(F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
(GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH),
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH
(IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH,
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH, MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH,
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH, RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH,
P2D_SWITCH, AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH, CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH, UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH,
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH, RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH, RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH,
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH,
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH, SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH,
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH,
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH,
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH,
Default Value:PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH-
0&ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH-0&MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH-
0&FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH-
0&UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH-
0&RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH-0&P2D_SWITCH-
0&AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH-
0&SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-
0&RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
0&PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH-
0&RL_RESTORE_SWITCH-0&RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH-
1&RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH-
0&RRC_RECONN_SWITCH-0&RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
1&F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH-
0&CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH-
0&SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH-
0&P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH-
1&RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH-
1&CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH-
0&RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH-
0&IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH-
0&RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-
0&F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH-
0&SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH-
0&GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH-
0&IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH-1
OptimizationSwitch BSC6910 SET URRCTRLSWITCH WRFD- Intra RNC Cell Meaning:1)PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH Maximum number
010801 Update of paging attempts in the RAN network when no response is
WRFD- Inter RNC Cell received after a paging message is sent. 0: This switch is turned
010802 Update off. The paging message is sent for a maximum of 10 times. 1:
WRFD- Enhanced Fast This switch is turned on. The paging message is sent for a
020500 Dormancy maximum of 5 times. 2)ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for
RL Reestablishment During Soft Handover) Whether to trigger
WRFD- Dynamic Channel
radio link (RL) reestablishment during a soft handover. 1: This
021101 Configuration Control
switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL UPDATE message to
WRFD- (DCCC)
the RNC and subsequently the RNC reestablishes the RL for the
010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps UE when both of the following conditions are met: -The RNC is
WRFD- RRC Connection and waiting for the UE's response to the ACTIVE SET UPDATE
011402 Radio Access Bearer message. -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on
WRFD- Establishment and signaling radio bearer (SRB2) is disconnected or the NodeB
010651 Release reports that all RLs for the UE are out of synchronization. 0: This
WRFD- Encryption switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish the RL for the
01061502 HSDPA over Iur UE when the preceding conditions are met. 3)
WRFD- Combination of One MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL Reestablishment
01061504 CS Service and Two During Meas Control) Whether to trigger RL reestablishment
PS Services during measurement control. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE
WRFD- sends a CELL UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently
CS Service and the RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
WRFD- following conditions are met: -The RNC has sent a
010507 Three PS Services
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. -The RNC
Paging UE in Idle detects that downlink transmission on SRB2 is disconnected
CELL_PCH when the UE state is stable. 0: This switch is turned off. The
URA_PCH State RNC does not reestablish the RL for the UE when the preceding
(Type 1) conditions are met. 4)
Rate Negotiation at FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH.
Admission Control Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRC connection of
an EFD-capable UE that received an SCRI message from the
PS domain of the CN if the UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE
message after reentering a service area. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a UE
in the preceding scenario. This solves the problem that a
network becomes inaccessible when such a UE reenters a
service area. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC directly
releases the RRC connection after receiving the CELL UPDATE
message from the Enhanced Fast Dormancy-capable that
leaves and then reenters the service area. 0: This switch is
received from the Enhanced Fast Dormancy-capable UE that
leaves and then reenters the service area. 5)
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH. Whether the RNC normally
releases connections when it detects failed cyclic redundancy
check (CRC) on RB SETUP COMPLETE or RB
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE messages received from
HSDPA UEs. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC normally
releases the connections when it detects the failed CRC. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC abnormally releases the
connections when it detects the failed CRC. 6)
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH. Whether the RNC performs the
directed retry decision (DRD) when it receives a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or "

paging response" during UEs' state transition from CELL_PCH
or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC performs the DRD in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch
is turned off. The RNC does not perform the DRD in the
preceding scenario. 7)P2D_SWITCH Whether to transit a UE
from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state
when the following conditions are met: the UE sends the RNC a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "uplink data
transmission" or "paging response"; the FACH in the cell where
the UE camps now is congested or the UE is to set up a CS
service. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC instructs the UEs
in CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to directly transit to the
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC instructs the UEs in CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state to transit to the CELL_FACH state in the
preceding scenario. 8)
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH Whether the RNC
proceeds with CS service setups involving state transitions from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH if the UEs in question report cell
updates during the setup procedure. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC first processes the CELL UPDATE message and then
proceeds with the CS service setup procedure. 0: This switch is
and does not proceed with the CS service setup. This results in
service setup failures. 9)SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether the RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it detects
an SRB reset reported on Layer 2 for decreasing the number of
UE call drops 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes
an RL when it detects the SRB reset. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not reestablish an RL when it detects the SRB
reset. 10)RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether active link re
establishment is allowed after the radio link fails 1: This switch is
turned on. Active link re-establishment is allowed after the RNC
receives a RADIO LINK FAILURE INDICATION message and
the timer used to wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE
INDICATION message from the NodeB expires. 0: This switch is
turned off. Active link re-establishment is not allowed after the
RNC receives a RADIO LINK FAILURE INDICATION message
and the timer used to wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE
INDICATION message from the NodeB expires. 11)
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the RNC reestablishes a
radio link (RL) when SRBs of a CS service reset or all its RLs
are out of synchronization. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
reestablishes an RL in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not reestablish an RL in the preceding
scenario. 12)PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH 1: This switch is turned
on. PS services can trigger active link re-establishment. 0: This
switch is turned off. PS services cannot trigger active link re-
establishment. 13)UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH Whether the
RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it receives a CELL
UPDATE message carrying SRB reset information. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC does not release the RRC
connection and it reestablishes an RL. 0: This switch is turned
off. The RNC releases the RRC connection. 14)
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH Switch for the radio link restoration
timer 1: This switch is turned on. If there are CS services and
the last radio link fails, the RNC waits for the radio link to restore
before the timer T313 expires. 0: This switch is turned off. If
there are CS services and the last radio link fails, the RNC waits
for the radio link to restore before the original timer expires. 15)
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH Whether to enable RNC-level UE
state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast
dormancy-capable UEs. 1: This switch is turned on. The D2F
state transition is enabled for the fast dormancy-capable UEs..
0: This switch is turned off. The state transition from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled for the fast dormancy-capable
UEs 16)RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH Whether the RB
release due to SCRI during RB reconfiguration is calculated as a
call drop 1: This switch is turned on. The RB release due to
SCRI during reconfiguration is not calculated as a call drop. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RB release due to SCRI during
reconfiguration is calculated as a call drop. 17)
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH Switch for the RNC to process the
RRC connection setup requests from a UE. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC releases the established RRC connection
when the UE retransmits RRC connection setup requests. 0:
This switch is turned off. When the UE retransmits the RRC
connection setup request to access the same cell, the RNC
rejects the new RRC connection setup requests. When the UE
retransmits the RRC connection setup request to access
different cells, the RNC releases the established RRC
connection. It is recommended that this parameter be set to its
default value and the parameter value be not changed. If you
need to change the value of this parameter, ask for assistance
from Huawei technical support personnel. 18)
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH Whether the RNC counts the
number of retransmitted RRC connection setup requests in the
measurement of the RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg and
RRC.AttConnEstab.Detac performance counters. 1: This switch
is turned on. The RNC counts the number of retransmitted RRC
preceding performance counters. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not count the number of retransmitted RRC
preceding performance counters. 19)
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH Whether the RNC releases
the RRC connection of a UE if the UE does not respond to the
RNC after its three failed attempts at the state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RRC connection is released with the cause "User Inactive" after
the UE fails in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH for three times. The connection release is measured
in the VS.MBMS.RB.PTP.Loss.Abnorm counter. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RRC connection is not released after the UE fails
in the state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three

times, and the UE remains in the CELL_FACH state. 20)
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH Whether a UE in the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state preferentially performs a state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH before
initiating a CS service. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first
performs a state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH and then initiates the CS service. 0: This switch is
turned off. The UE first performs a state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_FACH and then initiates the
CS service. 21)SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH Whether the
relocation command sent from a UMTS network to an
unencrypted GSM network carries the UEA0 encryption
information element (IE) when a UE complying with 3GPP
Release 6 or later is handed over from the GSM network to the
UMTS network. 1: This switch is turned on. The relocation
command does not carry any encryption IE. 0: This switch is
turned off. The relocation command carries the UEA0 encryption
IE. 22)P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH Whether to reconfigure
the GPRS Tunneling Protocol User plane (GTP-U) when a UE in
the CELL_PCH state performs a cell update. 1: This switch is
turned on. The GTP-U is not reconfigured in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The GTP-U is reconfigured
in the preceding scenario. 23)
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH Whether the RNC
adjusts the activation time for encryption parameters based on
an RB SETUP COMPLETE message 1: When this switch is
turned on, the RNC does not adjust the activation time for
encryption parameters as long as the difference between the
activation times specified in an RB SETUP COMPLETE
message and in the corresponding RB SETUP message is
smaller than 200 connection frame numbers (CFNs). 0: When
this switch is turned off, the RNC always adjusts the activation
time for encryption parameters based on an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message, regardless of the preceding difference.
24)CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH Whether the RNC
reinitiates CS services upon receiving a RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message in which only the CS allocation/retention
priority (CARP) is changed. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
does not reinitiate CS services, which prevents CS call drops. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC reinitiates CS services, which
results in CS call drops. 25)
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH Whether the
RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during an RAB setup. 1: This switch is turned on. The
RNC buffers the TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during the RAB setup and then forwards the message
to a UE after the RAB setup. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not buffer the TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND
message received during the RAB setup. The RNC directly
forwards the message to a UE. 26)
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH Whether an SPU board
sends a PS service release message to an Iu-PS interface
board in case of a faulty IP path, a faulty Signaling Connection
Control Part (SCCP) link, or a reset on the Iu interface 1: This
switch is turned on. The SPU board sends the PS service
release message to the Iu-PS interface board. 0: This switch is
turned off. The SPU board does not send any PS service
release message to the Iu-PS interface board. 27)
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether the RNC initiates
radio link (RL) reestablishment during a radio bearer (RB)
reconfiguration when the RNC detects that a signaling radio
bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for a UE are out of
synchronization 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC initiates
RL reestablishment during the RB reconfiguration. 0: This switch
is turned off. The RNC does not initiate RL reestablishment
during the RB reconfiguration. 28)
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH Whether the RNC buffers a
DIRECT TRANSFER message received from the CN and sends
a PAGING message after the RNC receives a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message from a UE moving
from the CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH state (F2P for short) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the DIRECT
TRANSFER message and sends the PAGING message to the
UE. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not buffer the
DIRECT TRANSFER message. 29)
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH Whether the RNC performs
compatibility processing upon receiving a Signalling Connection
Release Indication message with the cause value "UE
Requested PS Data Session End" when CS+PS combined
services are performed. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
performs compatibility processing. It sends an RB RELEASE
message containing the Signalling Connection Release
Indication information element (IE) to instruct a UE to release
the signaling connection in the corresponding domain. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not perform compatibility
processing and it discards the SCRI message. 30)
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH Whether the RNC measures
the number of call drops when it receives a GTPU Error
Indication message pertaining to a UE from the CN and releases
the RRC connection. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does
not measure the number of call drops in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC measures the number of
call drops when releasing PS services. 31)
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH Whether the
RNC contains the MAC-hs reset indicator information element
(IE) in the PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and
RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a reset of
the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to a UE when a
service link over the Iur interface changes. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC contains the MAC-hs reset indicator IE in
the two preceding messages. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not contain the MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two
preceding messages.
GUI Value Range:PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
(PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH), ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH), MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH),
FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH
(FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH),
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH(RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH),
P2D_SWITCH(P2D_SWITCH),
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
(AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH),
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH(UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH),
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH),
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH(RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH),
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH
(RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH),
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH(RRC_RECONN_SWITCH),
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
(RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH),
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
(F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH),
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH(CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH),
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH(SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH),
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH
(P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH),
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH
(RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH),
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH
(CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH),
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH
(RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH),
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH
(IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH),
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH),
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
(F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
(GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH),
(IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH,
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH, MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH,
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH, RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH,
P2D_SWITCH, AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH, CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH, UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH,
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH, RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH, RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH,
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH,
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH, SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH,
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH,
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH,
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH,
Default Value:PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH-
0&ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH-0&MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH-
0&FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH-
0&UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH-
0&RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH-0&P2D_SWITCH-
0&AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH-
0&SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-
0&RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
0&PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH-
0&RL_RESTORE_SWITCH-0&RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH-
1&RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH-
0&RRC_RECONN_SWITCH-0&RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
1&F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH-
0&CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH-
0&SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH-
0&P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH-
1&RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH-
1&CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH-
0&RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH-
0&IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH-
0&RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-
0&F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH-
0&SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH-
0&GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH-
0&IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH-1
PerfEnhanceSwitch1 BSC6900 SET UCORRMPARA WRFD- MOCN Mobility Meaning:1.

02131103 Management PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SWITCH:
WRFD- AMR/WB-AMR Whether to use the algorithm of UE location-based HSUPA
020701 Speech Rates Control scheduling. When this switch is turned on, the algorithm is used.
WRFD- Cell ID + RTT When this switch is turned off, the algorithm is not used. 2.
020801 Function Based LCS PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the algorithm of
WRFD- OTDOA Based LCS channel retry optimization takes effect. When this switch is
020802 A-GPS Based LCS turned on, the algorithm takes effect and channel retries are
WRFD- triggered in all scenarios where the preconditions are met.
Combination of Two
020803 However, turning on this switch may increase the CPU usage.
CS Services and One
When this switch is turned off, the algorithm does not take effect.
WRFD- PS Service (Except
3. PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH: Static
01060903 for Two AMR Speech
relocation policy for CS and PS BE combined services. When
WRFD- Services)
"PsBeProcType" is set to CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_DSCR: If
02060502 SRNS Relocation this switch is turned on, UEs engaged in CS and PS BE
WRFD- with Hard Handover combined services can initiate static relocation. In this case, the
020303 Inter-RAT Handover RNC releases the PS BE services and then originates the static
WRFD- Based on Coverage relocation procedure. If this switch is turned off, such UEs
020129 PS Service cannot initiate static relocation. 4.
WRFD- Redirection from PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
010712 UMTS to LTE Whether to optimize the throughput measurement control
WRFD- Adaptive parameters when
01060902 Configuration of PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWITCH of the
Traffic Channel "PcSwitch" parameter in the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH"
WRFD- command is turned on. When this switch is turned on, the E-
020400 Power offset for
HSUPA DCH throughput is measured every 2400 ms. The hysteresis for
WRFD- event 4A, suspending time after event 4A is triggered, hysteresis
for event 4B, and suspending time after event 4B is triggered
CS Service and One
WRFD- PS Service last for one measurement period. When this switch is turned off,
021101 the E-DCH throughput is measured every 300 ms. The
DRD Introduction hysteresis for event 4A, suspending time after event 4A is
WRFD-
Package triggered, hysteresis for event 4B, and suspending time after
020134
Direct Signaling event 4B is triggered last for eight measurement periods. 5.
WRFD-
Connection Re- PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUSTOPT: Switch for
020203
establishment choosing the BLER coefficient adjustment scheme for AMR
WRFD- (DSCR) services. When this switch is turned off, the RNC adjusts the
010612
Dynamic Channel BLER coefficient based on load reshuffling (LDR) or overload
WRFD- Configuration Control control (OLC) status. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
01061403 (DCCC) adjusts the BLER coefficient based on the cell RTWP and actual
WRFD- Push to Talk uplink service load reported by the NodeB. 6.
020503 PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND: Timer after which
Inter RNC Soft
WRFD- Handover the rate of PS BE services whose uplink and downlink channel
010610 types are both DCHs will be adjusted to the low-activity rate.
HSUPA Introduction
WRFD- When this switch is turned off, the value is equal to MAX
Package
01061209 (BeE2FStateTransTimer, BeD2FStateTransTimer). When this
HSUPA 2ms TTI switch is turned on, the value is equal to
Outer Loop Power BeD2FStateTransTimer. When a BE service rate reduces to the
Control DCCC rate threshold, the low-activity rate, as substitution to a
HSDPA Introduction D2F transition, is used for the BE service because state
Package transition has not been enabled or the UE processing CS
HSUPA HARQ and services cannot transit to the CELL_FACH state. The timer
Fast UL Scheduling in value and measurement controls for low-activity rate adjustment
Node B use the corresponding parameter values involved in the D2F
transitions. 7. PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH:
Whether a PS BE service is limited to 0 kbit/s on the DCH after a
UE that has the PS BE service performs a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CELL-DCH (P2D) state transition
triggered by a CS service setup. When this switch is turned off,
the PS BE service is limited to 8 kbit/s on the DCH after the UE
performs a P2D state transition. When this switch is turned on,
performs a P2D state transition. 8.
PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH: Whether the RNC
releases all resources for a UE when the FACH is congested.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC releases all resources
for a UE if the following conditions are met: The UE performs a
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH state transition. The FACH is
congested. The UE is processing a non-real-time PS service
that has a traffic volume of 0 bytes. 9.
PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH: Whether a UE is
allowed to access an inter-frequency co-coverage cell using
DRD or channel fallback after P2D state transition admission
fails. When this switch is turned off, the UE remains in the
CELL_PCH state after P2D state transition admission fails. 10.
PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH: Whether a PTT user can
perform a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH (D2F for short) state
transition when Iur CCH is disabled during a soft handover over
the Iur interface. Assume that this switch is turned on. If the
DRNC cell serves as the best cell, DSCR is triggered. If the
SRNC cell serves as the best cell, D2F is triggered. When this
switch is turned off, the original flow keeps unchanged. 11.
PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the low-
activity rate algorithm can be used on a UE that uses DCHs in
only the uplink or downlink. When this switch is turned on, the
low-activity rate algorithm can be used on the UE that uses
DCHs in only the uplink or downlink. When this switch is turned
off, the low-activity rate algorithm can be used on the UE that
uses DCHs in both the uplink and downlink. 12.
PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC triggers channel reconfiguration for the SRBs
to switch from the DCH to an HSPA channel immediately when
the type of a channel for carrying SRBs during a DRD procedure
is limited. When this switch is turned off, channel reconfiguration
is not triggered and the SRBs are carried on the DCH. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC triggers channel reconfiguration for
the SRBs to switch from the DCH to an HSPA channel
immediately after the DRD procedure. 13.
PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the traffic and
throughput are measured during a state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F for short) when PTT services
are carried on HSPA channels. When this switch is turned off,
the traffic and throughput will not be measured during the D2F
state transition triggered by PTT services. When this switch is
turned on, the traffic and throughput will be measured during the
D2F state transition, which prevents the UE from transiting to
CELL_FACH if the UE has data to transmit. In this case, if data
transmission occurs during the D2F state transition, the RNC
stops the D2F state transition. 14.
PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
algorithm for optimizing the method of saving the information
about neighboring cells of a cell under the DRNC during a
handover over Iur is enabled so that the CPU load on the SPUb
board becomes normal. When this switch is turned off, the
algorithm is disabled and the RNC saves the information about
neighboring cells in the original way. When this switch is turned
on, the algorithm is enabled. 15.
PERFENH_P2D_LIMIT_ON_DCH_LOWRATE_SWITCH:
Whether the PS BE service rate is limited to a low level after the
UE transits from CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH (P2D for short).
When this switch is turned off, the channel for carrying the PS
BE service and the PS BE service rate are not limited after the
UE transits from CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH. When this switch is
turned on, the PE BE service is limited to 8 kbit/s or 0 kbit/s on
the DCH after the UE transits from CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH.
16. PERFENH_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_DELAY_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC starts a delay timer when the algorithm for
fairness-based handovers for differentiated HSUPA TTI users is
enabled. When this switch is turned off, the delay timer does not
start. When this switch is turned on, the RNC starts the delay
timer after the algorithm for fairness-based handovers for
differentiated HSUPA TTI users us used to establish or modify a
throughput measurement. The handover from HSUPPA 2 ms
TTI users to 10 ms HSUPPA TTI users cannot be triggered
when the delay timer is running. 17.
PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC considers CE resource congestion status of
the target cell for admitting HSUPA UEs when determining
whether HSUPA services support 2 ms TTI. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not consider CE resource congestion
status of the target cell when determining whether the HSUPA
services support 2 ms TTI. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC considers CE resource congestion status of the target cell
when determining whether the HSUPA services support 2 ms
TTI. If the CE resources are congested, only HSUPA 10 ms TTI
UEs are admitted. 18.
PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC sends the FP data frames that contain the information
element (IE) "Sir Target" to the NodeB after service setup or
reconfiguration succeeds and the NodeB then adjusts inner loop
power control based on the configured target SIR value and
actual target SIR value. When this switch is turned off, the FP
data frames do not contain the IE "Sir Target". When this switch
is turned on, the RNC sends FP data frames that contain the IE
"Sir Target" to the NodeB for up to four times at an interval of 1s.
19. PERFENH_F2P_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC allows a UE to set up CS services during a
decision for state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH (F2P). When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
not allow the UE to set up the CS service and continues
performing the decision for F2P state transition if a UE initiates a
CS service during a decision for F2P state transition. When this
switch is turned on, if a UE initiates a CS service during a
decision for F2P state transition, the RNC stops performing the
decision for F2P state transition and allows the UE to set up the
CS service. 20.
PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH: Whether to
limit the maximum data rate for HSDPA PS services after a CS
service setup triggers an F2D state transition. When this switch
is turned off, the maximum data rate for HSDPA PS services is
limited after a CS service setup triggers an F2D state transition.
When this switch is turned on, the maximum data rate for
HSDPA PS services is unlimited after a CS service setup
triggers an F2D state transition. 21.
PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH: TTI
reconfiguration optimization switch. When this switch is turned
off, the RNC updates the throughput measurement control
parameter for this algorithm after the handover is complete and
prohibits this algorithm from triggering dynamic TTI shifts from 2
ms to 10 ms in the following 5s. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC does not update the throughput measurement control
parameter for this algorithm if the parameter does not change
after a handover is complete. In this case, the RNC triggers this
algorithm upon receiving a TTI measurement report. 22.
PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH: Whether to
allow periodic access retry for UEs in compressed mode to the
(directed retry decision) DRD-capable cell when candidate cells
for periodic retry include the current cell and neighboring DRD
cells. When this switch is turned off, periodic access retry for
UEs in compressed mode to the DRD-capable cell is not
allowed. When this switch is turned on, periodic access retry for
UEs in compressed mode to the DRD-capable cell is allowed.
23. PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
to enable normal outer loop power control after D2E
reconfiguration in case of PS hard handover with E2D channel
fallback. When this switch is turned off, normal outer loop power
control is disabled after D2E reconfiguration in case of PS hard
handover with E2D channel fallback. When this switch is turned
on, normal outer loop power control is enabled after D2E
fallback. 24. PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation for CS+PS BE combined services. When this switch is
turned on and the relocation policies for CS and PS services are
different, the serving RNC (SRNC) releases the PS services and
then triggers a combined hard handover and SRNS relocation
for the CS services. When this switch is turned off, the combined
hard handover and SRNS relocation is not optimized. 25.
PERFENH_GSMOPGRP_TRANSTOSRNC_SWITCH: Whether
the drift RNC (DRNC) transfers information about the intra circle
roaming (ICR) license of the cells under the DRNC, and the
operator group and the inter-RAT cell type for neighboring GSM
cells to the SRNC over proprietary information elements (IEs).
When this switch is turned on, the DRNC transfers information
about the ICR license of the cells under the DRNC, and the
cells to the SRNC over the private IEs in the Radio Link Setup
Response or Radio Link Addition Response message. When

this switch is turned off, the DRNC does not transfer the
preceding information. 26.
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC initiates inter-RAT handovers according to the coverage-
based inter-RAT periodic measurement report after inter-RAT
handovers fail. When this switch is turned on, the RNC still
processes the coverage-based inter-RAT periodic measurement
report reported by the UE and initiates inter-RAT handovers
after inter-RAT handovers fail. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not process the coverage-based inter-RAT periodic
measurement report reported by the UE. 27.
PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the RNC initiates an inter-RAT handover
towards the neighboring GSM cell whose operator is the same
as the UE's operator. This increases the inter-RAT handover
success rate. 28. PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH:
Whether to delay adjusting the uplink voice service rate raised
by Adaptive Multi-Rate Control (AMRC). When this switch is
turned off, adjusting the uplink voice service rate is not delayed.
When this switch is turned on, adjusting the uplink voice service
rate is delayed. Before a UE sends the first valid voice frame,
the RNC does not adjust the AMR rate for the UE. This avoids
mute voices on some UEs. 29.
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITCH: Scope of
UEs on which adjusting the uplink rate using AMRC is delayed.
When this switch is turned off, the algorithm for delaying
adjusting the uplink rate using AMRC can be enabled on all
UEs. When this switch is turned on, the scope of UEs is set by
running the "ADD UIMEITAC" command. In this case, the CN
must support CS IMEI query. 30.
PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH: Whether to allow
state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH and a location
measurement control message to be sent to the UE when the
RNC receives a RANAP Location Reporting Control message
from the CN and the DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH
switch is turned off. When this switch is turned off, state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH is not allowed and
the RNC does not send a location measurement control
message to the UE. When the switch is turned on, state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH is allowed and the
RNC sends a location measurement control message to the UE
after state transition is successful. 31.
PERFENH_CSPS_NO_RATEUP_IN_CONJ_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC prohibits the PS RB reconfiguration triggered by an
uplink or downlink event 4A measurement report if the status is
congested as indicated by Combined Service Power Resource
Congest State. When this switch is turned off, the RNC allows
the PS RB reconfiguration triggered by an event 4A
measurement report. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
prohibits the PS RB reconfiguration triggered by an uplink or
downlink event 4A measurement report if the status is
Congest State. 32. PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:
Whether to parse E-UTRAN measurement capabilities by
protocols. As specified by protocols, all UTRAN frequency bands
supported by a UE have the same E-UTRAN measurement
capability. When this switch is turned on, the E-UTRAN
measurement capability carried in the IE "UE-
RadioAccessCapabBandFDD3" applies to all UTRAN frequency
bands supported by the UE. When this switch is turned off, the
E-UTRAN measurement capability carried in the IE "UE-
RadioAccessCapabBandFDD3" applies only to the frequency
band serving the UE.
GUI Value
Range:PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUSTOPT,
PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND,
PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH,
PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_P2D_LIMIT_ON_DCH_LOWRATE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_DELAY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH,
PERFENH_F2P_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_GSMOPGRP_TRANSTOSRNC_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CSPS_NO_RATEUP_IN_CONJ_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value
Default
Value:PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SWITCH
0&PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUSTOPT-
0&PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND-1&
PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_P2D_LIMIT_ON_DCH_LOWRATE_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_DELAY_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_F2P_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_GSMOPGRP_TRANSTOSRNC_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_CSPS_NO_RATEUP_IN_CONJ_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH-1
PerfEnhanceSwitch1 BSC6910 SET UCORRMPARA WRFD- MOCN Mobility Meaning:1.

02131103 Management PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SWITCH:
WRFD- AMR/WB-AMR Whether to use the algorithm of UE location-based HSUPA
020701 Speech Rates Control scheduling. When this switch is turned on, the algorithm is used.
WRFD- Cell ID + RTT When this switch is turned off, the algorithm is not used. 2.
020801 Function Based LCS PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the algorithm of
channel retry optimization takes effect. When this switch is
WRFD- OTDOA Based LCS
turned on, the algorithm takes effect and channel retries are
020802 A-GPS Based LCS triggered in all scenarios where the preconditions are met.
WRFD- Combination of Two However, turning on this switch may increase the CPU usage.
020803 CS Services and One When this switch is turned off, the algorithm does not take effect.
WRFD- PS Service (Except 3. PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH: Static
01060903 for Two AMR Speech relocation policy for CS and PS BE combined services. When
WRFD- Services) "PsBeProcType" is set to CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_DSCR: If
02060502 SRNS Relocation this switch is turned on, UEs engaged in CS and PS BE
WRFD- with Hard Handover combined services can initiate static relocation. In this case, the
020303 Inter-RAT Handover RNC releases the PS BE services and then originates the static
Based on Coverage relocation procedure. If this switch is turned off, such UEs
WRFD-
020129 PS Service cannot initiate static relocation. 4.
Redirection from PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
WRFD- Whether to optimize the throughput measurement control
010712 UMTS to LTE
parameters when
WRFD- Adaptive PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWITCH of the
01060902 Configuration of "PcSwitch" parameter in the "SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH"
WRFD- Traffic Channel command is turned on. When this switch is turned on, the E-
020400 Power offset for DCH throughput is measured every 2400 ms. The hysteresis for
HSUPA event 4A, suspending time after event 4A is triggered, hysteresis
WRFD-
021400 Combination of One for event 4B, and suspending time after event 4B is triggered
CS Service and One last for one measurement period. When this switch is turned off,
WRFD-
PS Service the E-DCH throughput is measured every 300 ms. The
021101
DRD Introduction hysteresis for event 4A, suspending time after event 4A is
WRFD- Package triggered, hysteresis for event 4B, and suspending time after
020134
Direct Signaling event 4B is triggered last for eight measurement periods. 5.
WRFD- PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUSTOPT: Switch for
Connection Re-
020203 choosing the BLER coefficient adjustment scheme for AMR
establishment
WRFD- (DSCR) services. When this switch is turned off, the RNC adjusts the
010612 BLER coefficient based on load reshuffling (LDR) or overload
Dynamic Channel
WRFD- Configuration Control control (OLC) status. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
01061403 (DCCC) adjusts the BLER coefficient based on the cell RTWP and actual
WRFD- uplink service load reported by the NodeB. 6.
Push to Talk
020503 PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND: Timer after which
Inter RNC Soft the rate of PS BE services whose uplink and downlink channel
WRFD- Handover
010610 types are both DCHs will be adjusted to the low-activity rate.
HSUPA Introduction When this switch is turned off, the value is equal to MAX
WRFD- Package (BeE2FStateTransTimer, BeD2FStateTransTimer). When this

01061209 HSUPA 2ms TTI switch is turned on, the value is equal to
Outer Loop Power BeD2FStateTransTimer. When a BE service rate reduces to the
Control DCCC rate threshold, the low-activity rate, as substitution to a
D2F transition, is used for the BE service because state
HSDPA Introduction
transition has not been enabled or the UE processing CS
Package
services cannot transit to the CELL_FACH state. The timer
HSUPA HARQ and value and measurement controls for low-activity rate adjustment
Fast UL Scheduling in use the corresponding parameter values involved in the D2F
Node B transitions. 7. PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH:
Whether a PS BE service is limited to 0 kbit/s on the DCH after a
UE that has the PS BE service performs a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CELL-DCH (P2D) state transition
triggered by a CS service setup. When this switch is turned off,
performs a P2D state transition. When this switch is turned on,
performs a P2D state transition. 8.
PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH: Whether the RNC
releases all resources for a UE when the FACH is congested.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC releases all resources
for a UE if the following conditions are met: The UE performs a
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH state transition. The FACH is
congested. The UE is processing a non-real-time PS service
that has a traffic volume of 0 bytes. 9.
PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH: Whether a UE is
allowed to access an inter-frequency co-coverage cell using
DRD or channel fallback after P2D state transition admission
fails. When this switch is turned off, the UE remains in the
CELL_PCH state after P2D state transition admission fails. 10.
PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH: Whether a PTT user can
perform a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH (D2F for short) state
transition when Iur CCH is disabled during a soft handover over
the Iur interface. Assume that this switch is turned on. If the
DRNC cell serves as the best cell, DSCR is triggered. If the
SRNC cell serves as the best cell, D2F is triggered. When this
switch is turned off, the original flow keeps unchanged. 11.
PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the low-
activity rate algorithm can be used on a UE that uses DCHs in
only the uplink or downlink. When this switch is turned on, the
low-activity rate algorithm can be used on the UE that uses
DCHs in only the uplink or downlink. When this switch is turned
off, the low-activity rate algorithm can be used on the UE that
uses DCHs in both the uplink and downlink. 12.
PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC triggers channel reconfiguration for the SRBs
to switch from the DCH to an HSPA channel immediately when
the type of a channel for carrying SRBs during a DRD procedure
is limited. When this switch is turned off, channel reconfiguration
is not triggered and the SRBs are carried on the DCH. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC triggers channel reconfiguration for
the SRBs to switch from the DCH to an HSPA channel
immediately after the DRD procedure. 13.
PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the traffic and
throughput are measured during a state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F for short) when PTT services
are carried on HSPA channels. When this switch is turned off,
the traffic and throughput will not be measured during the D2F
state transition triggered by PTT services. When this switch is
turned on, the traffic and throughput will be measured during the
D2F state transition, which prevents the UE from transiting to
CELL_FACH if the UE has data to transmit. In this case, if data
transmission occurs during the D2F state transition, the RNC
stops the D2F state transition. 14.
PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
algorithm for optimizing the method of saving the information
about neighboring cells of a cell under the DRNC during a
handover over Iur is enabled so that the CPU load of the CP
subsystem becomes normal. When this switch is turned off, the
algorithm is disabled and the RNC saves the information about
neighboring cells in the original way. When this switch is turned
on, the algorithm is enabled. 15.
PERFENH_P2D_LIMIT_ON_DCH_LOWRATE_SWITCH:
Whether the PS BE service rate is limited to a low level after the
UE transits from CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH (P2D for short).
When this switch is turned off, the channel for carrying the PS
BE service and the PS BE service rate are not limited after the
UE transits from CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH. When this switch is
turned on, the PE BE service is limited to 8 kbit/s or 0 kbit/s on
the DCH after the UE transits from CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH.
16. PERFENH_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_DELAY_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC starts a delay timer when the algorithm for
fairness-based handovers for differentiated HSUPA TTI users is
enabled. When this switch is turned off, the delay timer does not
start. When this switch is turned on, the RNC starts the delay
timer after the algorithm for fairness-based handovers for
differentiated HSUPA TTI users us used to establish or modify a
throughput measurement. The handover from HSUPPA 2 ms
TTI users to 10 ms HSUPPA TTI users cannot be triggered
when the delay timer is running. 17.
PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC considers CE resource congestion status of
the target cell for admitting HSUPA UEs when determining
whether HSUPA services support 2 ms TTI. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not consider CE resource congestion
status of the target cell when determining whether the HSUPA
services support 2 ms TTI. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC considers CE resource congestion status of the target cell
when determining whether the HSUPA services support 2 ms
TTI. If the CE resources are congested, only HSUPA 10 ms TTI
UEs are admitted. 18.
PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC sends the FP data frames that contain the information
element (IE) "Sir Target" to the NodeB after service setup or
reconfiguration succeeds and the NodeB then adjusts inner loop
power control based on the configured target SIR value and

actual target SIR value. When this switch is turned off, the FP
data frames do not contain the IE "Sir Target". When this switch
is turned on, the RNC sends FP data frames that contain the IE
"Sir Target" to the NodeB for up to four times at an interval of 1s.
19. PERFENH_F2P_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC allows a UE to set up CS services during a
decision for state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH (F2P). When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
not allow the UE to set up the CS service and continues
performing the decision for F2P state transition if a UE initiates a
CS service during a decision for F2P state transition. When this
switch is turned on, if a UE initiates a CS service during a
decision for F2P state transition, the RNC stops performing the
decision for F2P state transition and allows the UE to set up the
CS service. 20.
PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH: Whether to
limit the maximum data rate for HSDPA PS services after a CS
service setup triggers an F2D state transition. When this switch
is turned off, the maximum data rate for HSDPA PS services is
limited after a CS service setup triggers an F2D state transition.
When this switch is turned on, the maximum data rate for
HSDPA PS services is unlimited after a CS service setup
triggers an F2D state transition. 21.
PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH: TTI
reconfiguration optimization switch. When this switch is turned
off, the RNC updates the throughput measurement control
parameter for this algorithm after the handover is complete and
prohibits this algorithm from triggering dynamic TTI shifts from 2
ms to 10 ms in the following 5s. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC does not update the throughput measurement control
parameter for this algorithm if the parameter does not change
after a handover is complete. In this case, the RNC triggers this
algorithm upon receiving a TTI measurement report. 22.
PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH: Whether to
allow periodic access retry for UEs in compressed mode to the
(directed retry decision) DRD-capable cell when candidate cells
for periodic retry include the current cell and neighboring DRD
cells. When this switch is turned off, periodic access retry for
UEs in compressed mode to the DRD-capable cell is not
allowed. When this switch is turned on, periodic access retry for
UEs in compressed mode to the DRD-capable cell is allowed.
23. PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
to enable normal outer loop power control after D2E
fallback. When this switch is turned off, normal outer loop power
control is disabled after D2E reconfiguration in case of PS hard
handover with E2D channel fallback. When this switch is turned
on, normal outer loop power control is enabled after D2E
fallback. 24. PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation for CS+PS BE combined services. When this switch is
turned on and the relocation policies for CS and PS services are
different, the serving RNC (SRNC) releases the PS services and
then triggers a combined hard handover and SRNS relocation
for the CS services. When this switch is turned off, the combined
hard handover and SRNS relocation is not optimized. 25.
PERFENH_GSMOPGRP_TRANSTOSRNC_SWITCH: Whether
the drift RNC (DRNC) transfers information about the intra circle
roaming (ICR) license of the cells under the DRNC, and the
cells to the SRNC over proprietary information elements (IEs).
When this switch is turned on, the DRNC transfers information
about the ICR license of the cells under the DRNC, and the
cells to the SRNC over the private IEs in the Radio Link Setup
Response or Radio Link Addition Response message. When
this switch is turned off, the DRNC does not transfer the
preceding information. 26.
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC initiates inter-RAT handovers according to the coverage-
based inter-RAT periodic measurement report after inter-RAT
handovers fail. When this switch is turned on, the RNC still
processes the coverage-based inter-RAT periodic measurement
report reported by the UE and initiates inter-RAT handovers
after inter-RAT handovers fail. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not process the coverage-based inter-RAT periodic
measurement report reported by the UE. 27.
PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the RNC initiates an inter-RAT handover
towards the neighboring GSM cell whose operator is the same
as the UE's operator. This increases the inter-RAT handover
success rate. 28. PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH:
Whether to delay adjusting the uplink voice service rate raised
by Adaptive Multi-Rate Control (AMRC). When this switch is
turned off, adjusting the uplink voice service rate is not delayed.
When this switch is turned on, adjusting the uplink voice service
rate is delayed. Before a UE sends the first valid voice frame,
the RNC does not adjust the AMR rate for the UE. This avoids
mute voices on some UEs. 29.
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITCH: Scope of
UEs on which adjusting the uplink rate using AMRC is delayed.
When this switch is turned off, the algorithm for delaying
adjusting the uplink rate using AMRC can be enabled on all
UEs. When this switch is turned on, the scope of UEs is set by
running the "ADD UIMEITAC" command. In this case, the CN
must support CS IMEI query. 30.
PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH: Whether to allow
state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH and a location
measurement control message to be sent to the UE when the
RNC receives a RANAP Location Reporting Control message
from the CN and the DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH
switch is turned off. When this switch is turned off, state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH is not allowed and
the RNC does not send a location measurement control

message to the UE. When the switch is turned on, state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH is allowed and the
RNC sends a location measurement control message to the UE
after state transition is successful. 31.
PERFENH_CSPS_NO_RATEUP_IN_CONJ_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC prohibits the PS RB reconfiguration triggered by an
uplink or downlink event 4A measurement report if the status is
Congest State. When this switch is turned off, the RNC allows
the PS RB reconfiguration triggered by an event 4A
measurement report. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
prohibits the PS RB reconfiguration triggered by an uplink or
downlink event 4A measurement report if the status is
Congest State. 32. PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:
Whether to parse E-UTRAN measurement capabilities by
protocols. As specified by protocols, all UTRAN frequency bands
supported by a UE have the same E-UTRAN measurement
capability. When this switch is turned on, the E-UTRAN
measurement capability carried in the IE "UE-
RadioAccessCapabBandFDD3" applies to all UTRAN frequency
bands supported by the UE. When this switch is turned off, the
E-UTRAN measurement capability carried in the IE "UE-
RadioAccessCapabBandFDD3" applies only to the frequency
band serving the UE.
GUI Value
Unit:None
Actual Value
Default
Value:PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SWITCH
0&PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUSTOPT-
0&PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND-1&
PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_P2D_LIMIT_ON_DCH_LOWRATE_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_DELAY_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_F2P_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH-1&
PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_GSMOPGRP_TRANSTOSRNC_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH-0&
PERFENH_CSPS_NO_RATEUP_IN_CONJ_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH-1
PreemptAlgoSwitch BSC6900 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Whether preemption is supported. When this switch is
010505 Emption turned on, the RNC allows privileged users or services to
preempt cell resources from the users or services with the
preempted attributes and lower priority in the case of cell
resource insufficiency. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
terminates the service for the user due to the failure in cell
resource application.
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
PreemptAlgoSwitch BSC6910 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Whether preemption is supported. When this switch is
010505 Emption turned on, the RNC allows privileged users or services to
preempt cell resources from the users or services with the
preempted attributes and lower priority in the case of cell
resource insufficiency. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
terminates the service for the user due to the failure in cell
resource application.
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
PreemptRefArpSwitch BSC6900 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Whether ARP-based preemption between TCs is
010505 Emption supported. When this switch is turned on and the
comprehensive priority is based on the TC, that is, the
"PriorityReference" parameter in the "SET UUSERPRIORITY"
command is set to TrafficClass, preemption is supported only
when the preempting service has a higher comprehensive
priority and ARP priority than the preempted service does.
Unit:None
Default Value:ON
PreemptRefArpSwitch BSC6910 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Whether ARP-based preemption between TCs is
010505 Emption supported. When this switch is turned on and the
comprehensive priority is based on the TC, that is, the
"PriorityReference" parameter in the "SET UUSERPRIORITY"
command is set to TrafficClass, preemption is supported only
when the preempting service has a higher comprehensive
priority and ARP priority than the preempted service does.
Unit:None
Default Value:ON
PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable BSC6900 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Whether to activate the PS BE RRC preemption
010505 Emption algorithm for a cell. When this switch is turned on, if the
conversational services (including the calling and called parties)
fail to be allocated resources at the RRC connection setup
phase or RAB setup phase and fail to preempt resources of
other services (such as PS RABs), the conversational services
can preempt the resources of PS BE services having only the
RRC connections.
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable BSC6910 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Whether to activate the PS BE RRC preemption
010505 Emption algorithm for a cell. When this switch is turned on, if the
conversational services (including the calling and called parties)
fail to be allocated resources at the RRC connection setup
phase or RAB setup phase and fail to preempt resources of
other services (such as PS RABs), the conversational services
can preempt the resources of PS BE services having only the
RRC connections.
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
NbmWpsAlgorithmSwitch BSC6900 SET UWPSALGO WRFD- Emergency Call Meaning:Whether the WPS algorithm is supported. WPS
021104 (Wireless Priority Service) is NS/EP (National
Security/Emergency Preparedness) AMR conversation service
controlled by White House of USA. NCS is authorized to
manage the execution of the WPS project.
GUI Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF(WPS Algorithm Switch

OFF), ALGORITHM_ON(WPS Algorithm Switch ON)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_ON
Default Value:ALGORITHM_OFF(WPS Algorithm Switch OFF)
NbmWpsAlgorithmSwitch BSC6910 SET UWPSALGO WRFD- Emergency Call Meaning:Whether the WPS algorithm is supported. WPS
021104 (Wireless Priority Service) is NS/EP (National
Security/Emergency Preparedness) AMR conversation service
controlled by White House of USA. NCS is authorized to
manage the execution of the WPS project.
GUI Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF(WPS Algorithm Switch
OFF), ALGORITHM_ON(WPS Algorithm Switch ON)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_ON
Default Value:ALGORITHM_OFF(WPS Algorithm Switch OFF)
NbmWpsAlgorithmPriority BSC6900 SET UWPSALGO WRFD- Emergency Call Meaning:This parameter is used to identify WPS users with
021104 priority. For instance, if priorities 3, 4, 5, and 6 are selected,
users with priorities are regarded as WPS users.
GUI Value Range:PRIORITY1(WPS USER PRIORITY 1),
PRIORITY2(WPS USER PRIORITY 2), PRIORITY3(WPS USER
PRIORITY 3), PRIORITY4(WPS USER PRIORITY 4),
PRIORITY11(WPS USER PRIORITY 11), PRIORITY12(WPS
USER PRIORITY 12), PRIORITY13(WPS USER PRIORITY 13),
PRIORITY14(WPS USER PRIORITY 14)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:PRIORITY1, PRIORITY2, PRIORITY3,
PRIORITY4, PRIORITY5, PRIORITY6, PRIORITY7,
PRIORITY12, PRIORITY13, PRIORITY14,
Default Value:PRIORITY1-0&PRIORITY2-1&PRIORITY3-
1&PRIORITY4-1&PRIORITY5-1&PRIORITY6-1&PRIORITY7-
0&PRIORITY8-0&PRIORITY9-0&PRIORITY10-0&PRIORITY11
0&PRIORITY12-0&PRIORITY13-0&PRIORITY14-0
NbmWpsAlgorithmPriority BSC6910 SET UWPSALGO WRFD- Emergency Call Meaning:This parameter is used to identify WPS users with
021104 priority. For instance, if priorities 3, 4, 5, and 6 are selected,
users with priorities are regarded as WPS users.
GUI Value Range:PRIORITY1(WPS USER PRIORITY 1),
PRIORITY11(WPS USER PRIORITY 11), PRIORITY12(WPS
USER PRIORITY 12), PRIORITY13(WPS USER PRIORITY 13),
PRIORITY14(WPS USER PRIORITY 14)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:PRIORITY1, PRIORITY2, PRIORITY3,
PRIORITY12, PRIORITY13, PRIORITY14,
Default Value:PRIORITY1-0&PRIORITY2-1&PRIORITY3-
1&PRIORITY4-1&PRIORITY5-1&PRIORITY6-1&PRIORITY7-
0&PRIORITY8-0&PRIORITY9-0&PRIORITY10-0&PRIORITY11
0&PRIORITY12-0&PRIORITY13-0&PRIORITY14-0
CsP2DPreemptSwitch BSC6900 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Whether a UE can preempt resources occupied by PS
010505 Emption BE services after the cell resource admission fails under the
following conditions: -The UE moves from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH (P2D). -The RRC_CELL_UPDATE
message sent by the UE contains the cause value of Originating
Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational Call.
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
CsP2DPreemptSwitch BSC6910 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Whether a UE can preempt resources occupied by PS
010505 Emption BE services after the cell resource admission fails under the
following conditions: -The UE moves from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH (P2D). -The RRC_CELL_UPDATE
message sent by the UE contains the cause value of Originating
Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational Call.
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
QueueAlgoSwitch BSC6900 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Whether queuing is supported. When this switch is
010505 Emption turned on and a queuing-capable PS user initiates a call, the
RNC tries to enable this user to join the queue to increase the
access success rate if cell resources are insufficient and
preemption fails. When this switch is turned off, queuing is not
supported if cell resources are sufficient.
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
QueueAlgoSwitch BSC6910 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Whether queuing is supported. When this switch is
010505 Emption turned on and a queuing-capable PS user initiates a call, the
RNC tries to enable this user to join the queue to increase the
access success rate if cell resources are insufficient and
preemption fails. When this switch is turned off, queuing is not
supported if cell resources are sufficient.

Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
PollTimerLen BSC6900 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Interval at which a queue is polled. The queue is polled
010505 Emption at an interval of the period specified by this parameter. During
each poll, all the expired users are removed from the queue and
this user fails in access. Among all the unexpired users,
resources are allocated by priorities in descending order. If
resource allocation is successful, the user succeeds in access
and traverse of this queue is stopped. Otherwise, the rest users
are traversed until all the unexpired users go through this.
Unit:10ms
Default Value:50
PollTimerLen BSC6910 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Interval at which a queue is polled. The queue is polled
010505 Emption at an interval of the period specified by this parameter. During
each poll, all the expired users are removed from the queue and
this user fails in access. Among all the unexpired users,
resources are allocated by priorities in descending order. If
resource allocation is successful, the user succeeds in access
and traverse of this queue is stopped. Otherwise, the rest users
are traversed until all the unexpired users go through this.
Unit:10ms
Default Value:50
QueueLen BSC6900 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Length of a queue. The total number of users in queue
010505 Emption of each cell should not be greater than the value of this
parameter. When a new user needs queuing, 1) If the queue has
vacancy, the user joins the queue immediately. 2) If the queue is
full and there is a user whose queue time exceeds the allowed
maximum queue time, this user is out of the queue and access
fails. At the same time, the new user joins the queue. 3) If the
queue has a user whose priority is lower than that of the new
user, the user in the queue with the lowest priority is out of the
queue and access fails. At the same time, the new user joins the
queue. 4) For other situations, the user cannot join the queue.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
QueueLen BSC6910 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Length of a queue. The total number of users in queue
010505 Emption of each cell should not be greater than the value of this
parameter. When a new user needs queuing, 1) If the queue has
vacancy, the user joins the queue immediately. 2) If the queue is
full and there is a user whose queue time exceeds the allowed
maximum queue time, this user is out of the queue and access
fails. At the same time, the new user joins the queue. 3) If the
queue has a user whose priority is lower than that of the new
user, the user in the queue with the lowest priority is out of the
queue and access fails. At the same time, the new user joins the
queue. 4) For other situations, the user cannot join the queue.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
MaxQueueTimeLen BSC6900 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Maximum queue time of a user after initiating a call due
010505 Emption to cell resource insufficiency. If cell resources are still insufficient
after the time specified by this parameter elapses, the user
access is denied.
Unit:s
Default Value:5
MaxQueueTimeLen BSC6910 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Maximum queue time of a user after initiating a call due
010505 Emption to cell resource insufficiency. If cell resources are still insufficient
after the time specified by this parameter elapses, the user
access is denied.
Unit:s
Default Value:5
PerfEnhanceSwitch BSC6900 SET UNBMPARA WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:1. PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH

020101 Measurement Based (R99CellBroadcastHspaCapSwitch): When this switch is turned
WRFD- Direct Retry on, R99 cells broadcast HSPA capability of neighboring cells in
020402 HSUPA Introduction a system information message. 2.
WRFD- Package PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH(Fach User Select
010612 Switch): This switch is configurable in the current version.The
System Information RNC, however,does not use this switch any longer.Later
WRFD- Broadcasting
versions will not support this switch.Therefore,users are not
010401 HSUPA Time Division advised to use this switch. 3.
WRFD- Scheduling PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH(Optimized
150222 Optimization of R99 MBDR Load Calculation Algorithm Switch): When this switch is
WRFD- and HSUPA Users turned on, the DL transmit power in a cell is calculated using the
020131 Fairness following formula:Percentage of the DL transmit power in a cell =
Percentage of the non-HSPA transmit power + Percentage of
the HSDPA guaranteed bit power (GBP) + Reserved power
coefficient for DL common channels + Reserved power factor for
DL MBMS services + Reserved power factor for DL HSUPA
users.If UL or DL load in a neighboring cell exceeds the value of
InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold or InterFreqDlMbdrTrigThreshold
(in the ADD UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ command), handover to

this neighboring cell cannot be performed. When this switch is
turned off, the percentage of the HSDPA GBP is not considered
during the calculation of the DL transmit power in a cell, and the
original algorithm is used for selecting a neighboring cell using
MBDR. 4.
PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the calculation results of equivalent HSUPA
UEs. When this switch is turned on, the optimized calculation
results can accurately reflect the uplink cell load. 5.
PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER: Whether to allow
resource preemption of common users for HSUPA common
channels to ensure that the code resources are allocated to the
left. 6. PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the RLS CE-based admission optimization algorithm.
When this switch is turned on, a local cell group consumes an
RLS CE if multiple RLs occupy more than one local cell group,
no matter whether the UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a
NodeB. When this switch is turned off, all local cell groups
consume an RLS CE if multiple RLs occupy more than one local
cell group, no matter whether the UE uses the DCH or EDCH
under a NodeB. 7.
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on and DTCHs are congested, the RNC transits
UEs that are in the CELL_DCH state and do not process
services to the idle mode. This parameter is an advanced
parameter. To modify this parameter, contact Huawei Customer
Service Center for technical support. 8.
PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWITCH: Whether
not to send HSPA capability indication messages in SIB5. 9.
PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH: Whether the RNC
sends system information in a cell at a 64-frame scheduling
period to improve the scheduling efficiency. When this switch is
turned on, the 64-frame-period scheduling is used. When this
switch is turned off, the 64-frame-period scheduling is not used.
10. PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH: Whether SIB7
and MIB are combined when the RNC sends system information
in a cell. When this switch is turned on, SIB7 and MIB
transmitted from the cell are combined to one system
information to save air interface resources and improve
scheduling efficiency. When this switch is turned off, SIB7 and
MIB transmitted from the cell are two independent messages.
11. PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
channel codes for HSPA services are pre-allocated during cell
setup. When this switch is turned on, channel codes are
allocated for the HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH
immediately after the cell is set up.When this switch is turned off,
channel codes are allocated only when HSPA services are
established. 12.
PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWITCH:
Whether the R99 and HSUPA fairness algorithm reduces the BE
service rate of only the users whose both uplink and downlink
services are carried on R99 channels. When this switch is
turned off, the algorithm reduces the BE service rate of users
whose uplink services are carried on R99 channels and
downlink services are carried on R99 or HSDPA channels.
When this switch is turned on, the algorithm reduces the BE
service rate of only the users whose uplink and downlink
services are carried on R99 channels. 13.
PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWITCH:
PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWITCH: Whether
the last vacant SF16 code is used as the HS-PDSCH code when
HSDPA has been activated. When this switch is turned on and
HSDPA has been activated, no matter whether the last SF16
code is vacant, the RNC repeatedly attempts to allocate this
code to the HS-PDSCH This improves the SF spreading code
usage. If the HS-PDSCH setup fails, the RNC allocates the last
vacant SF16 code to the HS-PDSCH. When this switch is turned
off and HSDPA has been activated, the RNC allocates the last
vacant SF16 code first to the HS-PDSCH. This improves the
HSDPA activation efficiency. 14.
PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH: Whether to prohibit
the DCCC-triggered state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH (F2D for short) when a cell is in the overload control
(OLC) state. When this switch is turned off, the RNC allows the
DCCC-triggered F2D state transition. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC does not support the DCCC-triggered F2D state
transition. 15. PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
Whether the background noise one-time quick update algorithm
is enabled. When this switch is turned on, upon receiving the
RTWP report, the RNC updates the background noise value
based on the common measurement report if no UEs in the
CELL_DCH state are served by the cell. When this switch is
turned off, upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC does not
update the background noise value based on the command
measurement report that is reported when the Uu interface
carries no load. 16. PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
HRNTI adopts an optimized algorithm. When this switch is
turned on, the hamming distance between the HRNTI identifiers
distributed by the RNC is equal to or larger than 4, which
effectively avoids incorrect demodulation. When this switch is
turned off, the hamming distance between the HRNTI identifiers
distributed by the RNC is equal to or larger than 1. 17.
PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWITCH: Whether
the fault recovery function is available for F-DPCH codes. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC checks the usage of F-DPCH
codes periodically or when SF code resource allocation fails and
releases the unexpectedly used F-DPCH codes. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not check the usage of F-
DPCH codes and restores the abnormal F-DPCH codes. 18.
PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH: Whether the
channel codes released by a common channel are reserved
during reestablishment of the common channel so that the
reestablished common channel can use the same channel
codes after cell setup. When this switch is turned on, the

during reestablishment of the common channel. That is, the
reestablished common channel uses the same channel codes
after cell setup. When this switch is turned off, the channel
codes released by a common channel are not reserved during
reestablishment of the common channel. That is, the
reestablished common channel uses different channel codes
after cell setup. 19.
PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC makes an admission decision on RAB setup
when the resources required by RAB setup for a low-rate PS
user do not outnumber the resources used for RRC connection
setup. When this switch is turned on, the RNC makes an
admission decision on RAB setup. See the [CMD]ADD
UCELLCAC[/CMD] command For details about relevant
thresholds. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
make an admission decision on RAB setup. That is, the RNC
always accepts the RAB setup requests. A low-rate PS user is a
user whose SF corresponding to RAB setup is equal to or larger
than the SF reserved for a handover. The SF reserved for a
handover can be configured by the UlHoCeResvSf and
DlHoCeCodeResvSf parameters in the [CMD]ADD UCELLACAC
[/CMD] command. 20.
PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
the HSDPA power increment is considered during downlink
power admission for HSDPA users. The HSDPA power
increment is considered during downlink power admission for
HSDPA users only when this switch is turned off and the
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS switch under the "NBMCacAlgoSwitch"
parameter in the "ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH" is turned on.
When this switch is turned on, the HSDPA power increment is
always considered during downlink power admission for HSDPA
users. 21. PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT: Whether
alignment using chip offset configurations for HSUPA time
division scheduling takes effect in the RRC connection setup
phase. OFF: This switch is turned off. Alignment using chip
offset configurations for HSUPA time division scheduling does
not take effect in the RRC connection setup phase. ON: This
switch is turned on. Alignment using chip offset configurations
for HSUPA time division scheduling takes effect in the RRC
connection setup phase. 22.
PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH: Whether to reserve
the cell measurement set after deactivating a cell. 0: This switch
is turned off. The cell measurement set is deleted after cell
deactivation. 1: This switch is turned on. After cell deactivation,
the cell measurement set is reserved and the unavailable
duration for the cell caused by deactivation is measured by the
VS.Cell.UnavailTime counter. 23.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH: Accuracy at
which the RNC calculates the background noise. 1: This switch
is turned on. The RNC calculates background noise at a high
accuracy. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC calculates
background noise at a low accuracy. 24.
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH:
Whether to admit UEs in LDR status after incoming inter-RAT
handovers. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC admits UEs in
LDR status after incoming inter-RAT handovers. 2: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not admit UEs in LDR status after
incoming inter-RAT handovers. 25.
PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH:
Whether the cell LDR status is considered during a CSFB user
admission. 1: This switch is turned on. The cell LDR status is not
considered during a CSFB user admission. 2: This switch is
turned off. The cell LDR status is considered during a CSFB
user admission.
GUI Value Range:PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER,
PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT,
PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH,
Default Value:PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_SWITCH
0&PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER-
1&PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT-
0&PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH-0
PerfEnhanceSwitch BSC6910 SET UNBMPARA WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:1. PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH

020101 Measurement Based (R99CellBroadcastHspaCapSwitch): When this switch is turned
WRFD- Direct Retry on, R99 cells broadcast HSPA capability of neighboring cells in
020402 HSUPA Introduction a system information message. 2.
WRFD- Package PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH(Fach User Select
010612 Switch): This switch is configurable in the current version.The
System Information
RNC, however,does not use this switch any longer.Later
WRFD- Broadcasting
versions will not support this switch.Therefore,users are not
010401 HSUPA Time Division advised to use this switch. 3.
WRFD- Scheduling PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH(Optimized
150222 Optimization of R99 MBDR Load Calculation Algorithm Switch): When this switch is
WRFD- and HSUPA Users turned on, the DL transmit power in a cell is calculated using the
020131 Fairness following formula:Percentage of the DL transmit power in a cell =
Percentage of the non-HSPA transmit power + Percentage of
the HSDPA guaranteed bit power (GBP) + Reserved power
coefficient for DL common channels + Reserved power factor for
DL MBMS services + Reserved power factor for DL HSUPA
users.If UL or DL load in a neighboring cell exceeds the value of
InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold or InterFreqDlMbdrTrigThreshold
(in the ADD UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ command), handover to
this neighboring cell cannot be performed. When this switch is
turned off, the percentage of the HSDPA GBP is not considered
during the calculation of the DL transmit power in a cell, and the
original algorithm is used for selecting a neighboring cell using
MBDR. 4.
PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the calculation results of equivalent HSUPA
UEs. When this switch is turned on, the optimized calculation
results can accurately reflect the uplink cell load. 5.
PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER: Whether to allow
resource preemption of common users for HSUPA common
channels to ensure that the code resources are allocated to the
left. 6. PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the RLS CE-based admission optimization algorithm.
When this switch is turned on, a local cell group consumes an
RLS CE if multiple RLs occupy more than one local cell group,
no matter whether the UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a
NodeB. When this switch is turned off, all local cell groups
consume an RLS CE if multiple RLs occupy more than one local
cell group, no matter whether the UE uses the DCH or EDCH
under a NodeB. 7.
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on and DTCHs are congested, the RNC transits
UEs that are in the CELL_DCH state and do not process
services to the idle mode. This parameter is an advanced
parameter. To modify this parameter, contact Huawei Customer
Service Center for technical support. 8.
PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWITCH: Whether
not to send HSPA capability indication messages in SIB5. 9.
PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH: Whether the RNC
sends system information in a cell at a 64-frame scheduling
period to improve the scheduling efficiency. When this switch is
turned on, the 64-frame-period scheduling is used. When this
switch is turned off, the 64-frame-period scheduling is not used.
10. PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH: Whether SIB7
and MIB are combined when the RNC sends system information
in a cell. When this switch is turned on, SIB7 and MIB
transmitted from the cell are combined to one system
information to save air interface resources and improve
scheduling efficiency. When this switch is turned off, SIB7 and
MIB transmitted from the cell are two independent messages.
11. PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
channel codes for HSPA services are pre-allocated during cell
setup. When this switch is turned on, channel codes are
allocated for the HS-SCCH, E-AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH
immediately after the cell is set up.When this switch is turned off,
channel codes are allocated only when HSPA services are
established. 12.
PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWITCH:
Whether the R99 and HSUPA fairness algorithm reduces the BE
service rate of only the users whose both uplink and downlink
services are carried on R99 channels. When this switch is
turned off, the algorithm reduces the BE service rate of users
whose uplink services are carried on R99 channels and
downlink services are carried on R99 or HSDPA channels.
When this switch is turned on, the algorithm reduces the BE
service rate of only the users whose uplink and downlink
services are carried on R99 channels. 13.
PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWITCH:
PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWITCH: Whether
the last vacant SF16 code is used as the HS-PDSCH code when
HSDPA has been activated. When this switch is turned on and
HSDPA has been activated, no matter whether the last SF16
code is vacant, the RNC repeatedly attempts to allocate this
code to the HS-PDSCH This improves the SF spreading code
usage. If the HS-PDSCH setup fails, the RNC allocates the last
vacant SF16 code to the HS-PDSCH. When this switch is turned
off and HSDPA has been activated, the RNC allocates the last
vacant SF16 code first to the HS-PDSCH. This improves the
HSDPA activation efficiency. 14.
PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH: Whether to prohibit
the DCCC-triggered state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH (F2D for short) when a cell is in the overload control
(OLC) state. When this switch is turned off, the RNC allows the
DCCC-triggered F2D state transition. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC does not support the DCCC-triggered F2D state
transition. 15. PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
Whether the background noise one-time quick update algorithm
is enabled. When this switch is turned on, upon receiving the
RTWP report, the RNC updates the background noise value
based on the common measurement report if no UEs in the
CELL_DCH state are served by the cell. When this switch is
turned off, upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC does not
update the background noise value based on the command
measurement report that is reported when the Uu interface
carries no load. 16. PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
HRNTI adopts an optimized algorithm. When this switch is
turned on, the hamming distance between the HRNTI identifiers
distributed by the RNC is equal to or larger than 4, which
effectively avoids incorrect demodulation. When this switch is
turned off, the hamming distance between the HRNTI identifiers
distributed by the RNC is equal to or larger than 1. 17.
PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWITCH: Whether
the fault recovery function is available for F-DPCH codes. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC checks the usage of F-DPCH
codes periodically or when SF code resource allocation fails and
releases the unexpectedly used F-DPCH codes. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not check the usage of F-
DPCH codes and restores the abnormal F-DPCH codes. 18.
PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH: Whether the
during reestablishment of the common channel so that the
reestablished common channel can use the same channel
codes after cell setup. When this switch is turned on, the
during reestablishment of the common channel. That is, the
reestablished common channel uses the same channel codes
after cell setup. When this switch is turned off, the channel
codes released by a common channel are not reserved during
reestablishment of the common channel. That is, the
reestablished common channel uses different channel codes
after cell setup. 19.
PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC makes an admission decision on RAB setup
when the resources required by RAB setup for a low-rate PS
user do not outnumber the resources used for RRC connection
setup. When this switch is turned on, the RNC makes an
admission decision on RAB setup. See the [CMD]ADD
UCELLCAC[/CMD] command For details about relevant
thresholds. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
make an admission decision on RAB setup. That is, the RNC
always accepts the RAB setup requests. A low-rate PS user is a
user whose SF corresponding to RAB setup is equal to or larger
than the SF reserved for a handover. The SF reserved for a
handover can be configured by the UlHoCeResvSf and
DlHoCeCodeResvSf parameters in the [CMD]ADD UCELLACAC
[/CMD] command. 20.
PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
the HSDPA power increment is considered during downlink
power admission for HSDPA users. The HSDPA power
increment is considered during downlink power admission for
HSDPA users only when this switch is turned off and the
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS switch under the "NBMCacAlgoSwitch"
parameter in the "ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH" is turned on.
When this switch is turned on, the HSDPA power increment is
always considered during downlink power admission for HSDPA
users. 21. PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT: Whether
alignment using chip offset configurations for HSUPA time
division scheduling takes effect in the RRC connection setup
phase. OFF: This switch is turned off. Alignment using chip
offset configurations for HSUPA time division scheduling does
not take effect in the RRC connection setup phase. ON: This
switch is turned on. Alignment using chip offset configurations
for HSUPA time division scheduling takes effect in the RRC
connection setup phase. 22.
PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH: Whether to reserve
the cell measurement set after deactivating a cell. 0: This switch
is turned off. The cell measurement set is deleted after cell
deactivation. 1: This switch is turned on. After cell deactivation,
the cell measurement set is reserved and the unavailable
duration for the cell caused by deactivation is measured by the
VS.Cell.UnavailTime counter. 23.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH: Accuracy at
which the RNC calculates the background noise. 1: This switch
is turned on. The RNC calculates background noise at a high
accuracy. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC calculates
background noise at a low accuracy. 24.
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH:
Whether to admit UEs in LDR status after incoming inter-RAT
handovers. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC admits UEs in
LDR status after incoming inter-RAT handovers. 2: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not admit UEs in LDR status after
incoming inter-RAT handovers. 25.
PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH:
Whether the cell LDR status is considered during a CSFB user
admission. 1: This switch is turned on. The cell LDR status is not
considered during a CSFB user admission. 2: This switch is
turned off. The cell LDR status is considered during a CSFB
user admission.
GUI Value Range:PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH,
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH,
Default Value:PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_SWITCH
0&PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER-
1&PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT-
0&PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH-0
ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen BSC6900 SET UCOIFTIMER WRFD- Dynamic Channel Meaning:Release timer for the PS BE service at a rate of 0 kbit/s
021101 Configuration Control after the DCCC rate increase. For the PS BE service at a rate of
(DCCC) 0 kbit/s, this parameter is used for the DCCC rate increase
triggered by event 4A. Unsuccessful rate increases indicate that
resources are insufficient in the cell. The service at a rate of 0
kbit/s is unavailable in a short period. If the timer is started, the 0
kbit/s service is released after the timer expires. If the value is
set to 0, the timer is not started.
Unit:s

Default Value:180
ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen BSC6910 SET UCOIFTIMER WRFD- Dynamic Channel Meaning:Release timer for the PS BE service at a rate of 0 kbit/s
021101 Configuration Control after the DCCC rate increase. For the PS BE service at a rate of
(DCCC) 0 kbit/s, this parameter is used for the DCCC rate increase
triggered by event 4A. Unsuccessful rate increases indicate that
resources are insufficient in the cell. The service at a rate of 0
kbit/s is unavailable in a short period. If the timer is started, the 0
kbit/s service is released after the timer expires. If the value is
set to 0, the timer is not started.
Unit:s
Default Value:180
EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch BSC6900 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Whether to allow emergency calls to perform
010505 Emption unconditional preemption. When this switch is turned on, users
WRFD- Emergency Call initiating emergency calls can preempt the resources occupied
021104 by all the admitted users in non-emergency calls. When this
switch is turned off, users initiating emergency calls can only
preempt resources occupied by the users who initiate non-
emergency calls and are configured with the preempted
attributes.
Unit:None
Default Value:ON
EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch BSC6910 SET UQUEUEPREEMPT WRFD- Queuing and Pre- Meaning:Whether to allow emergency calls to perform
010505 Emption unconditional preemption. When this switch is turned on, users
WRFD- Emergency Call initiating emergency calls can preempt the resources occupied
021104 by all the admitted users in non-emergency calls. When this
switch is turned off, users initiating emergency calls can only
preempt resources occupied by the users who initiate non-
emergency calls and are configured with the preempted
attributes.
Unit:None
Default Value:ON
NBMCacAlgoSwitch BSC6900 ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Whether to enable the algorithms related to cell service
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH 020101 Load Measurement admission. Selecting a switch enables the corresponding
WRFD- UE State in algorithm and clearing a switch disables the corresponding
020102 Connected Mode algorithm. 1. CRD_ADCTRL: Whether to enable the credit
WRFD- (CELL-DCH admission control algorithm. The credit admission control
010202 algorithm is valid only when this switch is turned on and the
CELL-PCH
NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH check box under the "CAC
WRFD- URA-PCH algorithm switch" parameter in the "SET UCACALGOSWITCH"
021102 CELL-FACH) command is selected. 2. HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to
WRFD- Cell Barring enable air-interface load admission control algorithm for HSDPA
020117 UEs who process uplink services over the DCHs and downlink
WRFD- off Based on Traffic services over the HSDPA channels. This switch does not take
020136 Load effect for UEs who process uplink services over the HSUPA
WRFD- Anti-Interference channels and downlink services over the HSDPA channels. 3.
010653 Scheduling for HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable air-interface load
WRFD- HSUPA admission control algorithm for HSUPA UEs who process uplink
010654 services over the HSUPA channels and downlink services over
96 HSDPA Users per the DCHs. This switch does not take effect for UEs who process
WRFD- Cell
140223 uplink services over the HSUPA channels and downlink services
128 HSDPA Users over the HSDPA channels. 4. MBMS_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to
WRFD- per Cell enable air-interface load admission control algorithm for
020122 MOCN Cell Resource Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) UEs. 5.
WRFD- Demarcation HSDPA_GBP_MEAS: Whether to enable GBP measurement for
021104 Multi-Carrier Switch HSDPA UEs. The NodeB reports the GBP of HSDPA UEs to the
off Based on QoS RNC only after the measurement is enabled. 6.
Emergency Call HSDPA_PBR_MEAS: Whether to enable provided bit rate (PBR)
measurement for HSDPA UEs. The NodeB reports the PBR of
HSDPA UEs to the RNC only after the measurement is enabled.
7. SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST: Whether to update
system information after the Iub interface resets. The cell barring
function in the event of Iu interface faults can be enabled only
when this switch is turned on and the
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST (RNC-level switch) check
box under the "Process switch" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 8.
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS: Whether to enable PBR measurement for
HSUPA UEs. The NodeB reports the PBR of HSUPA UEs to the
RNC only after the measurement is enabled. 9.
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS: Whether to enable the periodic
measurement of total receive power generated by scheduling
services on E-DCHs. 10. EMC_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to
enable power admission control for UEs initiating emergency
calls. 11. Received total wideband power_RESIST_DISTURB:
Whether to enable anti-inference processing when Received
Total Wideband Power (RTWP) is abnormal. 12.
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH: Whether to enable uplink
power-based soft handover control for UEs who have
established RRC connections but process no services. If this
switch is turned on, such UEs cannot access target cells by
using soft handovers if the target cells are in the OLC state in
the uplink. 13. FACH_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable
admission control for UEs that establish services on FACHs. If
this switch is turned on and a UE initiates an RAB or RRC
connection setup request (with a cause value other than Detach,
Registration, or Emergency Call) in an overloaded cell, the setup
request is rejected. If the cell is not overloaded, the FACH user
admission procedure is initiated and the UE can access the cell
after the procedure succeeds. If this switch is turned off, the
FACH user admission procedure is initiated regardless of
whether the cell is overloaded and the UE can access the cell
after the procedure succeeds. 14.
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL: Whether to enable

admission control for common HSDPA UEs in MIMO cells. 15.
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL: Whether to enable admission
control for fast dormancy-capable UEs. This switch is used to
alleviate FACH congestion by disabling state migration for fast
dormancy-capable UEs in the CELL-DCH state. If this switch is
turned off for many cells under the RNC, signaling storms occur
and CPU usage on the RNC, NodeB, and SGSN increases
significantly, affecting service access. The function
corresponding to this switch has been deleted in R13, and this
switch is invalid. 16. FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL: Whether
to restrict the number of admitted FACH UEs.
GUI Value Range:CRD_ADCTRL(Credit Admission Control
Algorithm), HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA UU Load Admission
Control Algorithm), HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load
Admission Control Algorithm), MBMS_UU_ADCTRL(MBMS UU
Load Admission Control Algorithm), HSDPA_GBP_MEAS
(HSDPA GBP Meas Algorithm), HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA
PBR Meas Algorithm), SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST
(System Info Update Switch for Iu Reset), HSUPA_PBR_MEAS
(HSUPA PBR Meas Algorithm), HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS
(HSUPA EDCH RSEPS Meas Algorithm), EMC_UU_ADCTRL
(emergency call power admission), RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB
(RTWP Resist Disturb Switch),
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH(Signaling Sho Ul power
cac switch), FACH_UU_ADCTRL(FACH power cac switch),
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL(Legacy HSDPA
Admission Control Algorithm in MIMO Cell ),
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL(Fast Dormancy User Admission
Control Algorithm), FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL(FACH
USER UNLIMITED)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:CRD_ADCTRL, HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL,
HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL, MBMS_UU_ADCTRL,
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS, HSDPA_PBR_MEAS,
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST, HSUPA_PBR_MEAS,
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS, EMC_UU_ADCTRL,
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB,
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH, FACH_UU_ADCTRL,
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL,
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL,
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL
Default Value:CRD_ADCTRL-1&HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-
0&HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL-0&MBMS_UU_ADCTRL-
0&HSDPA_GBP_MEAS-0&HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-
0&SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST-
0&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-0&HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS-
0&EMC_UU_ADCTRL-1&RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB-
0&SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH-
0&FACH_UU_ADCTRL-
0&MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL-
0&FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL-
1&FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL-0
NBMCacAlgoSwitch BSC6910 ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Whether to enable the algorithms related to cell service
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH 020101 Load Measurement admission. Selecting a switch enables the corresponding
WRFD- UE State in algorithm and clearing a switch disables the corresponding
020102 Connected Mode algorithm. 1. CRD_ADCTRL: Whether to enable the credit
WRFD- (CELL-DCH admission control algorithm. The credit admission control
010202 algorithm is valid only when this switch is turned on and the
CELL-PCH
NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH check box under the "CAC
WRFD- URA-PCH algorithm switch" parameter in the "SET UCACALGOSWITCH"
021102 CELL-FACH) command is selected. 2. HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to
WRFD- Cell Barring enable air-interface load admission control algorithm for HSDPA
020117 UEs who process uplink services over the DCHs and downlink
WRFD- off Based on Traffic services over the HSDPA channels. This switch does not take
020136 Load effect for UEs who process uplink services over the HSUPA
WRFD- Anti-Interference channels and downlink services over the HSDPA channels. 3.
010653 Scheduling for HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable air-interface load
WRFD- HSUPA admission control algorithm for HSUPA UEs who process uplink
010654 services over the HSUPA channels and downlink services over
96 HSDPA Users per the DCHs. This switch does not take effect for UEs who process
WRFD- Cell
140223 uplink services over the HSUPA channels and downlink services
128 HSDPA Users over the HSDPA channels. 4. MBMS_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to
WRFD- per Cell enable air-interface load admission control algorithm for
020122 MOCN Cell Resource Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) UEs. 5.
WRFD- Demarcation HSDPA_GBP_MEAS: Whether to enable GBP measurement for
021104 Multi-Carrier Switch HSDPA UEs. The NodeB reports the GBP of HSDPA UEs to the
off Based on QoS RNC only after the measurement is enabled. 6.
Emergency Call HSDPA_PBR_MEAS: Whether to enable provided bit rate (PBR)
measurement for HSDPA UEs. The NodeB reports the PBR of
HSDPA UEs to the RNC only after the measurement is enabled.
7. SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST: Whether to update
system information after the Iub interface resets. The cell barring
function in the event of Iu interface faults can be enabled only
when this switch is turned on and the
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST (RNC-level switch) check
box under the "Process switch" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 8.
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS: Whether to enable PBR measurement for
HSUPA UEs. The NodeB reports the PBR of HSUPA UEs to the
RNC only after the measurement is enabled. 9.
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS: Whether to enable the periodic
measurement of total receive power generated by scheduling
services on E-DCHs. 10. EMC_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to
enable power admission control for UEs initiating emergency
calls. 11. Received total wideband power_RESIST_DISTURB:
Whether to enable anti-inference processing when Received
Total Wideband Power (RTWP) is abnormal. 12.
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH: Whether to enable uplink
power-based soft handover control for UEs who have
established RRC connections but process no services. If this
switch is turned on, such UEs cannot access target cells by
using soft handovers if the target cells are in the OLC state in
the uplink. 13. FACH_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable

admission control for UEs that establish services on FACHs. If
this switch is turned on and a UE initiates an RAB or RRC
connection setup request (with a cause value other than Detach,
Registration, or Emergency Call) in an overloaded cell, the setup
request is rejected. If the cell is not overloaded, the FACH user
admission procedure is initiated and the UE can access the cell
after the procedure succeeds. If this switch is turned off, the
FACH user admission procedure is initiated regardless of
whether the cell is overloaded and the UE can access the cell
after the procedure succeeds. 14.
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL: Whether to enable
admission control for common HSDPA UEs in MIMO cells. 15.
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL: Whether to enable admission
control for fast dormancy-capable UEs. This switch is used to
alleviate FACH congestion by disabling state migration for fast
dormancy-capable UEs in the CELL-DCH state. If this switch is
turned off for many cells under the RNC, signaling storms occur
and CPU usage on the RNC, NodeB, and SGSN increases
significantly, affecting service access. The function
corresponding to this switch has been deleted in R13, and this
switch is invalid. 16. FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL: Whether
to restrict the number of admitted FACH UEs.
GUI Value Range:CRD_ADCTRL(Credit Admission Control
Algorithm), HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA UU Load Admission
Control Algorithm), HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load
Admission Control Algorithm), MBMS_UU_ADCTRL(MBMS UU
Load Admission Control Algorithm), HSDPA_GBP_MEAS
(HSDPA GBP Meas Algorithm), HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA
PBR Meas Algorithm), SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST
(System Info Update Switch for Iu Reset), HSUPA_PBR_MEAS
(HSUPA PBR Meas Algorithm), HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS
(HSUPA EDCH RSEPS Meas Algorithm), EMC_UU_ADCTRL
(emergency call power admission), RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB
(RTWP Resist Disturb Switch),
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH(Signaling Sho Ul power
cac switch), FACH_UU_ADCTRL(FACH power cac switch),
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL(Legacy HSDPA
Admission Control Algorithm in MIMO Cell ),
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL(Fast Dormancy User Admission
Control Algorithm), FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL(FACH
USER UNLIMITED)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:CRD_ADCTRL, HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL,
HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL, MBMS_UU_ADCTRL,
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS, HSDPA_PBR_MEAS,
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST, HSUPA_PBR_MEAS,
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS, EMC_UU_ADCTRL,
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB,
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH, FACH_UU_ADCTRL,
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL,
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL,
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL
Default Value:CRD_ADCTRL-1&HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-
0&HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL-0&MBMS_UU_ADCTRL-
0&HSDPA_GBP_MEAS-0&HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-
0&SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST-
0&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-0&HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS-
0&EMC_UU_ADCTRL-1&RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB-
0&SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH-
0&FACH_UU_ADCTRL-
0&MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL-
0&FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL-
1&FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL-0
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch BSC6900 ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Whether to enable the algorithms related to cell load
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH 020106 Load Measurement control. Selecting a switch enables the corresponding algorithm
WRFD- Intra Frequency Load and clearing a switch disables the corresponding algorithm. 1.
020102 Balance INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB: Whether to enable the cell
WRFD- breathing algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-CPICH transmit
Potential User Control
020104 power of a cell based on the downlink TCP load to achieve load
Overload Control balancing between intra-frequency cells. This algorithm
WRFD- Inter-Frequency Load automatically becomes invalid when the load-based dynamic P
020105 Balancing Based on CPICH transmit power adjustment algorithm (controlled by the
WRFD- Configurable Load DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH switch) takes
020107 Threshold effect. 2. PUC: Whether to enable the Potential User Control
WRFD- Load Based Dynamic (PUC) algorithm. This algorithm adjusts cell selection and
140217 Adjustment of reselection parameters based on the cell load to enable UEs to
WRFD- PCPICH reselect lightly loaded cells. 3. UL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable
150236 MOCN Cell Resource the uplink overload control (OLC) algorithm. When the uplink
WRFD- Demarcation power is overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates the uplink
140223 load by using quick transport format (TF) restriction, distributing
best effort (BE) service to common channels, or releasing UEs.
4. DL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the downlink OLC algorithm.
When the downlink power is overloaded in a cell, this algorithm
alleviates the downlink load by using quick TF restriction,
distributing BE services to common channels, releasing UEs, or
reconfiguring the maximum transmit power of FACHs. 5.
UL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the uplink load reshuffling
(LDR) algorithm. When the uplink load is heavy in a cell, this
algorithm alleviates the uplink load by using load-based inter-
frequency handovers, BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable
real-time service QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-
RAT handovers, and AMR service rate reduction. 6.
DL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the downlink LDR algorithm.
When the downlink load is heavy in a cell, this algorithm
alleviates the downlink load by using load-based inter-frequency
handovers, BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time
service QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-RAT
handovers, AMR service rate reduction, and MBMS power
restriction. 7. OLC_EVENTMEAS: Whether to enable OLC event
measurement. 8. CELL_CODE_LDR: Whether to enable cell
code reshuffling algorithm. In the event of code resource
overuse, this algorithm alleviates the code resource overuse by
using BE service rate reduction, code tree reshuffling, and load

based inter-frequency handovers. 9. CELL_CREDIT_LDR:
Whether to enable the cell credit reshuffling algorithm. In the
event of cell credit overuse, this algorithm alleviates the credit
overuse by using load-based inter-frequency handovers, BE
service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service QoS
renegotiation, and load-based CS/PS inter-RAT handovers. 10.
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB: Whether to enable RTWP-
based intra-frequency load balancing algorithm. This algorithm
adjusts P-CPICH transmit power of a cell based on the RTWP
load to achieve load balancing between intra-frequency cells.
This algorithm automatically becomes invalid when the load-
based dynamic P-CPICH transmit power adjustment algorithm
(controlled by the
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH switch) takes
effect. 11. UL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the uplink load-
based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines whether a cell
enters the CLB state by the uplink load on the air interface. If a
cell is in the CLB state, measurement-based inter-frequency
handovers are triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
between inter-frequency cells. 12. DL_UU_CLB: Whether to
enable the downlink load-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm
determines whether a cell enters the CLB state by the downlink
load on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are triggered
periodically to achieve load balancing between inter-frequency
cells. 13. CELL_CODE_CLB: Whether to enable code resource
enters the CLB state by the code resource usage. If a cell is in
the CLB state, measurement-based inter-frequency handovers
are triggered periodically to achieve load balancing between
inter-frequency cells. 14. CELL_CREDIT_CLB: Whether to
enable credit-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
whether a cell enters the CLB state by the credit resource
usage. If a cell is in the CLB state, measurement-based inter-
frequency handovers are triggered periodically to achieve load
balancing between inter-frequency cells. 15.
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH: Whether to
enable downlink load-based dynamic primary common pilot
channel (P-CPICH) power adjustment algorithm. This algorithm
adjusts the P-CPICH transmit power by the downlink non-HSPA
power load to reduce the downlink non-HSPA power load. If this
algorithm takes effect, other enabled algorithms for intra-
frequency load balancing (based on TCP or RTWP)
automatically become invalid.
GUI Value Range:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB, PUC,
UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC, DL_UU_OLC,
OLC_EVENTMEAS, CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB, DL_UU_CLB,
CELL_CODE_CLB, CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB, PUC,
Default Value:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB-0&PUC-
0&UL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&UL_UU_OLC-
0&DL_UU_OLC-0&OLC_EVENTMEAS-0&CELL_CODE_LDR
0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-0&UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB-
0&UL_UU_CLB-0&DL_UU_CLB-0&CELL_CODE_CLB-
0&CELL_CREDIT_CLB-
0&DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH-0
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch BSC6910 ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Whether to enable the algorithms related to cell load
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH 020106 Load Measurement control. Selecting a switch enables the corresponding algorithm
WRFD- Intra Frequency Load and clearing a switch disables the corresponding algorithm. 1.
020102 Balance INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB: Whether to enable the cell
WRFD- breathing algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-CPICH transmit
Potential User Control
020104 power of a cell based on the downlink TCP load to achieve load
Overload Control balancing between intra-frequency cells. This algorithm
WRFD- Inter-Frequency Load automatically becomes invalid when the load-based dynamic P
020105 Balancing Based on CPICH transmit power adjustment algorithm (controlled by the
WRFD- Configurable Load DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH switch) takes
020107 Threshold effect. 2. PUC: Whether to enable the Potential User Control
WRFD- Load Based Dynamic (PUC) algorithm. This algorithm adjusts cell selection and
140217 Adjustment of reselection parameters based on the cell load to enable UEs to
WRFD- PCPICH reselect lightly loaded cells. 3. UL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable
150236 MOCN Cell Resource the uplink overload control (OLC) algorithm. When the uplink
WRFD- Demarcation power is overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates the uplink
140223 load by using quick transport format (TF) restriction, distributing
best effort (BE) service to common channels, or releasing UEs.
4. DL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the downlink OLC algorithm.
When the downlink power is overloaded in a cell, this algorithm
alleviates the downlink load by using quick TF restriction,
distributing BE services to common channels, releasing UEs, or
reconfiguring the maximum transmit power of FACHs. 5.
UL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the uplink load reshuffling
(LDR) algorithm. When the uplink load is heavy in a cell, this
algorithm alleviates the uplink load by using load-based inter-
frequency handovers, BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable
real-time service QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-
RAT handovers, and AMR service rate reduction. 6.
DL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the downlink LDR algorithm.
When the downlink load is heavy in a cell, this algorithm
alleviates the downlink load by using load-based inter-frequency
handovers, BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time
service QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-RAT
handovers, AMR service rate reduction, and MBMS power
restriction. 7. OLC_EVENTMEAS: Whether to enable OLC event
measurement. 8. CELL_CODE_LDR: Whether to enable cell
code reshuffling algorithm. In the event of code resource
overuse, this algorithm alleviates the code resource overuse by

using BE service rate reduction, code tree reshuffling, and load
based inter-frequency handovers. 9. CELL_CREDIT_LDR:
Whether to enable the cell credit reshuffling algorithm. In the
event of cell credit overuse, this algorithm alleviates the credit
overuse by using load-based inter-frequency handovers, BE
service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service QoS
renegotiation, and load-based CS/PS inter-RAT handovers. 10.
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB: Whether to enable RTWP-
based intra-frequency load balancing algorithm. This algorithm
adjusts P-CPICH transmit power of a cell based on the RTWP
load to achieve load balancing between intra-frequency cells.
This algorithm automatically becomes invalid when the load-
based dynamic P-CPICH transmit power adjustment algorithm
(controlled by the
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH switch) takes
effect. 11. UL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the uplink load-
enters the CLB state by the uplink load on the air interface. If a
cell is in the CLB state, measurement-based inter-frequency
handovers are triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
between inter-frequency cells. 12. DL_UU_CLB: Whether to
enable the downlink load-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm
determines whether a cell enters the CLB state by the downlink
load on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are triggered
periodically to achieve load balancing between inter-frequency
cells. 13. CELL_CODE_CLB: Whether to enable code resource
enters the CLB state by the code resource usage. If a cell is in
the CLB state, measurement-based inter-frequency handovers
are triggered periodically to achieve load balancing between
inter-frequency cells. 14. CELL_CREDIT_CLB: Whether to
enable credit-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
whether a cell enters the CLB state by the credit resource
usage. If a cell is in the CLB state, measurement-based inter-
frequency handovers are triggered periodically to achieve load
balancing between inter-frequency cells. 15.
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH: Whether to
enable downlink load-based dynamic primary common pilot
channel (P-CPICH) power adjustment algorithm. This algorithm
adjusts the P-CPICH transmit power by the downlink non-HSPA
power load to reduce the downlink non-HSPA power load. If this
algorithm takes effect, other enabled algorithms for intra-
frequency load balancing (based on TCP or RTWP)
automatically become invalid.
GUI Value Range:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB, PUC,
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB, PUC,
Default Value:INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB-0&PUC-
0&UL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&UL_UU_OLC-
0&DL_UU_OLC-0&OLC_EVENTMEAS-0&CELL_CODE_LDR
0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-0&UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB-
0&UL_UU_CLB-0&DL_UU_CLB-0&CELL_CODE_CLB-
0&CELL_CREDIT_CLB-
0&DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH-0
CellOverrunThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDB WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:If the cell downlink load exceeds this threshold, the
MOD UCELLLDB 020104 Balance algorithm will decrease the pilot transmit power of the cell so as
to increase the whole system's capacity. This parameter is
based on network planning.
Unit:%
Default Value:90
CellOverrunThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDB WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:If the cell downlink load exceeds this threshold, the
MOD UCELLLDB 020104 Balance algorithm will decrease the pilot transmit power of the cell so as
to increase the whole system's capacity. This parameter is
based on network planning.
Unit:%
Default Value:90
PCPICHPowerPace BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDB WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:Step at which the CPICH power is adjusted each time.
MOD UCELLLDB 020104 Balance This parameter is used for load-based dynamic pilot power
WRFD- Load Based Dynamic adjustment and TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing. For
150236 Adjustment of detailed information about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
PCPICH GUI Value Range:0~100
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:2
PCPICHPowerPace BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDB WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:Step at which the CPICH power is adjusted each time.
MOD UCELLLDB 020104 Balance This parameter is used for load-based dynamic pilot power
WRFD- Load Based Dynamic adjustment and TCP-based intra-frequency load balancing. For
150236 Adjustment of detailed information about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
PCPICH GUI Value Range:0~100
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:2
MinPCPICHPower BSC6900 ADD UPCPICH WRFD- Open Loop Power Meaning:Minimum TX power of the PCPICH in a cell. This
MOD UPCPICHPWR 020501 Control parameter defines the minimum coverage area of a cell.
WRFD- Intra Frequency Load GUI Value Range:-100~500
020104 Balance Unit:0.1dBm
WRFD- Load Based Dynamic Actual Value Range:-10~50
150236 Adjustment of Default Value:313
PCPICH
MinPCPICHPower BSC6910 ADD UPCPICH WRFD- Open Loop Power Meaning:Minimum TX power of the PCPICH in a cell. This
MOD UPCPICHPWR 020501 Control parameter defines the minimum coverage area of a cell.
PCPICH
CellUnderrunThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDB WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:If the cell downlink load is lower than this threshold, the
MOD UCELLLDB 020104 Balance algorithm will increase the pilot transmit power of the cell so as
to share load of other cells. This parameter is based on network
planning.
Unit:%
Default Value:30
CellUnderrunThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDB WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:If the cell downlink load is lower than this threshold, the
MOD UCELLLDB 020104 Balance algorithm will increase the pilot transmit power of the cell so as
to share load of other cells. This parameter is based on network
planning.
Unit:%
Default Value:30
MaxPCPICHPower BSC6900 ADD UPCPICH WRFD- Open Loop Power Meaning:Maximum TX power of the PCPICH in a cell. This
MOD UPCPICHPWR 020501 Control parameter defines the maximum coverage area of a cell.
PCPICH
MaxPCPICHPower BSC6910 ADD UPCPICH WRFD- Open Loop Power Meaning:Maximum TX power of the PCPICH in a cell. This
MOD UPCPICHPWR 020501 Control parameter defines the maximum coverage area of a cell.
PCPICH
IntraFreqUlbPeriodTimerLen BSC6900 SET ULDCPERIOD WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:Period of RTWP-based intra-frequency load balancing
020104 Balance adjustment. If the RTWP is relatively high, the P-CPICH transmit
power is periodically reduced to reduce the RTWP.
Unit:s
Default Value:1800
IntraFreqUlbPeriodTimerLen BSC6910 SET ULDCPERIOD WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:Period of RTWP-based intra-frequency load balancing
020104 Balance adjustment. If the RTWP is relatively high, the P-CPICH transmit
power is periodically reduced to reduce the RTWP.
Unit:s
Default Value:1800
UlbAvgFilterLen BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
020104 Balance measurement results reported by the NodeB and the filtered
measurement results will be used in the uplink intra-frequency
load balancing algorithm. This parameter applies to filtering the
common measurement results of the RTWP.
Unit:None
Default Value:32
UlbAvgFilterLen BSC6910 SET ULDM WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:Length of the filtering window when the RNC filters the
020104 Balance measurement results reported by the NodeB and the filtered
measurement results will be used in the uplink intra-frequency
load balancing algorithm. This parameter applies to filtering the
common measurement results of the RTWP.
Unit:None
Default Value:32
RTWPHeavyThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLULB WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:RTWP heavy threshold for the load balancing algorithm
MOD UCELLULB 020104 Balance based on Received Total Wideband Power (RTWP). If power in
a cell exceeds the threshold, CPICH power in the cell will be
decreased.
Unit:%
Default Value:95
RTWPHeavyThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLULB WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:RTWP heavy threshold for the load balancing algorithm
MOD UCELLULB 020104 Balance based on Received Total Wideband Power (RTWP). If power in
a cell exceeds the threshold, CPICH power in the cell will be
decreased.
Unit:%
Default Value:95
RTWPLightThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLULB WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:RTWP light threshold for the load balancing algorithm
MOD UCELLULB 020104 Balance based on RTWP. If power in a cell is less than the threshold,
CPICH power in the cell will be increased.
Unit:%
Default Value:85
RTWPLightThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLULB WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:RTWP light threshold for the load balancing algorithm
MOD UCELLULB 020104 Balance based on RTWP. If power in a cell is less than the threshold,
CPICH power in the cell will be increased.
Unit:%
Default Value:85
PCPICHPowerPace BSC6900 ADD UCELLULB WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:Step at which the CPICH power is adjusted each time
MOD UCELLULB 020104 Balance based on the RTWP load balancing algorithm. For detailed
information about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:2
PCPICHPowerPace BSC6910 ADD UCELLULB WRFD- Intra Frequency Load Meaning:Step at which the CPICH power is adjusted each time
MOD UCELLULB 020104 Balance based on the RTWP load balancing algorithm. For detailed
information about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:2
NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch BSC6900 ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Selection of uplink power admission control algorithms
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH 020101 ALGORITHM_OFF: Uplink power admission control algorithm
disabled. ALGORITHM_FIRST: Uplink admission control
algorithm based on the power load and the predicted power load
increment caused by admitting new UEs.
ALGORITHM_SECOND: Uplink admission control algorithm
based on the number of equivalent UEs and the predicted
increment in the number of equivalent UEs to be admitted.
ALGORITHM_THIRD: Uplink admission control algorithm based
on the power load in a cell. ALGORITHM_FOURTH: Uplink
admission control algorithm based on the actual service load
and the predicted service load increment.
GUI Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_FIRST,
ALGORITHM_SECOND, ALGORITHM_THIRD,
ALGORITHM_FOURTH
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_FIRST,
ALGORITHM_FOURTH
Default Value:None
NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch BSC6910 ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Selection of uplink power admission control algorithms
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH 020101 ALGORITHM_OFF: Uplink power admission control algorithm
disabled. ALGORITHM_FIRST: Uplink admission control
ALGORITHM_SECOND: Uplink admission control algorithm
based on the number of equivalent UEs and the predicted
increment in the number of equivalent UEs to be admitted.
ALGORITHM_THIRD: Uplink admission control algorithm based
on the power load in a cell. ALGORITHM_FOURTH: Uplink
admission control algorithm based on the actual service load
and the predicted service load increment.
ALGORITHM_FOURTH
Unit:None
ALGORITHM_FOURTH
Default Value:None
NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch BSC6900 ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Selection of downlink admission control algorithm
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH 020101 ALGORITHM_OFF: Downlink power admission control algorithm
disabled ALGORITHM_FIRST: Downlink admission control
ALGORITHM_SECOND: Downlink admission control algorithm
based on the number of downlink equivalent UEs and the
predicted increment in the number of downlink equivalent UEs to
be admitted. ALGORITHM_THIRD: Downlink admission control
algorithm based on the power load in a cell.
ALGORITHM_SECOND, ALGORITHM_THIRD
Unit:None
Default Value:None
NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch BSC6910 ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH WRFD- Admission Control Meaning:Selection of downlink admission control algorithm
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH 020101 ALGORITHM_OFF: Downlink power admission control algorithm
disabled ALGORITHM_FIRST: Downlink admission control
ALGORITHM_SECOND: Downlink admission control algorithm

based on the number of downlink equivalent UEs and the
predicted increment in the number of downlink equivalent UEs to
be admitted. ALGORITHM_THIRD: Downlink admission control
algorithm based on the power load in a cell.
Unit:None
Default Value:None
DlLdTrnsHysTime BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:If the DL load state of the cell is lasted longer than this
MOD UCELLLDM 020102 Load Reshuffling threshold, the DL load state of the cell transfers.
WRFD- Inter-Frequency Load GUI Value Range:10~600000
020106 Balancing Based on Unit:ms
WRFD- Configurable Load Actual Value Range:10~600000
140217 Threshold Default Value:1000
DlLdTrnsHysTime BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDM WRFD- Load Measurement Meaning:If the DL load state of the cell is lasted longer than this
MOD UCELLLDM 020102 Load Reshuffling threshold, the DL load state of the cell transfers.
WRFD- Inter-Frequency Load GUI Value Range:10~600000
020106 Balancing Based on Unit:ms
WRFD- Configurable Load Actual Value Range:10~600000
140217 Threshold Default Value:1000
CellLdrSfResThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Threshold for reserved SF in a cell. This parameter is
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 Code Resource used to determine whether the code load reshuffling (LDR) is
WRFD- Management allowed.
020108 GUI Value Range:SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16), SF32
(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128,
SF256
Default Value:SF8(SF8)
CellLdrSfResThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Threshold for reserved SF in a cell. This parameter is
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 Code Resource used to determine whether the code load reshuffling (LDR) is
WRFD- Management allowed.
020108 GUI Value Range:SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16), SF32
(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit:None
SF256
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch BSC6900 ADD UNODEBALGOPARA WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Whether to enable the algorithms for NodeB load
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA 020106 Overload Control control. 1. IUB_LDR (Iub congestion control algorithm): When
WRFD- Inter-Frequency Load the NodeB Iub load is heavy, users are assembled in priority
020107 Balancing Based on order among all the NodeBs and a part of users are selected for
WRFD- Configurable Load LDR action (such as BE service rate reduction) in order to
140217 Threshold reduce the NodeB Iub load. 2. NODEB_CREDIT_LDR (NodeB
level credit congestion control algorithm): When the NodeB level
credit load is heavy, users are assembled in priority order
among all the NodeBs and a part of users are selected for LDR
action in order to reduce the NodeB level credit load. 3.
LCG_CREDIT_LDR (Cell group level credit congestion control
algorithm): When the cell group level credit load is heavy, users
are assembled in priority order among all the NodeBs and a part
of users are selected for LDR action in order to reduce the cell
group level credit load. 4. IUB_OLC (Iub Overload congestion
control algorithm): When the NodeB Iub load is Overload, users
of users are selected for Olc action in order to reduce the NodeB
Iub load. 5. Whether to activate the NodeB-credit-based CLB
(Cell Load Balance) algorithm. With this algorithm, the RNC
initiates inter-frequency handovers if NodeB credit load is higher
than the value of "UlCreditCSClbTrigThd" or
"UlCreditPSClbTrigThd" in the "ADD UNODEBCLB" command.
By doing this, the NodeB credit load can be reduced. 6. Whether
to activate the cell-group-credit-based CLB (Cell Load Balance)
algorithm. With this algorithm, the RNC initiates inter-frequency
handovers if credit load in a cell group is higher than the value of
"UlCreditCSClbTrigThd" in the "ADD UNODEBCLB" command.
By doing this, the credit load in the cell group can be reduced. 7.
To enable the algorithms above, select them. Otherwise, they
are disabled.
GUI Value Range:IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm),
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm),
LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm), IUB_OLC(IUB
OLC Algorithm), NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(NodeB Credit
CLB Algorithm), LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(Local Cell Group
Credit CLB Algorithm)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:IUB_LDR, NODEB_CREDIT_LDR,
LCG_CREDIT_LDR, IUB_OLC,
NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH,
LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH
Default Value:IUB_LDR-0&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-
0&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-0&IUB_OLC-
0&NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-
0&LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-0
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch BSC6910 ADD UNODEBALGOPARA WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Whether to enable the algorithms for NodeB load
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA 020106 Overload Control control. 1. IUB_LDR (Iub congestion control algorithm): When
WRFD- Inter-Frequency Load the NodeB Iub load is heavy, users are assembled in priority
020107 Balancing Based on order among all the NodeBs and a part of users are selected for
WRFD- Configurable Load LDR action (such as BE service rate reduction) in order to
140217 Threshold reduce the NodeB Iub load. 2. NODEB_CREDIT_LDR (NodeB
level credit congestion control algorithm): When the NodeB level
credit load is heavy, users are assembled in priority order
among all the NodeBs and a part of users are selected for LDR
action in order to reduce the NodeB level credit load. 3.
LCG_CREDIT_LDR (Cell group level credit congestion control
algorithm): When the cell group level credit load is heavy, users
of users are selected for LDR action in order to reduce the cell
group level credit load. 4. IUB_OLC (Iub Overload congestion
control algorithm): When the NodeB Iub load is Overload, users
of users are selected for Olc action in order to reduce the NodeB
Iub load. 5. Whether to activate the NodeB-credit-based CLB
(Cell Load Balance) algorithm. With this algorithm, the RNC
initiates inter-frequency handovers if NodeB credit load is higher
than the value of "UlCreditCSClbTrigThd" or
"UlCreditPSClbTrigThd" in the "ADD UNODEBCLB" command.
By doing this, the NodeB credit load can be reduced. 6. Whether
to activate the cell-group-credit-based CLB (Cell Load Balance)
algorithm. With this algorithm, the RNC initiates inter-frequency
handovers if credit load in a cell group is higher than the value of
"UlCreditCSClbTrigThd" in the "ADD UNODEBCLB" command.
By doing this, the credit load in the cell group can be reduced. 7.
To enable the algorithms above, select them. Otherwise, they
are disabled.
GUI Value Range:IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm),
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm),
LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm), IUB_OLC(IUB
OLC Algorithm), NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(NodeB Credit
CLB Algorithm), LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(Local Cell Group
Credit CLB Algorithm)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:IUB_LDR, NODEB_CREDIT_LDR,
LCG_CREDIT_LDR, IUB_OLC,
NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH,
LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH
Default Value:IUB_LDR-0&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-
0&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-0&IUB_OLC-
0&NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-
0&LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-0
UlLdrCreditSfResThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Reserved SF threshold in uplink credit LDR. The uplink
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 Inter Frequency Load credit LDR could be triggered only when the SF factor
WRFD- Balance corresponding to the uplink reserved credit is higher than the
020103 uplink or downlink credit SF reserved threshold.
GUI Value Range:8*SF4(8*SF4), 7*SF4(7*SF4), 6*SF4(6*SF4),
5*SF4(5*SF4), 4*SF4(4*SF4), 3*SF4(3*SF4), 2*SF4(2*SF4),
SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16), SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:8*SF4, 7*SF4, 6*SF4, 5*SF4, 4*SF4,
3*SF4, 2*SF4, SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128, SF256
UlLdrCreditSfResThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Reserved SF threshold in uplink credit LDR. The uplink
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 Inter Frequency Load credit LDR could be triggered only when the SF factor
WRFD- Balance corresponding to the uplink reserved credit is higher than the
020103 uplink or downlink credit SF reserved threshold.
SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit:None
DlLdrCreditSfResThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Reserved SF threshold in DL credit LDR. DL credit
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 LDR is triggered when the SF value corresponding to the DL
remaining credit is greater than this threshold.
GUI Value Range:SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16), SF32
(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit:None
SF256
DlLdrCreditSfResThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Reserved SF threshold in DL credit LDR. DL credit
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 LDR is triggered when the SF value corresponding to the DL
remaining credit is greater than this threshold.
(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit:None
SF256
UlLdrCreditSfResThd BSC6900 ADD UNODEBLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Threshold of SF reserved in uplink credit LDR. The
MOD UNODEBLDR 020106 uplink credit LDR is triggered when the SF factor corresponding
to the uplink reserved credit is higher than the uplink or downlink
credit SF reserved threshold.
SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit:None
UlLdrCreditSfResThd BSC6910 ADD UNODEBLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Threshold of SF reserved in uplink credit LDR. The
MOD UNODEBLDR 020106 uplink credit LDR is triggered when the SF factor corresponding
to the uplink reserved credit is higher than the uplink or downlink
credit SF reserved threshold.

SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit:None
DlLdrCreditSfResThd BSC6900 ADD UNODEBLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Reserved SF threshold in downlink credit LDR.
MOD UNODEBLDR 020106 Downlink credit LDR is triggered when the SF value
corresponding to the downlink remaining credit is greater than
this threshold.
(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit:None
SF256
DlLdrCreditSfResThd BSC6910 ADD UNODEBLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Reserved SF threshold in downlink credit LDR.
MOD UNODEBLDR 020106 Downlink credit LDR is triggered when the SF value
corresponding to the downlink remaining credit is greater than
this threshold.
(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit:None
SF256
LdrPeriodTimerLen BSC6900 SET ULDCPERIOD WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Period of starting LDR. If preliminary congestion
020106 Code Resource occurs, LDR is periodically performed to reduce the cell load.
WRFD- Management The value of this parameter must be greater than 8s because: 1.
020108 The LDR algorithm aims to slowly reduce the cell load and
control the load below the admission threshold. 2. Each LDR
action takes a period. For example, an inter-RAT load handover
causes a delay of about 5s if the compressed mode is required.
3. There is a delay for the load monitoring module responds to
the load reduction. For example, the delay is about 3s when the
L3 filtering coefficient is set to 6.
Unit:s
Default Value:10
LdrPeriodTimerLen BSC6910 SET ULDCPERIOD WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Period of starting LDR. If preliminary congestion
020106 Code Resource occurs, LDR is periodically performed to reduce the cell load.
WRFD- Management The value of this parameter must be greater than 8s because: 1.
020108 The LDR algorithm aims to slowly reduce the cell load and
control the load below the admission threshold. 2. Each LDR
action takes a period. For example, an inter-RAT load handover
causes a delay of about 5s if the compressed mode is required.
3. There is a delay for the load monitoring module responds to
the load reduction. For example, the delay is about 3s when the
L3 filtering coefficient is set to 6.
Unit:s
Default Value:10
GoldUserLoadControlSwitch BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Whether gold users involve in the congestion control.
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 Optimization of R99 According to the policy set for gold users by operators, if service
WRFD- and HSUPA Users quality of gold users should be guaranteed even in resource
020131 Fairness congestion, the switch should be turned off. If this switch is
WRFD- Inter-Frequency Load turned on, LDR such as rate reduction and handover also occurs
140217 Balancing Based on on gold users even in cell resource congestion, which impacts
Configurable Load user service quality. If this switch is disabled, no action is
Threshold performed on gold users.
Unit:None
GoldUserLoadControlSwitch BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Whether gold users involve in the congestion control.
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 Optimization of R99 According to the policy set for gold users by operators, if service
WRFD- and HSUPA Users quality of gold users should be guaranteed even in resource
020131 Fairness congestion, the switch should be turned off. If this switch is
WRFD- Inter-Frequency Load turned on, LDR such as rate reduction and handover also occurs
140217 Balancing Based on on gold users even in cell resource congestion, which impacts
Configurable Load user service quality. If this switch is disabled, no action is
Threshold performed on gold users.
Unit:None
HsdpaCMPermissionInd BSC6900 SET UCMCF WRFD- HSUPA Mobility Meaning:Whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with
01061204 Management the HSDPA service. If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC
WRFD- Inter-RAT Handover can enable the CM for HSDPA services. 2. The HSDPA services
020306 Based on Load can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set
to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSDPA services can be enabled only
after the H2D (HS-DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The
HSDPA services cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled.
This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSDPA terminals
that do not support CM when HSDPA is enabled.
GUI Value Range:FALSE(Forbidden), TRUE(Permit)
Unit:None
Default Value:TRUE(Permit)
HsdpaCMPermissionInd BSC6910 SET UCMCF WRFD- HSUPA Mobility Meaning:Whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with
01061204 Management the HSDPA service. If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC
WRFD- Inter-RAT Handover can enable the CM for HSDPA services. 2. The HSDPA services
020306 Based on Load can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set
to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSDPA services can be enabled only
after the H2D (HS-DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The
HSDPA services cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled.
This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSDPA terminals
that do not support CM when HSDPA is enabled.
GUI Value Range:FALSE(Forbidden), TRUE(Permit)
Unit:None
Default Value:TRUE(Permit)
UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR BE traffic rate
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 Dynamic Channel reduction.
WRFD- Configuration Control GUI Value Range:1~10
021101 (DCCC) Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR BE traffic rate
Default Value:1
DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR BE traffic rate
Default Value:1
DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR BE traffic rate
Default Value:1
UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR uncontrolled
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 RAB Quality of real-time traffic QoS renegotiation. The target users of this
WRFD- Service Renegotiation parameter are the PS domain real-time users. The setting of this
010506 over Iu Interface parameter is similar to the setting of BE service rate reduction
user number. Considering the scenario where the candidate
users selected for DL LDR do not meet the QoS renegotiation
conditions, you need to leave some margin when setting this
parameter to ensure the success of LDR.
Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR uncontrolled
user number. Considering the scenario where the candidate
users selected for DL LDR do not meet the QoS renegotiation
conditions, you need to leave some margin when setting this
Unit:None
Default Value:1
DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR uncontrolled
user number. When the candidate users selected for DL LDR do
not meet the QoS renegotiation conditions, the number of users
performing QoS renegotiation is smaller than the value of this
parameter. Therefore, leave some margin when setting this
Unit:None
Default Value:1
DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR uncontrolled
user number. When the candidate users selected for DL LDR do
not meet the QoS renegotiation conditions, the number of users
performing QoS renegotiation is smaller than the value of this
parameter. Therefore, leave some margin when setting this
Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a UL LDR CS domain
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 Inter-RAT Handover inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover. The target users of this
WRFD- Based on Load parameter are the CS domain users for whom "SHInd" is
020306 handover to GSM should be performed.
Unit:None
Default Value:3
UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a UL LDR CS domain
Unit:None
Default Value:3
DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR CS domain
Unit:None
Default Value:3
DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR CS domain
Unit:None
Default Value:3
UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR CS domain
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 Inter-RAT Handover inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover. The target users of
WRFD- Based on Load this parameter are the CS domain users for whom "SHInd" is
020306 handover to GSM should not be performed.
Unit:None
Default Value:3
UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR CS domain
Unit:None
Default Value:3
DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR CS domain
Unit:None
Default Value:3
DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR CS domain
Unit:None
Default Value:3
UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a UL LDR PS domain
WRFD- Based on Load parameter are the PS domain users for whom "SHInd" is
Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a UL LDR PS domain
Unit:None
Default Value:1
DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR PS domain
Unit:None
Default Value:1
DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR PS domain
020106 inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover. The target users of this
MOD UCELLLDR WRFD- Inter-RAT Handover parameter are the PS domain users for whom "SHInd" is
020306 Based on Load handover to GSM should be performed.
Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a UL LDR PS domain
WRFD- Based on Load this parameter are the PS domain users for whom "SHInd" is
Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a UL LDR PS domain
Unit:None
Default Value:1
DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR PS domain
Unit:None
Default Value:1
DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of users selected in a DL LDR PS domain
Unit:None
Default Value:1
HsupaCMPermissionInd BSC6900 SET UCMCF WRFD- HSUPA Mobility Meaning:Whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with
01061204 Management the HSUPA service. If this parameter is set to Permit: 1. the
WRFD- Inter-RAT Handover RNC can enable the CM for HSUPA services. 2. The HSUPA
020306 Based on Load services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this
parameter is set to Limited: 1. the CM for HSUPA services can
be enabled only after the E2D (E-DCH to DCH) channel switch.
2. The HSUPA services cannot be enabled when the CM is
enabled. If this parameter is set to BasedonUECap, the RNC
determines whether CM can be enabled for HSUPA services
and whether HSUPA services can be enabled when the CM is
enabled by considering the UE capability. This switch is used for
the compatibility of the HSUPA terminals that do not support CM
when HSUPA is enabled.
GUI Value Range:Limited, Permit, BasedOnUECap(Based On
UE Capability)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:Limited, Permit, BasedOnUECap
Default Value:BasedOnUECap(Based On UE Capability)
HsupaCMPermissionInd BSC6910 SET UCMCF WRFD- HSUPA Mobility Meaning:Whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with
01061204 Management the HSUPA service. If this parameter is set to Permit: 1. the
WRFD- Inter-RAT Handover RNC can enable the CM for HSUPA services. 2. The HSUPA
020306 Based on Load services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this
parameter is set to Limited: 1. the CM for HSUPA services can
be enabled only after the E2D (E-DCH to DCH) channel switch.
2. The HSUPA services cannot be enabled when the CM is
enabled. If this parameter is set to BasedonUECap, the RNC
determines whether CM can be enabled for HSUPA services
and whether HSUPA services can be enabled when the CM is
enabled by considering the UE capability. This switch is used for
the compatibility of the HSUPA terminals that do not support CM
when HSUPA is enabled.
GUI Value Range:Limited, Permit, BasedOnUECap(Based On
UE Capability)
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:Limited, Permit, BasedOnUECap
Default Value:BasedOnUECap(Based On UE Capability)
CsSwitch BSC6900 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH WRFD- TFO/TrFO Meaning:1. CS_AMRC_SWITCH: When the switch is on and the
011600 AMR/WB-AMR AMRC license is activated, the AMR control function is enabled
WRFD- Speech Rates Control for AMR services. 2.
020701 CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the default configurations of signaling
and RABs, which are stipulated in 3GPP 25.331, are used for
relocation of the UE from GSM to WCDMA. When the switch is
not on, the default configurations are not used. Instead, the
complete information of RB, TrCH, and PhyCH, which are in the
HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND message is used. 3.
CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH: When the switch is on and
the "Support IUUP Version 2" license is activated, the RNC
supports the TFO/TRFO function. 4.
CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWITCH (Dynamic CS voice
channel allocation switch): Whether to support the dynamic CS
voice channel allocation function. 5.
CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on,
wideband AMRC compatibility issues exist and therefore the
service data rate must not be adjusted. When this switch is
turned off, such issues do not exist and therefore the service
data rate can be adjusted. 6. CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH:

When this switch is turned on, narrowband AMRC compatibility
issues exist and therefore the service data rate must not be
adjusted. When this switch is turned off, such issues do not exist
and therefore the service data rate can be adjusted. 7.
CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRADUALLY_SWITCH:
Whether wideband AMRC can be adjusted level by level
according to the data rate sets configured by the CN .When this
switch is turned off, wideband AMRC cannot be adjusted level
by level. When this switch is turned on, wideband AMRC can be
adjusted level by level.
GUI Value Range:CS_AMRC_SWITCH,
CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_SWITCH,
CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH,
CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWITCH,
CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH,
CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH,
CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRADUALLY_SWITCH
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:CS_AMRC_SWITCH,
Default Value:CS_AMRC_SWITCH-
0&CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_SWITCH-
1&CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH-
0&CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWITCH-
0&CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH-
0&CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH-
0&CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRADUALLY_SWITCH-
CsSwitch BSC6910 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH WRFD- TFO/TrFO Meaning:1. CS_AMRC_SWITCH: When the switch is on and the
011600 AMR/WB-AMR AMRC license is activated, the AMR control function is enabled
WRFD- Speech Rates Control for AMR services. 2.
020701 CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the default configurations of signaling
and RABs, which are stipulated in 3GPP 25.331, are used for
relocation of the UE from GSM to WCDMA. When the switch is
not on, the default configurations are not used. Instead, the
complete information of RB, TrCH, and PhyCH, which are in the
HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND message is used. 3.
CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH: When the switch is on and
the "Support IUUP Version 2" license is activated, the RNC
supports the TFO/TRFO function. 4.
CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWITCH (Dynamic CS voice
channel allocation switch): Whether to support the dynamic CS
voice channel allocation function. 5.
CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH: When this switch is turned on,
wideband AMRC compatibility issues exist and therefore the
service data rate must not be adjusted. When this switch is
turned off, such issues do not exist and therefore the service
data rate can be adjusted. 6. CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, narrowband AMRC compatibility
issues exist and therefore the service data rate must not be
adjusted. When this switch is turned off, such issues do not exist
and therefore the service data rate can be adjusted. 7.
CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRADUALLY_SWITCH:
Whether wideband AMRC can be adjusted level by level
according to the data rate sets configured by the CN .When this
switch is turned off, wideband AMRC cannot be adjusted level
by level. When this switch is turned on, wideband AMRC can be
adjusted level by level.
GUI Value Range:CS_AMRC_SWITCH,
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:CS_AMRC_SWITCH,
Default Value:CS_AMRC_SWITCH-
0&CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_SWITCH-
1&CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH-
0&CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWITCH-
0&CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH-
0&CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH-
0&CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRADUALLY_SWITCH-
DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR-AMR voice
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 AMR/WB-AMR service rate reduction.
WRFD- Speech Rates Control GUI Value Range:1~10
020701 Unit:None
Default Value:1
DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR-AMR voice
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 AMR/WB-AMR service rate reduction.
020701 Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR AMR traffic rate
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 AMR/WB-AMR reduction.

020701 Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR AMR traffic rate
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 AMR/WB-AMR reduction.
020701 Unit:None
Default Value:1
MaxUserNumCodeAdj BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Maximum number of users selected in code reshuffling.
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 Code Resource Code reshuffling is triggered only when the number of users on
WRFD- Management a code is less than or equal to this threshold. Code reshuffling
020108 has a severe impact on the QoS. In addition, the reshuffled
users occupy two code resources during code reshuffling.
Therefore, the parameter value 1 is recommended.
GUI Value Range:1~3
Unit:None
Default Value:1
MaxUserNumCodeAdj BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Maximum number of users selected in code reshuffling.
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 Code Resource Code reshuffling is triggered only when the number of users on
WRFD- Management a code is less than or equal to this threshold. Code reshuffling
020108 has a severe impact on the QoS. In addition, the reshuffled
users occupy two code resources during code reshuffling.
Therefore, the parameter value 1 is recommended.
GUI Value Range:1~3
Unit:None
Default Value:1
LdrCodePriUseInd BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Code priority indication for LDR. If this parameter is set
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 Code Resource to TRUE, the codes with a high priority, that is the subtree with a
WRFD- Management large code number, are reserved during the code reshuffling.
020108 This facilitates code resource dynamic sharing for HSDPA
services. If this parameter is set to FALSE, the subtree with a
minimum number of users is selected from the candidate
subtrees. If there are multiple subtrees with a minimum number
of users, the subtree with the maximum code number is selected
for code reshuffling.
GUI Value Range:FALSE(FALSE), TRUE(TRUE)
Unit:None
Default Value:FALSE(FALSE)
LdrCodePriUseInd BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:Code priority indication for LDR. If this parameter is set
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 Code Resource to TRUE, the codes with a high priority, that is the subtree with a
WRFD- Management large code number, are reserved during the code reshuffling.
020108 This facilitates code resource dynamic sharing for HSDPA
services. If this parameter is set to FALSE, the subtree with a
minimum number of users is selected from the candidate
subtrees. If there are multiple subtrees with a minimum number
of users, the subtree with the maximum code number is selected
for code reshuffling.
GUI Value Range:FALSE(FALSE), TRUE(TRUE)
Unit:None
Default Value:FALSE(FALSE)
MbmsDecPowerRabThd BSC6900 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:When the priority of the RAB of MBMS services
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 MBMS Load Control exceeds this threshold, reconfigure the MBMS power to the
WRFD- minimum power. The MBMS service at each rate is set on the
01061603 basis of two power levels. The power set for an MBMS service is
determined according to cell load during the service access. In
addition, the FACH power of the MBMS service must be
decreased as required in the duration of cell congestion. a part
of services with high priority, for example the disaster pre-alert,
however, do not need the coverage shrink caused by cell load.
In such a case, you can adjust the service priority threshold to
protect the services with high priority against the impact of the
service access failure and the load control algorithm.
Unit:None
Default Value:1
MbmsDecPowerRabThd BSC6910 ADD UCELLLDR WRFD- Load Reshuffling Meaning:When the priority of the RAB of MBMS services
MOD UCELLLDR 020106 exceeds this threshold, reconfigure the MBMS power to the
minimum power. The MBMS service at each rate is set on the
basis of two power levels. The power set for an MBMS service is
determined according to cell load during the service access. In
addition, the FACH power of the MBMS service must be
decreased as required in the duration of cell congestion.
Services with high priority, for example the disaster pre-alert,
however, do not need the coverage shrink caused by cell load.
In such a case, you can adjust the service priority threshold to
protect the services with high priority against the impact of the
service access failure and the load control algorithm.
Unit:None
Default Value:1
TrafficType BSC6900 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Type of the service supporting RRC redirections based
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC on service steering. Note: The service steering-based RRC
RMV UCELLREDIRECTION Connection Setup redirection algorithm cannot distinguish AMR or VP services
through the RRC Connection Setup Request message sent by

UEs of the R5 version or earlier and considers all services as
AMR services.
GUI Value Range:AMR, VP, PSR99, PSHSPA
Unit:None
Actual Value Range:AMR, VP, PSR99, PSHSPA
Default Value:None
TrafficType BSC6910 ADD UCELLREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Type of the service supporting RRC redirections based
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION 020120 Load Sharing in RRC on service steering. Note: The service steering-based RRC
RMV UCELLREDIRECTION Connection Setup redirection algorithm cannot distinguish AMR or VP services
through the RRC Connection Setup Request message sent by
UEs of the R5 version or earlier and considers all services as
AMR services.
GUI Value Range:AMR, VP, PSR99, PSHSPA
Unit:None
Default Value:None
TrafficType BSC6900 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Traffic class whose RRC redirection parameters are to
020120 Load Sharing in RRC be set
Connection Setup GUI Value Range:AMR, VP, PSR99, PSHSPA
Unit:None
Default Value:None
TrafficType BSC6910 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Traffic class whose RRC redirection parameters are to
020120 Load Sharing in RRC be set
Connection Setup GUI Value Range:AMR, VP, PSR99, PSHSPA
Unit:None
Default Value:None
RedirSwitch BSC6900 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Whether the service-based RRC redirection algorithm
020120 Load Sharing in RRC is applicable to a specific service. When this switch is turned on,
specified service.
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Unit:None
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Default Value:None
RedirSwitch BSC6910 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Whether the service-based RRC redirection algorithm
020120 Load Sharing in RRC is applicable to a specific service. When this switch is turned on,
specified service.
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Unit:None
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Default Value:None
RedirEcN0Thd BSC6900 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Inter System Redirect Meaning:When the target UARFCN of redirection indicates a
02040003 Service Steering and specific frequency band and the Ec/N0 value of the current cell
Unit:dB
Default Value:-24
RedirEcN0Thd BSC6910 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Inter System Redirect Meaning:When the target UARFCN of redirection indicates a
02040003 Service Steering and specific frequency band and the Ec/N0 value of the current cell
Unit:dB
Default Value:-24
RedirFactorOfNorm BSC6900 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Inter-RAT redirection scale factor for service steering
020120 Load Sharing in RRC when the load of the target cell is normal. When the cell load is
Unit:%

Default Value:0
RedirFactorOfNorm BSC6910 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Inter-RAT redirection scale factor for service steering
020120 Load Sharing in RRC when the load of the target cell is normal. When the cell load is
Unit:%
Default Value:0
RedirFactorOfLDR BSC6900 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Inter-RAT redirection scale factor for service steering
020120 Load Sharing in RRC when the target cell is congested. When the cell enters the LDR
Unit:%
Default Value:None
RedirFactorOfLDR BSC6910 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Inter-RAT redirection scale factor for service steering
020120 Load Sharing in RRC when the target cell is congested. When the cell enters the LDR
Unit:%
Default Value:None
RedirBandInd BSC6900 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Frequency band of the target uplink and downlink
020120 Load Sharing in RRC UARFCNs for service-based inter-frequency RRC redirections. If
Unit:None
BandIndNotUsed
Default Value:DependOnNCell
RedirBandInd BSC6910 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Frequency band of the target uplink and downlink
020120 Load Sharing in RRC UARFCNs for service-based inter-frequency RRC redirections. If
Unit:None
BandIndNotUsed
Default Value:DependOnNCell
ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd BSC6900 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Whether the target UL UARFCN to which the UE is
020120 Load Sharing in RRC redirected needs to be configured. TRUE indicates that the UL
UL and DL UARFCNs.
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd BSC6910 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Whether the target UL UARFCN to which the UE is
020120 Load Sharing in RRC redirected needs to be configured. TRUE indicates that the UL
UL and DL UARFCNs.
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFCNUplink BSC6900 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Target UL UARFCN for service-based inter-frequency
020120 Load Sharing in RRC RRC redirection. The value range of the UL UARFCN depends
Connection Setup on the RedirBandInd. The relation between the RedirBandInd
and the value range of the UL UARFCN is as follows: BAND1
{12, 37, 62, 87, 112, 137, 162, 187, 212, 237, 262, 287} BAND3
{1662, 1687, 1712, 1737, 1762, 1787, 1812, 1837, 1862}
{782, 787, 807, 812, 837, 862} BAND6 Common UARFCNs:
[4162-4188] Special UARFCNs: {812, 837} BAND7 Common
UARFCNs: [2012-2338] Special UARFCNs: {2362, 2387, 2412,
2437, 2462, 2487, 2512, 2537, 2562, 2587, 2612, 2637, 2662,
2687} BAND8 Common UARFCNs: [2712-2863] Special
Special UARFCNs: none BandIndNotUsed: [0-16383] Value
range: 0-16383 If the UL UARFCN is not manually set, if
RedirBandInd is set to BAND1, BAND2, BAND3, BAND4,
BAND5, BAND6, BAND7, BAND8, or BAND9, and if the DL
UARFCN is valid, then the target UL UARFCN of the RRC
redirection is automatically set according to the following
UARFCN - 225
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFCNUplink BSC6910 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Target UL UARFCN for service-based inter-frequency
020120 Load Sharing in RRC RRC redirection. The value range of the UL UARFCN depends
Connection Setup on the RedirBandInd. The relation between the RedirBandInd
and the value range of the UL UARFCN is as follows: BAND1
{12, 37, 62, 87, 112, 137, 162, 187, 212, 237, 262, 287} BAND3
{1662, 1687, 1712, 1737, 1762, 1787, 1812, 1837, 1862}
{782, 787, 807, 812, 837, 862} BAND6 Common UARFCNs:
[4162-4188] Special UARFCNs: {812, 837} BAND7 Common
UARFCNs: [2012-2338] Special UARFCNs: {2362, 2387, 2412,
2437, 2462, 2487, 2512, 2537, 2562, 2587, 2612, 2637, 2662,
2687} BAND8 Common UARFCNs: [2712-2863] Special
Special UARFCNs: none BandIndNotUsed: [0-16383] Value
range: 0-16383 If the UL UARFCN is not manually set, if
RedirBandInd is set to BAND1, BAND2, BAND3, BAND4,
BAND5, BAND6, BAND7, BAND8, or BAND9, and if the DL
UARFCN is valid, then the target UL UARFCN of the RRC
redirection is automatically set according to the following
UARFCN - 225
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFCNDownlink BSC6900 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Target DL UARFCN for service-based inter-frequency
020120 Load Sharing in RRC RRC redirection. Different values of "RedirBandInd" correspond
Connection Setup to different value ranges of the UARFCN. Range of each
462, 487, 512, 537, 562, 587, 612, 637, 662, 687} BAND3
{1887, 1912, 1937, 1962, 1987, 2012, 2037, 2062, 2087}
{1007, 1012, 1032, 1037, 1062, 1087} BAND6 Common
{2587, 2612, 2637, 2662, 2687, 2712, 2737, 2762, 2787, 2812,
[9237-9387] Special UARFCNs: none BandIndNotUsed [0-
16383]
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFCNDownlink BSC6910 SET UREDIRECTION WRFD- Service Steering and Meaning:Target DL UARFCN for service-based inter-frequency
020120 Load Sharing in RRC RRC redirection. Different values of "RedirBandInd" correspond
Connection Setup to different value ranges of the UARFCN. Range of each
462, 487, 512, 537, 562, 587, 612, 637, 662, 687} BAND3
{1887, 1912, 1937, 1962, 1987, 2012, 2037, 2062, 2087}
{1007, 1012, 1032, 1037, 1062, 1087} BAND6 Common
{2587, 2612, 2637, 2662, 2687, 2712, 2737, 2762, 2787, 2812,
[9237-9387] Special UARFCNs: none BandIndNotUsed [0-
16383]
Unit:None
Default Value:None
CellId BSC6900 ADD UFACH None None Meaning:The logical cell ID uniquely identifies a cell in a radio
MOD UFACH network. The logical cell ID is configured at the RNC. The RNC
RMV UFACH sends the cell ID to the base station during a cell setup
procedure. The mapping between logical cell IDs and local cell
IDs are configured at the RNC. The RNC supports a maximum
of 5100 logical cells. Logical cells are uniquely but not
necessarily consecutively numbered within a RNC. For example,
you can set the ID of a logical cell to 0 and that of another logical
cell to 2. For clear and easy identification, adhere to the
following numbering principles: Specify different number ranges
for logical cells in different subracks. For example, you can
specify the range of 0 to 899 for the logical cells in subrack 0
(MPS) and the range of 900 to 1799 for the logical cells in
subrack 1 (EPS).For detailed information about this parameter,
see 3GPP TS 25.401.
Unit:None
Default Value:None
CellId BSC6910 ADD UFACH None None Meaning:The logical cell ID uniquely identifies a cell in a radio
MOD UFACH network. The logical cell ID is configured at the RNC. The RNC
RMV UFACH sends the cell ID to the base station during a cell setup
procedure. The mapping between logical cell IDs and local cell
IDs are configured at the RNC. The RNC supports a maximum
of 20000 logical cells. Logical cells are uniquely but not
necessarily consecutively numbered within a RNC. For example,
you can set the ID of a logical cell to 0 and that of another logical
cell to 2. For detailed information about this parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.401.
Unit:None
Default Value:None
10 Counters
Table 10-1 Counter description
Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description NE Feature ID Feature Name
67179338 RRC.AttConnEstab.EmgCall Number of RRC BSC6900 WRFD-021104 Emergency Call

Connection Requests WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
for Cell (Emergency RRC Connection and
Call) Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67179466 RRC.SuccConnEstab.EmgCall Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-021104 Emergency Call

RRC Connection WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
Setups for Cell RRC Connection and
(Emergency Call) Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67179848 VS.RAB.AttRelCS.Preempt Number of CS RAB BSC6900 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

Release Requests for WRFD-010510 Emption
Cell (RAB Preempted) 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
RRC Connection and
Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67179953 VS.RAB.AttRelPS.RABPreempt Number of PS RAB BSC6900 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps

Release Requests for WRFD-010505 RRC Connection and
Cell (RAB Preempted) Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
Queuing and Pre-
Emption
67180069 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.Preempt Number of CS RAB BSC6900 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps

Release Attempts for WRFD-010505 RRC Connection and
Cell (RAB Preemption) Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
Queuing and Pre-
Emption
67180076 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.Preempt Number of PS RAB BSC6900 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps

Abnormal Released WRFD-010505 RRC Connection and
Due to RAB Radio Access Bearer
Preemption for Cell Establishment and
Release
Queuing and Pre-
Emption
67180549 VS.HHO.AttInterCellLB.SingleRL Number of Outgoing BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Inter-Frequency Hard Balance
Handover Attempts
Due to Load Balancing
for Cell (Single RL)
67180550 VS.HHO.SuccInterCellLB.SingleRL Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Outgoing Inter- Balance
Frequency Hard
Handovers Due to
Load Balancing for
Cell (Single RL)
67183900 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut Number of Outgoing BSC6900 WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard

Inter-Frequency Hard WRFD-020304 Handover Based on
Handover Attempts for WRFD-020106 Coverage
Cell Inter Frequency Hard
Handover Based on
DL QoS
Load Reshuffling
67183901 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard

Outgoing Inter- WRFD-020304 Handover Based on
Frequency Hard WRFD-020106 Coverage
Handovers for Cell Inter Frequency Hard
Handover Based on
DL QoS
Load Reshuffling
67189460 RRC.AttConnRelDCCH.Preempt Number of RRC BSC6900 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

Connection Releases WRFD-010510 Emption
on DCCH due to 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
Preemption for Cell RRC Connection and
Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67189466 RRC.AttConnRelCCCH.Preempt Number of RRC BSC6900 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

on CCCH due to 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67189474 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.InterRat Number of RRC BSC6900 WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect

Connection Rejects WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
during redirection RRC Connection and
between inter-RAT Radio Access Bearer
cells for cell Establishment and
Release
67189852 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.Num Number of UL BSC6900 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

Overload Congestions
for Cell
67189853 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.Num Number of DL BSC6900 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

for Cell
67189856 VS.PUC.High.Offset.Updt Number of Qoffset BSC6900 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control

Updates Due to Heavy
Load for Cell
67189857 VS.PUC.Light.Offset.Updt Number of Qoffset BSC6900 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control

Updates Due to Light
Load for Cell
67189858 VS.PUC.Norm.Offset.Updt Number of Qoffset BSC6900 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control

Updates Due to
Normal Load for Cell
67190073 VS.RRC.AttConnRel.Preempt.RNC Number of RRC BSC6900 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

due to Preemption for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
RNC RRC Connection and
Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67190183 VS.IU.RelReqPS.Preempt Number of IU BSC6900 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

RELEASE REQUEST WRFD-010510 Emption
Messages Sent by 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
RNC to CN in PS RRC Connection and
Domain (RAB Radio Access Bearer
Preempted) Establishment and
Release
67190435 VS.LCC.LDR.InterFreq Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load
Performing Inter- Balance

Frequency Load
Handovers in Basic
Congestion for Cell
67190436 VS.LCC.LDR.UL.BERateDown Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Performing BE Service
Downsizing in UL
Basic Congestion
67190437 VS.LCC.LDR.DL.BERateDown Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Downsizing in DL
Basic Congestion
67190438 VS.LCC.LDR.UL.QosReNego Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Performing
Uncontrollable Real-
Time Service QoS
Renegotiation in UL
Basic Congestion for
Cell
67190439 VS.LCC.LDR.DL.QosReNego Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Performing
Time Service QoS
Renegotiation in DL
Cell
67190442 VS.PUC.Light.IntSrch.Updt Number of BSC6900 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control

Sintersearch Updates
Due to Light Load for
Cell
67190443 VS.PUC.Norm.IntSrch.Updt Number of BSC6900 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control

Due to Normal Load
for Cell
67190444 VS.PUC.High.IntSrch.Updt Number of BSC6900 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control

Due to Heavy Load for
Cell
67190840 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.OLC Number of PS Domain BSC6900 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

RABs Released Due
to Congestion for Cell
67190841 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.OLC Number of CS Domain BSC6900 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps

RABs Released Due WRFD-020107 RRC Connection and
to Congestion for Cell Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
Overload Control
67190846 VS.CellBreath.CPICHUp Number of Upward BSC6900 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

CPICH Power Balance
Adjustments Due to
Cell Breathing for Cell
67190847 VS.CellBreath.CPICHDown Number of Downward BSC6900 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

CPICH Power Balance
Adjustments Due to
67191150 VS.LCC.OLC.HSDPA.UserRel Number of HSDPA BSC6900 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

UEs Released Due to
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67191151 VS.LCC.LDR.HSDPA.InterFreq Number of HSDPA BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

UEs Performing Inter- Balance
Frequency Load
Handovers in Basic
Congestion for Cell
67191657 VS.RAB.SFOccupy.MAX Maximum Number of BSC6900 WRFD-020108 Code Resource

SFs that Have Been Management
Occupied (Let the SFs
that Have Been
Occupied a Unitary SF
of 256) for Cell
67192134 VS.IUB.UL.Cong.Num Number of Iub UL BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Congestions
67192135 VS.IUB.DL.Cong.Num Number of Iub DL BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Congestions
67192397 VS.LCC.LDR.CodeAdj.Att Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Performing Code
Adjustment Attempts
in DL Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192398 VS.LCC.LDR.MbmsPowerDec Number of MBMS BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Services Performing
Power Decreasing in
Cell
67192426 VS.LCC.LDR.AMRRateUL Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Performing AMR Rate
Decrease in UL Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192427 VS.LCC.LDR.AMRRateDL Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Performing AMR Rate
Decrease in DL Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192549 VS.LCC.OLC.D2C Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

Transferring BE
Service to Common
Channel in Overload
Congestion for Cell
67192637 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULPower Number of Times a BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Cell Is in LDR State
Due to UL Power
Congestion for Cell
67192638 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLPower Number of Times a BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Due to DL Power
Congestion for Cell
67192639 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLCode Number of Times a BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Due to DL Code
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192640 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULCE Number of Times a BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Due to UL CE
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192641 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLCE Number of Times a BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Due to DL CE
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192642 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULIub Number of Times a BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Due to UL Iub
Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192643 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLIub Number of Times a BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Due to DL Iub
Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192644 VS.LCC.LDR.HSUPA.InterFreq Number of HSUPA BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Frequency Load
Handovers in Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192646 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.TF Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

TF Control in UL
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192647 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.UserRel Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

Released Due to UL
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192648 VS.LCC.OLC.HSUPA.UserRel Number of HSUPA BSC6900 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

UEs Released during
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192649 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.TF Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

TF Control in DL
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192650 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.UserRel Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

Released Due to DL
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192937 VS.RAC.NewCallReq.Preempt.Cong Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

Preemptions During Emption
RAB Establishment for
Cell
67192938 VS.RAC.HHO.Preempt.Cong Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

HHO for Cell
67192975 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSDPA.Cong.Golden Number of HSDPA BSC6900 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction

RABs Carrying Golden WRFD-020107 Package
Users BE Traffic Overload Control
Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
67192976 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSDPA.Cong.Silver Number of HSDPA BSC6900 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction

RABs Carrying Silver WRFD-020107 Package
Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
67192977 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSDPA.Cong.Copper Number of HSDPA BSC6900 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
RABs Carrying Copper WRFD-020107 Package

Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
67192978 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSUPA.Cong.Golden Number of HSUPA BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction

Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
67192979 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSUPA.Cong.Silver Number of HSUPA BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction

Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
67192980 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSUPA.Cong.Copper Number of HSUPA BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction

Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
67193409 VS.LCC.LDR.CodeAdj.Succ Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020108 Code Resource

Performing Successful Management
Code Adjustment in
DL Basic Congestion
for Cell
67193410 VS.LCC.HSDPA.CodeAdj.Succ Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020108 Code Resource

Code Adjustment
Based on HSDPA for
Cell
67193709 VS.HHO.AttInterCellLB.MultiRL Number of Outgoing BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Handover Attempts
for Cell (Multiple RLs)
67193710 VS.HHO.SuccInterCellLB.MultiRL Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Frequency Hard
Handovers Due to
Load Balancing for
Cell (Multiple RLs)
67194970 VS.LCC.OLC.MBMS.PTM.RBRel Number of MBMS BSC6900 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

PTM Service Releases
in Overload
Congestion for Cell
67194971 VS.LCC.OLC.MBMS.PTP.RBRel Number of MBMS PTP BSC6900 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

Service Releases in
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67195992 VS.LCC.HSDPA.CodeAdj.Att Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020108 Code Resource

Performing Code Management
Adjustment Based on
HSDPA for Cell
67196031 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Service Number of RRC BSC6900 WRFD-020120 Service Steering and

Connection Rejects WRFD-010510 Load Sharing in RRC
Due to Service-based Connection Setup
RRC Redirection for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
Cell RRC Connection and
Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67196293 VS.DRD.IFREQ.CS.MBDR.RBSetup.AttOut Number of CS Voice BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Directed Retry WRFD-020402 Balance
Attempts Based on Measurement Based
Inter-Frequency Direct Retry
Measurement for Cell
67196294 VS.DRD.IFREQ.CS.MBDR.RBSetup.SuccOut Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

CS Voice Directed WRFD-020402 Balance
Retry Based on Inter- Measurement Based
Frequency Direct Retry
67196295 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.R99.RBSetup.AttOut Number of PS R99 BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

67196296 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.R99.RBSetup.SuccOut Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

PS R99 Directed Retry WRFD-020402 Balance
Based on Inter- Measurement Based
67196297 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.HResCong.RBSetup.AttOut Number of HSDPA PS BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

67196298 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.HResCong.RBSetup.SuccOut Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

HSDPA PS Directed WRFD-020402 Balance
67199617 VS.MeanRTWP Mean Power of Totally BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Received Bandwidth
for Cell
67199618 VS.MeanTCP Mean Transmitted BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Power of Carrier for
Cell
67199680 VS.MaxRTWP Maximum Power of BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Totally Received
Bandwidth for Cell
67199681 VS.MinRTWP Minimum Power of BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Totally Received
Bandwidth for Cell
67199682 VS.MaxTCP Maximum Transmitted BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Cell
67199683 VS.MinTCP Minimum Transmitted BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Cell
67199691 VS.MultRAB.SF8 Number of multi-RAB BSC6900 WRFD-020108 Code Resource

UEs that Occupy the Management
DL R99 Codes with
the Spreading Factor
(SF) of 8 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 16 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 32 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 64 for Cell
67199698 VS.SingleRAB.SF4 Number of single-RAB BSC6900 WRFD-020108 Code Resource

DL R99 Codes with
Spreading Factor (SF)
of 4 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 8 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 16 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 32 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 64 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 128 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 256 for Cell
67202900 VS.MaxTCP.NonHS Maximum Non- BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

HSDPA Transmitted
Carrier Power for Cell
67202901 VS.MinTCP.NonHS Minimum Non-HSDPA BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Transmitted Carrier
Power for Cell
67202902 VS.MeanTCP.NonHS Mean Non-HSDPA BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Transmitted Carrier
Power for Cell
67202917 VS.CellBreath.CPICHMin.Time Duration of Minimum BSC6900 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

Values of CPICH Balance
Power Due to Cell
Breathing for Cell
67202918 VS.CellBreath.CPICHMax.Time Duration of Maximum BSC6900 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

Power Due to Cell
Breathing for Cell
67202919 VS.CellBreath.TCPUnder.Time Duration of TCP BSC6900 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

Smaller Than Cell Balance
Breathing Lower
Threshold for Cell
67202920 VS.CellBreath.TCPOver.Time Duration of TCP BSC6900 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

Greater Than Cell Balance
Breathing Upper
Threshold for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 4 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 128 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
67202982 VS.HSDPA.MaxRequiredPwr Maximum Power BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Required by HS-
DSCH for Cell
67202983 VS.HSDPA.MinRequiredPwr Minimum Power BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Required by HS-
DSCH for Cell
67202984 VS.HSDPA.MeanRequiredPwr Mean Power Required BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

by HS-DSCH for Cell
67203402 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.Time Duration of UL BSC6900 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

Overload Congestion
for Cell
67203403 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.Time Duration of DL BSC6900 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

Overload Congestion
for Cell
67203416 VS.RAB.SFOccupy Mean Number of SFs BSC6900 WRFD-020108 Code Resource

that Have Been Management
that Have Been
of 256) for Cell
67203854 VS.IUB.UL.Cong.Time Duration of Iub UL BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Congestion
67203855 VS.IUB.DL.Cong.Time Duration of Iub DL BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Congestion
67203991 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULPower Duration of Cell in BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

LDR State Due to UL
Power Congestion for
Cell
67203992 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLPower Duration of Cell in BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

LDR State Due to DL
Cell
67203993 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLCode Duration of Cell in BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

LDR State Due to DL
Code Resource
Congestion for Cell
67203994 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULCE Duration of Cell in BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

LDR State Due to UL
CE Resource
Congestion
67203995 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLCE Duration of Cell in BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

LDR State Due to DL
CE Resource
Congestion
67203996 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULIub Duration of Cell in BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

LDR State Due to UL
Iub Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67203997 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLIub Duration of Cell in BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

LDR State Due to DL
Iub Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
73393916 VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.Queue Number of Queuing BSC6900 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

Attempts Due to Emption
Insufficient Resource
in the CS RAB
Assignment
Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393917 VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Queue Number of Queuing BSC6900 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

in the PS RAB
Assignment
Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393918 VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTime.CS Average Duration of a BSC6900 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

CS Queuing in the Emption
RAB Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393919 VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTime.PS Average Duration of a BSC6900 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

PS Queuing in the Emption
RAB Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393920 VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.Queue Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

CS Establishment Emption
After Queuing for Cell
73393921 VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Queue Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

PS Establishment Emption
73393939 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TotalTxPwr Number of CS Inter- BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Frequency Hard WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load
Handover Attempts Balancing Based on
Based on Cell Total Configurable Load
Transmit Power for Threshold
Cell
73393940 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TotalTxPwr Number of PS Inter- BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Cell
73393941 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TotalRxPwr Number of CS Inter- BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Receive Power for Cell Threshold
73393942 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TotalRxPwr Number of PS Inter- BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

73393943 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.Code Number of CS Inter- BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Based on Code Configurable Load
Resources for Cell Threshold
73393944 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.Code Number of PS Inter- BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

73393950 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.TotalTxPwr Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

CS Inter-Frequency WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load
Hard Handovers Balancing Based on
Cell
73393951 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.TotalTxPwr Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

PS Inter-Frequency WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load
Cell
73393952 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.TotalRxPwr Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

73393953 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.TotalRxPwr Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

73393954 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.Code Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

73393955 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.Code Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

73394053 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.AttOut Number of Outgoing BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

DRD Attempts through WRFD-02040001 Balance
Physical Channel Intra System Direct
Reconfiguration for Retry
Cell
73394054 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.SuccOut Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Outgoing DRDs WRFD-02040001 Balance
through Physical Intra System Direct
Channel Retry
Reconfiguration for
Cell
73394055 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.AttIn Number of Incoming BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Cell
73394056 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.SuccIn Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Incoming DRDs WRFD-02040001 Balance
Channel Retry
Reconfiguration for
Cell
73403758 VS.HSUPA.MaxRSEPS Maximum Received BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Scheduled E-DCH
Power Share for Cell
73403760 VS.HSUPA.MinRSEPS Minimum Received BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Scheduled E-DCH
73415859 VS.HSUPA.MeanRSEPS Average Received BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Scheduled E-DCH
73421493 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist Number of Distance- BSC6900 WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect

Based RRC WRFD-02040005 Inter-Frequency
Redirections for Cell WRFD-020401 Redirection Based on
Distance
Inter-RAT Redirection
Based on Distance
73423313 VS.ULB.CPICH.AdjustNum Number of CPICH BSC6900 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

Power Adjustments Balance
Based on RTWP for
Cell
73423948 VS.BackGroundNoise.Update Number of Automatic BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Uplink Background
Noise Updates in a
Cell
73424203 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.UlCE Number of PS Inter- BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Based on UL CE for Configurable Load
Cell Threshold
73424204 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.UlCE Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Cell Threshold
73424243 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.DlCE Number of PS Inter- BSC6900 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

Frequency Hard Balancing Based on
Handover Attempts Configurable Load
Based on DL CE for Threshold
Cell
73424244 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.DlCE Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

PS Inter-Frequency Balancing Based on
Hard Handovers Configurable Load
Cell
73424245 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.DlCE Number of CS Inter- BSC6900 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

Cell
73424246 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.UlCE Number of CS Inter- BSC6900 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

Based on UL CE for Threshold
Cell
73424247 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.UlCE Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

CS Inter-Frequency Balancing Based on
Cell
73424248 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.DlCE Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

Cell
73424787 VS.MaxULActualPowerLoad Max Uplink Actual Cell BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement
Load
73424788 VS.MinULActualPowerLoad Min Uplink Actual Cell BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement
Load
73424972 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist.IntraRat Number of Distance- BSC6900 WRFD-02040005 Inter-Frequency

Based RRC Inter- Redirection Based on
frequency Distance
Redirections for Cell
73441123 VS.ULB.CPICHMin.Time Duration of PCPICH BSC6900 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

Power Under Minimum Balance
RTWP Threshold
73441143 VS.HSDPA.MaxRequiredPwr.Free Maximum Power BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Required for Free
HSDPA Users for Cell
73441144 VS.HSDPA.MeanRequiredPwr.Free Average Power BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Required for Free
73441212 VS.BackGroundNoise.Mean Average Uplink BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Background Noise in a
Cell
73441215 VS.BackGroundNoise.Max Maximum Uplink BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Cell
73441246 VS.LCC.CLB.CS.InterFreq Number of CS UEs BSC6900 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

Involved in Inter- Balancing Based on
Frequency Load- Configurable Load
based Handovers in a Threshold
CS CLB Cell
73441247 VS.LCC.CLB.PS.InterFreq Number of PS UEs BSC6900 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

PS CLB Cell
73441505 VS.MeanULActualPowerLoad Mean Uplink Actual BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Cell Load
67179338 RRC.AttConnEstab.EmgCall Number of RRC BSC6910 WRFD-021104 Emergency Call

Connection Requests WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
for Cell (Emergency RRC Connection and
Call) Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67179466 RRC.SuccConnEstab.EmgCall Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-021104 Emergency Call

RRC Connection WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
Setups for Cell RRC Connection and
(Emergency Call) Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67179848 VS.RAB.AttRelCS.Preempt Number of CS RAB BSC6910 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

Release Requests for WRFD-010510 Emption
Cell (RAB Preempted) 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
RRC Connection and
Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67179953 VS.RAB.AttRelPS.RABPreempt Number of PS RAB BSC6910 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps

Release Requests for WRFD-010505 RRC Connection and
Cell (RAB Preempted) Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
Queuing and Pre-
Emption
67180069 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.Preempt Number of CS RAB BSC6910 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps

Release Attempts for WRFD-010505 RRC Connection and
Cell (RAB Preemption) Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
Queuing and Pre-
Emption
67180076 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.Preempt Number of PS RAB BSC6910 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps

Abnormal Released WRFD-010505 RRC Connection and
Due to RAB Radio Access Bearer
Preemption for Cell Establishment and
Release
Queuing and Pre-
Emption
67180549 VS.HHO.AttInterCellLB.SingleRL Number of Outgoing BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Handover Attempts
for Cell (Single RL)
67180550 VS.HHO.SuccInterCellLB.SingleRL Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Frequency Hard
Handovers Due to
Load Balancing for
Cell (Single RL)
67183900 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut Number of Outgoing BSC6910 WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard

Inter-Frequency Hard WRFD-020304 Handover Based on
Handover Attempts for WRFD-020106 Coverage
Cell Inter Frequency Hard
Handover Based on
DL QoS
Load Reshuffling
67183901 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard
Outgoing Inter- WRFD-020304 Handover Based on

Frequency Hard WRFD-020106 Coverage
Handovers for Cell Inter Frequency Hard
Handover Based on
DL QoS
Load Reshuffling
67189460 RRC.AttConnRelDCCH.Preempt Number of RRC BSC6910 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

on DCCH due to 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67189466 RRC.AttConnRelCCCH.Preempt Number of RRC BSC6910 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

on CCCH due to 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67189474 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.InterRat Number of RRC BSC6910 WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect

Connection Rejects WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
during redirection RRC Connection and
between inter-RAT Radio Access Bearer
cells for cell Establishment and
Release
67189852 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.Num Number of UL BSC6910 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

for Cell
67189853 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.Num Number of DL BSC6910 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

for Cell
67189856 VS.PUC.High.Offset.Updt Number of Qoffset BSC6910 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control

Updates Due to Heavy
Load for Cell
67189857 VS.PUC.Light.Offset.Updt Number of Qoffset BSC6910 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control

Updates Due to Light
Load for Cell
67189858 VS.PUC.Norm.Offset.Updt Number of Qoffset BSC6910 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control

Updates Due to
Normal Load for Cell
67190073 VS.RRC.AttConnRel.Preempt.RNC Number of RRC BSC6910 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

due to Preemption for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
RNC RRC Connection and
Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67190183 VS.IU.RelReqPS.Preempt Number of IU BSC6910 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

RELEASE REQUEST WRFD-010510 Emption
Messages Sent by 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
RNC to CN in PS RRC Connection and
Domain (RAB Radio Access Bearer
Preempted) Establishment and
Release
67190435 VS.LCC.LDR.InterFreq Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Performing Inter- Balance
Frequency Load
Handovers in Basic
Congestion for Cell
67190436 VS.LCC.LDR.UL.BERateDown Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Downsizing in UL
Basic Congestion
67190437 VS.LCC.LDR.DL.BERateDown Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Downsizing in DL
Basic Congestion
67190438 VS.LCC.LDR.UL.QosReNego Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Performing
Time Service QoS
Renegotiation in UL
Cell
67190439 VS.LCC.LDR.DL.QosReNego Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Performing
Time Service QoS
Renegotiation in DL
Cell
67190442 VS.PUC.Light.IntSrch.Updt Number of BSC6910 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control

Due to Light Load for
Cell
67190443 VS.PUC.Norm.IntSrch.Updt Number of BSC6910 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control

Due to Normal Load
for Cell
67190444 VS.PUC.High.IntSrch.Updt Number of BSC6910 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control

Due to Heavy Load for
Cell
67190840 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS.OLC Number of PS Domain BSC6910 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

RABs Released Due
to Congestion for Cell
67190841 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.OLC Number of CS Domain BSC6910 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps

RABs Released Due WRFD-020107 RRC Connection and
to Congestion for Cell Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
Overload Control
67190846 VS.CellBreath.CPICHUp Number of Upward BSC6910 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

CPICH Power Balance
Adjustments Due to
67190847 VS.CellBreath.CPICHDown Number of Downward BSC6910 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

CPICH Power Balance
Adjustments Due to
67191150 VS.LCC.OLC.HSDPA.UserRel Number of HSDPA BSC6910 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

UEs Released Due to
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67191151 VS.LCC.LDR.HSDPA.InterFreq Number of HSDPA BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Frequency Load
Handovers in Basic
Congestion for Cell
67191657 VS.RAB.SFOccupy.MAX Maximum Number of BSC6910 WRFD-020108 Code Resource

SFs that Have Been Management
that Have Been
of 256) for Cell
67192134 VS.IUB.UL.Cong.Num Number of Iub UL BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Congestions
67192135 VS.IUB.DL.Cong.Num Number of Iub DL BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Congestions
67192397 VS.LCC.LDR.CodeAdj.Att Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Performing Code
Adjustment Attempts
in DL Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192398 VS.LCC.LDR.MbmsPowerDec Number of MBMS BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Services Performing
Power Decreasing in
Cell
67192426 VS.LCC.LDR.AMRRateUL Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Performing AMR Rate
Decrease in UL Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192427 VS.LCC.LDR.AMRRateDL Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Performing AMR Rate
Decrease in DL Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192549 VS.LCC.OLC.D2C Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

Transferring BE
Service to Common
Channel in Overload
Congestion for Cell
67192637 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULPower Number of Times a BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Due to UL Power
Congestion for Cell
67192638 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLPower Number of Times a BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Due to DL Power
Congestion for Cell
67192639 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLCode Number of Times a BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Due to DL Code
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192640 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULCE Number of Times a BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Due to UL CE
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192641 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLCE Number of Times a BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Due to DL CE
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192642 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULIub Number of Times a BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Due to UL Iub
Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192643 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLIub Number of Times a BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Due to DL Iub
Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192644 VS.LCC.LDR.HSUPA.InterFreq Number of HSUPA BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Frequency Load
Handovers in Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192646 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.TF Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

TF Control in UL
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192647 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.UserRel Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

Released Due to UL
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192648 VS.LCC.OLC.HSUPA.UserRel Number of HSUPA BSC6910 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

UEs Released during
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192649 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.TF Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

TF Control in DL
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192650 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.UserRel Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

Released Due to DL
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192937 VS.RAC.NewCallReq.Preempt.Cong Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

RAB Establishment for
Cell
67192938 VS.RAC.HHO.Preempt.Cong Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

HHO for Cell
67192975 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSDPA.Cong.Golden Number of HSDPA BSC6910 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction

Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
67192976 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSDPA.Cong.Silver Number of HSDPA BSC6910 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction

Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
67192977 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSDPA.Cong.Copper Number of HSDPA BSC6910 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction

Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
67192978 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSUPA.Cong.Golden Number of HSUPA BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction

Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
67192979 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSUPA.Cong.Silver Number of HSUPA BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction

Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
67192980 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE.HSUPA.Cong.Copper Number of HSUPA BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction

Released Due to
Congestion for Cell
67193409 VS.LCC.LDR.CodeAdj.Succ Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020108 Code Resource

Code Adjustment in
DL Basic Congestion
for Cell
67193410 VS.LCC.HSDPA.CodeAdj.Succ Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020108 Code Resource

Code Adjustment
Based on HSDPA for
Cell
67193709 VS.HHO.AttInterCellLB.MultiRL Number of Outgoing BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Handover Attempts

for Cell (Multiple RLs)
67193710 VS.HHO.SuccInterCellLB.MultiRL Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Frequency Hard
Handovers Due to
Load Balancing for
Cell (Multiple RLs)
67194970 VS.LCC.OLC.MBMS.PTM.RBRel Number of MBMS BSC6910 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

PTM Service Releases
in Overload
Congestion for Cell
67194971 VS.LCC.OLC.MBMS.PTP.RBRel Number of MBMS PTP BSC6910 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

Service Releases in
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67195992 VS.LCC.HSDPA.CodeAdj.Att Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020108 Code Resource

Performing Code Management
Adjustment Based on
HSDPA for Cell
67196031 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Service Number of RRC BSC6910 WRFD-020120 Service Steering and

Connection Rejects WRFD-010510 Load Sharing in RRC
Due to Service-based Connection Setup
RRC Redirection for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps
Cell RRC Connection and
Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and
Release
67196293 VS.DRD.IFREQ.CS.MBDR.RBSetup.AttOut Number of CS Voice BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

67196294 VS.DRD.IFREQ.CS.MBDR.RBSetup.SuccOut Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

CS Voice Directed WRFD-020402 Balance
67196295 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.R99.RBSetup.AttOut Number of PS R99 BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

67196296 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.R99.RBSetup.SuccOut Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

PS R99 Directed Retry WRFD-020402 Balance
Based on Inter- Measurement Based
67196297 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.HResCong.RBSetup.AttOut Number of HSDPA PS BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

67196298 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MBDR.HResCong.RBSetup.SuccOut Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

HSDPA PS Directed WRFD-020402 Balance
67199617 VS.MeanRTWP Mean Power of Totally BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Received Bandwidth
for Cell
67199618 VS.MeanTCP Mean Transmitted BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Cell
67199680 VS.MaxRTWP Maximum Power of BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Totally Received
Bandwidth for Cell
67199681 VS.MinRTWP Minimum Power of BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Totally Received
Bandwidth for Cell
67199682 VS.MaxTCP Maximum Transmitted BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Cell
67199683 VS.MinTCP Minimum Transmitted BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Cell

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 8 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 16 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with

(SF) of 32 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 64 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 4 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 8 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 16 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 32 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 64 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 128 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 256 for Cell
67202900 VS.MaxTCP.NonHS Maximum Non- BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

HSDPA Transmitted
Carrier Power for Cell
67202901 VS.MinTCP.NonHS Minimum Non-HSDPA BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Transmitted Carrier
Power for Cell
67202902 VS.MeanTCP.NonHS Mean Non-HSDPA BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Transmitted Carrier
Power for Cell
67202917 VS.CellBreath.CPICHMin.Time Duration of Minimum BSC6910 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

Power Due to Cell
Breathing for Cell
67202918 VS.CellBreath.CPICHMax.Time Duration of Maximum BSC6910 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

Power Due to Cell
Breathing for Cell
67202919 VS.CellBreath.TCPUnder.Time Duration of TCP BSC6910 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

Smaller Than Cell Balance
Breathing Lower
Threshold for Cell
67202920 VS.CellBreath.TCPOver.Time Duration of TCP BSC6910 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

Greater Than Cell Balance
Breathing Upper
Threshold for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 4 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with

DL R99 Codes with
67202982 VS.HSDPA.MaxRequiredPwr Maximum Power BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Required by HS-
DSCH for Cell
67202983 VS.HSDPA.MinRequiredPwr Minimum Power BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Required by HS-
DSCH for Cell
67202984 VS.HSDPA.MeanRequiredPwr Mean Power Required BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

by HS-DSCH for Cell
67203402 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.Time Duration of UL BSC6910 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

Overload Congestion
for Cell
67203403 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.Time Duration of DL BSC6910 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

Overload Congestion
for Cell
67203416 VS.RAB.SFOccupy Mean Number of SFs BSC6910 WRFD-020108 Code Resource

that Have Been Management
that Have Been
of 256) for Cell
67203854 VS.IUB.UL.Cong.Time Duration of Iub UL BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Congestion
67203855 VS.IUB.DL.Cong.Time Duration of Iub DL BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Congestion
67203991 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULPower Duration of Cell in BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

LDR State Due to UL
Cell
67203992 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLPower Duration of Cell in BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

LDR State Due to DL
Cell
67203993 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLCode Duration of Cell in BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

LDR State Due to DL
Code Resource
Congestion for Cell
67203994 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULCE Duration of Cell in BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

LDR State Due to UL
CE Resource
Congestion
67203995 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLCE Duration of Cell in BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

LDR State Due to DL
CE Resource
Congestion
67203996 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULIub Duration of Cell in BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

LDR State Due to UL
Iub Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67203997 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLIub Duration of Cell in BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

LDR State Due to DL
Iub Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
73393916 VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.Queue Number of Queuing BSC6910 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

in the CS RAB
Assignment
Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393917 VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Queue Number of Queuing BSC6910 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

in the PS RAB
Assignment
Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393918 VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTime.CS Average Duration of a BSC6910 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

CS Queuing in the Emption
RAB Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393919 VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTime.PS Average Duration of a BSC6910 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

PS Queuing in the Emption
RAB Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393920 VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.Queue Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

CS Establishment Emption
73393921 VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS.Queue Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-

PS Establishment Emption
73393939 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TotalTxPwr Number of CS Inter- BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Cell
73393940 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TotalTxPwr Number of PS Inter- BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling


Cell
73393941 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TotalRxPwr Number of CS Inter- BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

73393942 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TotalRxPwr Number of PS Inter- BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

73393943 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.Code Number of CS Inter- BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

73393944 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.Code Number of PS Inter- BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

73393950 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.TotalTxPwr Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Cell
73393951 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.TotalTxPwr Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Cell
73393952 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.TotalRxPwr Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

73393953 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.TotalRxPwr Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

73393954 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.Code Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

73393955 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.Code Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

73394053 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.AttOut Number of Outgoing BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Cell
73394054 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.SuccOut Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Outgoing DRDs WRFD-02040001 Balance
Channel Retry
Reconfiguration for
Cell
73394055 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.AttIn Number of Incoming BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Cell
73394056 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.SuccIn Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load

Incoming DRDs WRFD-02040001 Balance
Channel Retry
Reconfiguration for
Cell
73403758 VS.HSUPA.MaxRSEPS Maximum Received BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Scheduled E-DCH
73403760 VS.HSUPA.MinRSEPS Minimum Received BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Scheduled E-DCH
73415859 VS.HSUPA.MeanRSEPS Average Received BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Scheduled E-DCH
73421493 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist Number of Distance- BSC6910 WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect

Based RRC WRFD-02040005 Inter-Frequency
Redirections for Cell WRFD-020401 Redirection Based on
Distance
Inter-RAT Redirection
Based on Distance
73423313 VS.ULB.CPICH.AdjustNum Number of CPICH BSC6910 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

Power Adjustments Balance
Based on RTWP for
Cell
73423948 VS.BackGroundNoise.Update Number of Automatic BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Uplink Background
Noise Updates in a
Cell
73424203 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.UlCE Number of PS Inter- BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Cell Threshold
73424204 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.UlCE Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Cell Threshold
73424243 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.DlCE Number of PS Inter- BSC6910 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

Cell
73424244 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.DlCE Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

PS Inter-Frequency Balancing Based on
Cell
73424245 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.DlCE Number of CS Inter- BSC6910 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

Cell
73424246 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.UlCE Number of CS Inter- BSC6910 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

Cell
73424247 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.UlCE Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

Cell
73424248 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.DlCE Number of Successful BSC6910 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

Cell
73424787 VS.MaxULActualPowerLoad Max Uplink Actual Cell BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement
Load
73424788 VS.MinULActualPowerLoad Min Uplink Actual Cell BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement
Load
73424972 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist.IntraRat Number of Distance- BSC6910 WRFD-02040005 Inter-Frequency

Based RRC Inter- Redirection Based on
frequency Distance
Redirections for Cell
73441123 VS.ULB.CPICHMin.Time Duration of PCPICH BSC6910 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load

Power Under Minimum Balance
RTWP Threshold
73441143 VS.HSDPA.MaxRequiredPwr.Free Maximum Power BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Required for Free
73441144 VS.HSDPA.MeanRequiredPwr.Free Average Power BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Required for Free
73441212 VS.BackGroundNoise.Mean Average Uplink BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Cell
73441215 VS.BackGroundNoise.Max Maximum Uplink BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Cell
73441246 VS.LCC.CLB.CS.InterFreq Number of CS UEs BSC6910 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

CS CLB Cell
73441247 VS.LCC.CLB.PS.InterFreq Number of PS UEs BSC6910 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load

PS CLB Cell
73441505 VS.MeanULActualPowerLoad Mean Uplink Actual BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Cell Load
11 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.
12 Reference Documents
1. 3GPP TS 25.133: Requirements for Support of Radio Resource Management (FDD)
2. 3GPP TS 25.215: Physical layer - Measurements (FDD)
3. 3GPP TS 25.321: Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol specification
4. 3GPP TS 25.331: Radio Resource Control (RRC)
5. 3GPP TS 25.413: UTRAN Iu Interface RANAP Signaling
6. DCCC Feature Parameter Description
7. AMR Feature Parameter Description
8. MBMS Feature Parameter Description
9. HSDPA Feature Parameter Description
10. HSUPA Feature Parameter Description
11. Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
12. Handover Feature Parameter Description

Parameter OPtimization 3G PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Parameter OPtimization 3G PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Load Control Feature Parameter Description Page 1 of 143

Load Control Feature Parameter Description

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2013. All rights reserved.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8.7.1 When to Use Inter System Redirect

1 About This Document

1.2 Intended Audience

l Are familiar with WCDMA basics

1.3 Change History

l Feature change: refers to a change in the Load Control feature.

The document issue is as follows:

This is a first commercial release of RAN15.0.

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature change None None

Editorial change Added Table 3-1. None

This is a draft for RAN15.0.

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Editorial change None None

2.1 Load Control in Different Scenarios

The load control functions that are applied are as follows:

l Before UE access: Potential User Control (PUC)

2.2 Functions of Load Control

Figure 2-2 Load control function in the WCDMA system

The load control functions are described as follows:

Load Control Function Resources

Power Code NodeB Credit Iub Bandwidth

2.3 Priorities Involved in Load Control

2.3.1 User Priority

User Priority Silver Silver Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper

2.3.2 Integrated RAB Priority

2.3.3 Integrated User Priority

3.1 Load-related Measurement Quantities

l Uplink Received Total Wideband Power (RTWP)

l Downlink Transmitted Carrier Power (TCP)

Table 3-1 Downlink power load state

Load State Load State Transition

Figure 3-1 shows the LDM procedure.

3.2 Reporting Period

Measurement Quantity Reporting Period Parameter

Uplink minimum guaranteed load

HS-DSCH PBR ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaRateMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)

E-DCH PBR ChoiceRprtUnitForHsupaRateMeas(BSC6900,BSC6910)

3.3 Load Measurement Filtering

3.3.1 Layer 3 Filtering on the NodeB Side

l A is the sampling value of the measurement.

l Fn is the new post-filtering measurement value.

l Fn-1 is the last post-filtering measurement value.

l Mn is the new measurement value from the physical layer.

l α = (1/2) k/2, k is the measure filter coefficient which is specified as follows:

3.3.2 Smooth Filtering on the RNC Side

FunctionSmooth Window Length Parameter Function

3.4 Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Algorithm

Figure 3-3 Flow chart of auto-adaptive background noise update

The procedure for auto-adaptive background noise update is as follows:

4. The RNC does the following:

4 Intelligent Access Control

Table 4-1 IAC procedure supported by services

Service Type Low-Rate Rate Negotiation Preemption Queuing DRD

4.2 IAC During RRC Connection Setup

4.2.1 Procedure of IAC During RRC Connection Setup

Figure 4-2 RRC connection setup procedure

DrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH is the general switch of the following six algorithms: